SECTION I - CLASS DEFINITION
This class accommodates certain products of manufacture which
are not provided for in classes devoted primarily to manufacturing
methods and apparatus. The bulk of the documents are directed
to stock material composites, that is, materials
having two or more distinct components which are more ordered than
a mere random mixture of ingredients.
Certain finished articles, generally of an ornamental
or readily disposable nature, are placed herein when this class
specifically provides for them. Unfinished articles, e.g., blanks
requiring further significant shaping to be suitable for ultimate
use, and stock materials from which an indefinite number
of usable portions may be cut, are placed herein unless
specifically provided for elsewhere. The determination
whether a product is a finished article or a stock material is made
on the basis of the amount of structure included in the body of
the claims.
A patent for this class is placed herein generally without regard
to the process by which it is made, for example, without
regard to whether the plural layer product was formed by extrusion, coating, or
assembly of preformed layers.
Therefore, unless otherwise clearly stated, the
term "coating" or "layer" will
include a preform as well as a layer formed by covering a base with
a fluent material which then solidifies. A comprehensive
search for processes of making the products of this class will be
found in the manufacturing classes listed below.
An asterisk has been applied to certain terms throughout this
bulletin to indicate that these terms have specific definitions
in the Glossary, which should be consulted.
The asterisk has been applied to identify the term in the first
appearing definition which must be considered for the desired subclass
title.
It should be noted that there are two sections for the glossary.
The first one applies generally to the structural areas of the schedule; the
second applies to materials (e.g., compound, composition, etc.).
It should further be noted, however, that the
structural areas of the class also include some subclasses directed
to materials.
Both sections of the glossary should be consulted.
This is the residual class for:
A. Stock material in the form of a structurally defined web*, sheet*, rod*, strand*, fiber*, filament*, cell*, flake*, particle* not
provided elsewhere.
B. Stock material in the form of a web*, sheet*, mass* or
layer* which consists of or contains a structurally defined
constituent* or element* not provided elsewhere.
C. A nonstructural laminate defined merely in terms
of the composition of one or more layers* not provided elsewhere.
D. An article* of manufacture not provided
for elsewhere.
E. An intermediate-article* which
is not provided for elsewhere and from which a final article is
to be made.
F. A process for applying an impregnating material
to a naturally solid product such as a wood beam, a sheet
of leather or a stone, or for applying a coating to a base, and
which process includes no significant method step. Such
a patent is placed in the schedule on the disclosed product produced, whether
structural or nonstructural. See section VI, C, 6, below, reference
to Class 427, Coating Processes, for guide lines
which are to be followed in determining whether or not a process
step is significant, for classification in Class 427, or
not significant for placement in Class 428.
FRAMEWORK OF THE CLASS
This class comprises several major subclass groups which can
be identified by reading down the first-line indent subclasses, and
a special category for metallic* materials which parallels
the arrangement provided for nonmetallic* materials, insofar
as this arrangement is applicable. These major groups
and parallel metallic* groups are:
A. Subclasses 1 through 39 and 576 provide for special articles* generally
defined in all three dimensions, for which there is no
provision elsewhere, and subclasses 542 and 577+ provide
for intermediate-articles*.
B. Subclasses 40 through 84, 571 through
575 and 586 through 591 provide for a special web* or sheet*.
C. Subclasses 85+ for special surface characteristics
of the pile or nap type.
D. Subclasses 98+, 357+, 544-570, 592-604, 606-614, and
687 provide for stock material either in the form of a web* or
sheet*, or an element* (e.g., rod*, fiber*, filament*, particle*, flake*, etc.), respectively, which
of and by itself is structurally defined as claimed.
Some examples of a structurally defined web* or sheet* are: (1) particular
shape, particular size, or other physical configuration. (2) including
an external mechanical fastener so as to be attached to another
object. (3) components* or elements* arranged
relative to each other or to a surface. (4) components* having
same characteristic but in different degree. (5) a
discontinuous coating, impregnation or bond. (6) variation
in thickness or in planarity. (7) attachment
of components* by stitching and bond or coating. (8) apertures. (9) surface
finish. (10) any recitation of a measurable
extent, no matter how wide, (e.g., "up
to .075 mil", "between 10 and
25 microns", etc.).
Some examples of structurally defined elements* are:
(1) particular size or shape or other physical
configuration (see above). (2)
nonlinearity of a fiber or filament (e.g., crimped
or coiled, etc.). (3) specific
depth of impregnation of a fiber or filament.
| | (1)
Note. As a special case, even though not structure, a
coated or bonded fiber, filament, rod, strand
is placed in subclasses 357+.
E. Subclasses 221+ provides for a web* or sheet* in
which one component* or element* (e.g., fiber, filament, strand, particle, etc.) is
structurally defined as claimed.
Some examples of defined structure are: (1) size
or particular configuration or shape, either absolute or
relative (e.g., weight* per unit
area). (2) interengagement
of strands* or filaments* which means mechanically arranging
one strand* or filament* alternately over and
under other strands*, perpendicularly or angularly
related thereto. If all strands* in one direction
are on only one side of the strands in the other direction, this
is not interengagement. Looping, intertwining, interweaving, intertangling
are also included in the term interengaged.
(3) a composite* web* or
sheet*, at least one component* being
porous or cellular. (4) a composite*, web* or
sheet* having the outermost layer of adhesive characteristics
so as to be adhered to another surface.
F. Subclasses 411+ and 615+ provide
for a composite* web* or sheet* which
is characterized solely by the composition of the layers*.
G. Subclasses 539.5 and 540+ provide
for stock-material* having a continuous phase of
one material interengaged with a continuous phase of a different
material, usually made by permeation or saturation.
See the definitions and notes of these subclasses.
In addition there are provided in subclasses 900-941
cross-reference art collections of product patents based
on use or particular characteristics indicated in the titles and definitions
thereof. These collections of disclosures are not exhaustive
but are intended as aids to a search based on ultimate function
or use, as a supplement to a search in this class, or
as an indication of further related fields of search inside or outside
this class.
SCOPE OF CLASS
The scope of this class is defined by the residual state thereof
as set forth in above.
It must be clearly understood that all patents to stock material
products have not been removed from all those classes which provide
for such products on the basis of their ultimate function, See
below for an exemplary listing of such classes.
As to composites (subclasses 411+ and 615+), the
disclosures of this collection of art (i.e., adhered
bodies defined in terms of their respective compositions or compounds) are
subdivided generally on the basis of pairs of contiguous bodies (conveniently
referred to as "layer"*).
Thus, for instance, a laminate composed of layers* A, B, C, in
that order, is visualized as comprising the pairs A-B
and B-C, the laminated, A, B, C, D
as comprising pairs A-B, B-C, and
C-D-- and so on. This arrangement
is conceived of as facilitating the search for any multi- layered
product, particularly for patent examination purposes. Whereas
a search for substance A joined to substance C by an intervening
layer* of B, in a system based on paired layers*, may produce
a disclosure of A-B in one document and of B-C
in another, or may retrieve a disclosure of A-B-C
in one document, it is thought that all such disclosures
should be available to the examiner for his consideration, whether
in a single document or a combination of documents. The
utility of such as approach is apparent in the search for products
including five, six, seven, or more layer* pairs
or interfaces.
Additionally, it is believed that this concept of
laminates as consisting of pairs of layers* may be incorporated
readily into a machine retrieval system. Having in mind the
ubiquity of layer* interfaces in modern technology--appearing
in both laminated and molded plastics, protective and decorative
finishes, wood and paper products, metal stock--the
technique of subdividing into layer* pairs all disclosures
in the voluminous literature of interfacial bonding, is seen
to offer an effectual starting point for the development of a schedule
of descriptors or a dictionary of terms for mechanical search.
It is an essential part of the considerations on which this
paired-layer* schedule is based, that
no weight is given to the alleged nature of any particular layer* as
adherent or base. The disclosure of two particular layers* in
mutual contact will be available for the searcher"s consideration
regardless of whether either, both, or neither
is taught as being adhesive, bonding material, glue, impregnant, etc.
CRITERIA FOR PATENT PLACEMENT WITHIN THIS CLASS
The general procedure for placement of a patent in a class
is set forth on in the Manual of Classification (note the
exception set forth in the last paragraph of this section). Briefly, the
basic principles which determine placement of the original copy
of a patent in this class are:
A. Only claimed subject matter is relied upon, when
comparing coordinate "first-line indent" subclasses (e.g., subclasses
98 and 221), for placement of a patent.
B. In subclass 1 through 223, 292.1 - 301.4, and
304.4 - 410,
1. the original copy of said patent will be placed
in the first-occurring "first-line indent" subclass (of
this class) which provides for the claimed subject matter:
However, where said "first-line indent" subclass has
a further indented subclass which specifically provides for either
the claimed or disclosed more specific subject matter, the "original" copy
will be placed in said further indented subclass;
2. as between coordinate subclasses (e.g., subclasses
156 and 174) which are indented under a "first-line
indent" subclass, the original copy of a patent
will be placed in the first-occurring of the coordinate
subclasses which provides for (a) the claimed subject
matter, or (b) the disclosed subject matter (in
the absence of a claim drawn to the more specific subject matter
as provided for in such coordinate subclasses);
3. further, the original copy of a patent
will be placed in an indented subclass where the unclaimed but disclosed
more specific subject matter is provided for in said indented subclass.
C. In the subclasses relating to specified physical
dimension (e.g., 215+, 220, 332+, etc.), a
range thereof qualifies even though the work "absolute" may
be used.
Further, in a subclass which specifies the upper
limit of a dimension, for example, subclass 334, in
which the upper limit is specified as 5 mils (or equivalent), a
range which transcends this limit is excluded therefrom and is placed
in the appropriate higher subclass. Thus, for
example, a composite* sheet* in which
the coated layer* is recited as being in the range of 3
mils to 7 mils, is excluded from subclass 334 and is placed
in subclass 332, unless reason exists for placement in
subclass 339.
D. In subclasses 544+, the original
is placed strictly on the basis of the claims. Where an
indented subclass is provided, the original is placed in
the indented subclass only when all of the claims have the limitations
of that indented subclass.
E. The procedure for placement of a patent directed
to a nonstructural laminate or composite will be that procedure
now employed in the classification of classes of chemistry and is
set forth under the definitions of subclasses 411 and 615 of this
class (428). Procedures applicable to
patent placement in the experimental "Markush"-type
subclasses 643, 656, 661, 664, 669, 671, and 678
are given in the definition of subclass 643.
Once placement of the original copy of a patent has been determined, a
cross-reference copy of the patent is mandatory in every
subclass in this class or any other which provides for other claimed
subject matter, except in instances where the subclass
which would normally receive such cross-reference copy
contains a search class note to the subclass in which the original copy
has been placed, in which case only exemplary cross-references
are provided. Cross-reference copies may be placed
in any subclass where the disclosed subject matter is considered
to render the document as useful reference.
When the original of the patent is placed in the article* or
structural subclasses, a cross-reference copy
will be placed in subclass 411, or subclasses 615+, where
the disclosed subject matter is considered to render the document
as useful reference. Similarly, when the original
copy of a patent is placed in subclasses 323+, a
cross-reference thereof will be placed in a superior subclass
where the disclosure warrants.
CLASSES HAVING A DEFINED RELATIONSHIP WITH THIS CLASS
Completed articles* of manufacture, except for
those expressly provided for in the schedule, are excluded
from this class. However, in many cases the claims
of a patent are directed only to "nominal" articles, that
is, articles claimed only in terms of the composition or
stock-material* from which they are made.
It is the present policy of the Patent and Trademark Office to classify article
patents, wherein the claims mention the article by name
only and define it only in terms of the composition or material
of which it is composed, in the appropriate composition
or material class. The collection of these patents and
reclassification thereof into the composition or material classes
is under way, and as a corollary thereto, patents
claiming a composition or material for an art use heretofore classified in
the art classes are also being transferred to the appropriate composition
or material class. For articles* provided for
in other classes, attention is directed to the "Index to
Classification", and to LINES WITH OTHER CLASSES,
below.
AN ART INDEX OF COMMON TERMS AND EQUIVALENT TERMINOLOGY USED
IN THE SCHEDULE.
The first appearing term, i.e., to
the left of the colon, is the name used in the document and
the term to the right of the colon is the corresponding name employed
in the subclass titles of the schedule. The list provides
an index to the schedule for laminates which are identified by trade
names, trade marks and other terminology not employed in
the schedule. The symbols # and 0 indicate that
the term, on the right in the glossary, is an
abbreviated form of that found in the subclass titles.
# = aldehyde or keytone condensation product
0 = addition polymer from unsaturated monomers.
A
"A" Stage: = aldehyde# (phenolic); ABS, acrylonitrile-butadiene-stryrene:= unsaturated° (polyene) Acrylate, acrylic: = unsaturated° Airplane
fabric = cloth*;Alkyd: = polyesterAnimal
fiber or hair: = polyamide;Animal
glue: = polyamide; Artificial silk: = cellulosic (regenerated
or modified); Asbestos: = silicon
containing; see definition; Asphaltic: = bituminous
B
"B" Stage: = aldehyde# (phenolic); Balata: = natural
rubber; Balsam: = natural gum; "Beetle", "Beetleware": = aldehyde#;Birdlime: = natural
gum
C
Canadian Balsam: = natural gum; Caoutchouc: - natural
rubber; Casein: polyamide; Carbon Particles: = inorganic; "C" Stage: = aldehyde# (phenolic); "Cellopane":
cellulosic (modified); "Celluloid": = cellulosic (modified); Cement: = silicon
containing; Ceramic: = silicon containing; Chloroprene: = unsaturated° (polyene); Clay: = silicon
containing; Cotten seed pitch: = bituminous
or tarry residue.; Coumarone, coumarone-indene: = unsaturated° (heterocyclic); Creosote: = bituminous
D
Dextran: = carbohydrate; Dextrin: = carbohydrate; Dope (airplane): = cellulosic, (modified)
E
Enamel (not otherwise specified) - pigment varnish: = natural
oil or gum; Enamel, porcelain: = silicon
containing; Enamel, synthetic: = see
under the appropriate synthetic resin; "Ethoxylene": = epoxy ether
F
"Factice": = natural
oil (modified); Fiber (animal): = polyamide; Fiber (vegetable): = cellulosic; Fish
glue: = polyamide; "Kel-F": = fluorinated
addition polymer; Fish paper: = polyamide; Fleece: = nap
surface; Flour paste: = polyamide unless
specified as starch, which see; "Formica": = aldehyde; Friction
tape: = bituminous or tarry residue; FR-S: = unsaturated° (polyene); Furfural: = aldehyde; Fur: = polyamide;
G
Gelatin: = polyamide; "Geon": = unsaturated° (halide); Glass: = silicon
containing; see definition; Glass, water (i.e., waterglass): = silicon
containing; Giladen (protein): = polyamide; Glue: = polyamide; Glue, Fish
or Animal: = polyamide; Glue, Synthetic: = usually
aldehyde; Goldbeaters skin: = animal
membrane; Graphite: = inorganic; GR-S: = unsaturated° (polyene); Gum
plastic, ABS: = unsaturated° (polyene); Gutta
percha: = natural rubber; Gypsum: = calcium
sulfate
Hair: = polyamide; Haloprene: = unsaturated° (polyene) "Hetron": Hexamethylenetetramine
as a source of formaldehyde: = aldehyde#
Ivory: = polyamide
"Kodel": = polyester; "Koroseal": = unsaturated° ; "Kynar": = fluorinated
addition polymer
Latex: = natural rubber; Latex
paint: = unsaturated° (either
ester or polyene); "Leatheroid" (paper-rubber-sandarac): natural
rubber; Lecithin: = waxy; #aldehyde or
ketone condensation product 0 addition polymer from unsaturated
monomers.; "Lexan": = polycarbonate; Linoleum: = cork
with natural oil, gum or rosin; Lycopodium: = natural
oil or gum
M
Maleic acid or anhydride (used as a reactant): = unsaturated (anhydride
is heterocyclic); Maleic acid ester (from
polyhydric alcohol): = polyester (crosslinked); Maleic acid
ester (from monohydric alcohol): = unsaturated° (ester)#; Melamine: = aldehyde; Mica: = silicon
containing; Modacrylic: = unsaturated (halide); "Mylar": = polyester; Neoprene: = unsaturated° (polyene)
N
"Neothane": = poly(amido-ester); Nitro cellulose: = cellulosic (ester
or modified); Nylon: = polyamide; Oil
cloth: = see structural area (cross
joined strands)
"Orlon": = a cyrylic (unsaturated° )
P
Paper: = a water laid web or interfelted natural
celluloses fibers; Phenolic(s): = aldehyde; Pitch: = bituminous; "Plexiglas": = unsaturated° (ester); "Pliofilm": = natural
rubber; "Plioflex": = unsaturated° (polyene); Polyamine: = aldehyde# (unless
otherwise specified); Polyethylene: = unsaturated°; Polypropylene: = unsaturated°; Polyurethane: = see
urethane; Porcelain: = silicon containing; Porcelain
enamel: = see enamel, porcelain; Portland
cement: = silicon containing; Protein: = polyamide; PVA (Polyvinyl
acetate):° =unsaturated (ester); "Pyrex": = glass;
Pyroxilin: = cellulosic (modified)
Quartz: = silicon containing
R
Rayon: = cellulosic (regenerated) (in strand
or fiber form); Refractory: = see definition
above; Rubber, pore: = natural rubber; Rubber, synthetic: = unsaturated° polyene; Rubber, synthetic, sulfide: = polythioether
S
SBR: = unsaturated° (polyene); Sand: = silicon
containing; Sandarac: = natural gum; "Saran": = unsaturated° (halide); Silk: = polyamide;
Soya bean oil: = polyamide; Starch: = carbohydrate; Stone: = silicon
containing; Stone Wood: = cellulosic (wood); Suede: = Pile
or nap surface; Synthetic glue: = usually
aldehyde#; Synthetic rubber: = unsaturated° polyene; Synthetic
rubber: sulfide: = polythioether
Talc: = silicon containing; "Telflon": = fluorinated
addition polymer; "Terylene": = polyester ; Urethane: = poly(amido
ester)
V
Varnish: = natural oil or gum, lac; Varnish, phenolic:
aldehyde#; Varnish, synthetic: = aldehyde
or cellulosic (as disclosed); Vegetable
ivory: = cellulosic; Vinyl: = unsaturated°; Vinyon: = unsaturated° (halide); Viscose: = cellulosic (modified); Vitreous:
glassy, silicon containing; Vulcanized fiber: = cellulosic (modified)
W
Water glass: = silicon containing; Water soluble
thermosetting resin: = aldehyde#;Wheat
paste: = polyamide, unless specified as
starch (which see); Wood: = cellulosic; Wool: = polyamide
Z
Zein: = polyamide; Zylonite (celluloid): = cellulosic; "Zytel" (nylon): = polyamide |
SECTION II - LINES WITH OTHER CLASSES AND WITHIN THIS CLASS
The organization of this section is as follows:
A. INTERMEDIATE ARTICLES* - 1.
Packages, 2. Blanks, etc.
B. COMPOUNDS AND COMPOSITIONS
C. ARTICLES* AND STOCK-MATERIALS* - 1. Life-science
related; 2. Textiles and related materials (a. Fibers, strands, rods, etc.; b. Interengaged
fibers or strands; c. Belts, etc.; d. Associated
fabrics; e. Textiles and their manufacture in
general) 3. Static objects and materials (a.
Receptacles, chambers, etc., b.
Other hollow subject matter, c. Structures related
to radiant or wave energy, d. Other structures
and static objects); 4. Electric and
magnetic elements, 5. Mechanical elements (a. Joints, b. Cutting, separating
and related elements, c. Friction elements, d. Other
machine elements); 6. Coating and coated
products, 7. Assembling and/or shaping, 8. Other
manufacturing and treating, 9. Miscellaneous devices
D. CLATHARATES AND INTERCALATES
In section II, the symbol # is used at the
end of the definition to designate a class or part of a class which
provides for certain stock-material*.
Here follows the number and full title of classes which have been
discovered as having a defined relationship with this class, as explained
below in Subsection INTERMEDIATE-ARTICLES*, and
in the subclass definitions:
A. INTERMEDIATE-ARTICLES*
1. Packages, Class 206, provides, in
general, for mercantile units in which a plurality of articles* are
held together by an extraneous element which is discarded before
the article is used. A plurality of articles which are
not yet detached from each other, being held together by
material intrinsic to the material of which the articles are made, generally
is classified in this class (428); however, Class
59, subclass 77 provides for a series of staple blanks
which are partially shaped and integrally connected. Class
229, subclass 75 provides for a plurality of envelope blanks
integrally connected in strip form. A package designed
to be used or disposed of in toto is generally classified herein; see
subclasses 2 and 576. See also the references to Class
252 in part B, below.
Stock material in roll or coil form, or wound in
the form of a coil, will be classified in Class 428; however, any further
limitations as to the roll, or coil or package, as for
example, an overlapping roll edge, an edge or
convolution taped or secured to an under layer*, or
a detail as to the mandrel, etc., is
considered to be significant structure for the roll and placement
in Class 206, subclasses 389+ is indicated.
A separate and distinct interliner or sheet* wound
into the convolutions and which is not ordinarily part of the stock
material is considered to be significant roll structure for Class
206. A liner sheet adhered to a portion of a composite* sheet* or
web* and rolled together therewith and removable is considered
to be part of the stock material and proper for Class 428.
Generally, a product or stock material falling within
the definition of this class (428) and further
modified by the bare recital that such product or material (a) is
in the form of a roll, reel, drum, coil, stack, pile, bale, etc., or (b) is
within a container or in the form of a package is classified in
this class (428).
For purposes of classification in Class 428, the
coil, packaged or wound form is disregarded and placement is
on the basis of the web*, sheet*, or
other form of product or stock material.
See Class 206, subclasses 45.31+ for
a pouch adapted to receive an identification card (unless
of the paper envelope type, see Class 229, Paper
Receptacles).
In regard to wall structure of Class 206-type receptacles, see
part C,3,a, below.
A wound strand package is in Class 242, subclasses 159+, which
also has a search note setting out its line with Class 206.
An intermediate-article* so shaped as to
be suitable for handling is in this class (428); however, a
claim to a pile or stack of such articles, when it does
not form a work-piece* which is subsequently worked
as a unit, is in Class 214, subclass 10.5.
2. Blanks, etc.
A claim, even though stated to be a "blank" which describes
or is readable on the structure of a completed article* is
classified with the article*, for such a claim
is either generic to both the blank and the article, and, therefore, considered
to be best classified with the completed article, or is
to a subcombination which is best classifiable within an appropriate
subcombination class, or, if none, in
the article class.
Class 2, subclass 143 provides for blanks which are
to be used in making collars for garments.
Class 10, subclasses 11+ provide for bolt
blanks, and subclass 62 provides for spike blanks.
Class 24, subclasses 20+ provide for a package
tie which is a metal band which is to be bent, cut, or
formed up to make a connection.
Class 36, subclasses 47+ provide for blanks
used in the production of shoe uppers.
Class 59, subclasses 8, 12 and 35 provide
for chain blanks, subclass 62 provides for horseshoe blanks, and subclass
77 provides for staple blanks which are partially shaped and integrally
connected.
Class 63, subclasses 15+ provide for a finger-ring
blank which already is a ring.
Class 76, subclasses 101.1+ provide
for a metal tool or implement blank.
Class 101, subclasses 404.1+ provide
for blanks for printing plates and printing members.
Class 138 provides for tube and ring blanks which are tubes
which can hold fluid.
Class 150, subclasses 127+ provides for
blanks used in making pocketbooks.
Class 220, subclasses 62+ provides for a
can or other metallic receptacle blank.
Class 229, Envelopes, Wrappers, and
Paperboard Boxes, subclasses 100+ for a blank
for forming a paperboard box.
Class 248, subclass 248 provides for a blank from
which a sheet-material supporting bracket can be made.
B. Compounds and Compositions
A patent claiming a single layer*, film, filament*, or fiber*, or
a mass*, with a limitation to the material(s) of which
it is comprised, but with no recitation of significant
structure, will be placed in the appropriate compound or
composition class. The following are considered to be
significant structure:
1. An external configuration which is not planar
or cylindrical, e.g., aperture, fold, varying
thickness, etc.
2. The recitation of a numerical dimension or designation
of metal as a foil or leaf
3. A product composed of at least three layers*.
4. A coated strand, wire, fiber, filament, rod
or strand.
5. An interconnected void structure.
6. Porosity in a nonparticulate metal.
The following are not considered to be significant structure:
1. Random distribution of elements* such
as fillers or reinforcements (e.g., fibers*) within
a product or randomly disposed pores or cells (i.e., no
particular pattern or arrangement) in a porous, cellular
or foamed product, wherein the overall structure is neither
limited nor influenced by these elements*, even
though the elements* or pores themselves may have structural
limitations.
2. Internal characteristics, such as crystalline
form, molecular orientations, etc., when
such characteristics have no relation to the shape of the product.
3. The presence of the composition as a coating on
an unnamed substrate.
A product described by a functional or chemical name only (e.g., table, wood, etc.) is
not considered to have significant structure; however, limitations
such as plywood (indicating layers*), tables
with legs, etc., are considered to define
structural limitations.
Also, a patent for a product where the presence of
structure (e.g., cellular) or
the degree thereof is a mere manifestation of the material or composition
will likewise be placed in the appropriate material or composition
class. Further, a product defined in terms of
its properties (e.g., tensile
strength, elongation) is not considered a "structurally
defined" product, as provided for in this class.
In regard to a patent which has a claim to a product which
is classifiable in this class (428), subclasses
411+, but which recites no significant structural
limitations, and a claim to a coating material compound
or composition which is included in at least a part of the claimed product, and
claim to a significant process of coating, the patent is
classified according to the coating material.
The rules for determining Class placement of the Original
Reference (OR) for claimed chemical compositions are
set forth in the Class Definition of Class 252 in the section LINES
WITH OTHER CLASSES AND WITHIN THIS CLASS, subsection COMPOSITION CLASS
SUPERIORITY, which includes a hierarchical ORDER OF SUPERIORITY
FOR COMPOSITION CLASSES.
The enumeration of classes below, in general, follows the
priority list of Class 252 and covers some additional classes. Thus, this
enumeration is not authoritative insofar as priority of classes
is concerned. The definitions of these classes should
be studied to determine the proper placement of patents therein.
Class 504, subclasses 116+ provide for plant
growth regulating compositions and subclasses 101+ provide for
a fertilizer containing an insecticide, fungicide, or deodorant.
Class 424 provides for drug, bio-affecting
and body-treating compositions. Subclasses 1.21, 1.25, 1.29+, and
400+ provide for some articles* and stock-materials* which
contain a composition of that class. A stock-material* suitable
for this class (428), containing a Class 424
composition to preserve the stock material itself from biological
attack, is in this class (428).
Residual methods for preserving, disinfecting or sterilizing
stock-materials are in Class 422.
Class 426 provides for food, beverages and other
edible compositions, and certain edible articles* and
stock-materials*.
Class 71, provides for fertilizers.
Class 208, subclasses 14+ provide for compositions made
up exclusively of mineral oil components.
Class 585, subclasses 1+ provides for compositions made
up exclusively of hydrocarbons or a hydrocarbon with a preservative, etc.
Class 149 provides for explosive and thermic compositions
and charges, subclasses 2+ providing for one in which
at least one ingredient has a particular shape or structure, and
subclasses 14+ for one having at least two separate and
distinct superimposed or contiguous layers or forms of different
components or of components having different properties.
The layers must be in direct contact and not be separated by a space
or by a nonexplosive or nonthermic body.
Class 508, subclasses 100+ provide for shaped
lubricants and massive rigid solid bodies, including bearings, which
carry a fluent lubricant, and subclasses 110+ provide
for lubricant compositions generally.
Class 44 provides for fuel compositions and some combustible
fuel articles* and stock-materials*.
Class 148, subclasses 240+ and 22+ provide
for certain compositions for treating solid metal, and
subclass 400.1 for certain stock-materials* and
compositions produced by a process of that class (148).
See the references to this class in parts 4 and 6, below.
Class 75, subclasses 228+ provide for consolidated metal
powder compositions, in subclasses 251+ for loose
metal powder compositions, and in subclasses 95, 256
and 257 for certain additives for molten metal.
This class (428), subclass 576
provides for a shaped article* to be melted in a metallurgical
furnace.
Class 252, in subclasses other than those listed
above or below, provides for special utility compositions.
In most cases, Class 252 provides for compositions having a
random mixture of components, while stock-materials* are
classified in this or another stock-material class. However, it
is noted that some subclasses in Class 252 provide for more than
mere compositions; for example, subclass 176 provides
for packages and heterogeneous arrangements of water-softening
and related-function compositions.
Class 510 provides for cleaning compositions and auxiliary
or perfecting compositions therefor, while certain subclasses
therein, such as subclasses 404, 438+, etc., provide
for packages or heterogeneous arrangements, while subclasses
445+, etc., provide for solid, shaped macroscopic
articles or structures.
Class 106 provides for a composition which is in fluent or
solid noncoherent form which is adapted for coating or impregnating
and for change to a less fluent form, or solid coherent
form, by setting (e.g., concrete, plastic, etc.), by
chemical reaction, by removal of solvent, by solidification
from a molten state, etc. In a patent directed
to a filler or pigment for a coating composition, the recitation
of size or structure of the constituent* particles or fibers
is not sufficient to exclude said patent from Class 106. See
especially subclasses 36, 117, 235, 241, 251, 253+, 266, 272, 275, 276, 280, 281+, 288+, 636, 784, and
816.
Class 51 provides for abrading composition or some stock material; see
especially subclasses 294, 295, and 297 for other
abrasive stock material, or for a method of making abrasive
material such as "sandpaper."
Class 451 provides for abrading materials in usable form, as
a "tool" under that class definition.
For example, subclasses 526+ provide for "sandpaper."
Class 260, subclasses 2+ and 520 Classes
provide for a synthetic resin or Natural Rubbers (spinnable, film-forming, etc.), and
Class 260, subclasses 709+ provide for a vulcanizable
natural gum (e.g., rubber).
Under certain circumstances, the relation between
Class 260, 520 Classes and Class 428 shifts between combination
and subcombination. For example, the subcombination
of a resin composition is in Class 260 and 520 Classes; a
layered product structurally defined and containing the resin composition
as a layer is now a combination which is classified in Class 428.
However, the combination of the layered product and a resin, when the
layered product is used as filler for the resin is again classified
in Class 260 and 520 Classes as a resin composition.
Class 252, subclasses 299.01+, 625+, 363.5, 367.1, 372+, 378, 182.11+, and
183.11+ provide for compositions on a nonfunctional
basis.
Class 423 provides for inorganic compounds, and in subclasses
265+ provides for compositions having an inorganic compound
and an agent which improves the general utility of the compound.
Class 430, Radiation Imagery Chemistry: Process, Composition, or
Product Thereof, appropriate subclasses for stock material
and products which are radiation sensitive and limited to use in
imagery and a finished imaged article chemically defined.
A claim to a finished picture or photograph is classified in Class
428.
Class 520 provides for synthetic resins, natural
rubbers, compositions and modifications thereof.
C. Articles* and Stock-materials*
1. Life-sciences related materials.
Classes 3, 47, 433, and 449 take
articles*, but not stock-materials*.
A cut, natural plant, treated to prolong the characteristics
of life, is in class 47, and that class (47) provides
for the combination of a receptacle and a cut plant either treated
or with means to prolong the characteristics of life.
Class 128 is the locus for a patent directed to a stock-material* product
when (1) solely disclosed to be worn by, or
attached to, the body (e.g., sanitary
napkin, diaper, etc.) and to
be a receptor for a body discharge (2) solely
disclosed as a shield or protective device to be worn on, or
attached to, a body member or part (e.g., bandage, dressing, etc.) and
having a therapeutic use or (3) a patent to a
stock-material* product whose disclosure includes
a Class 128 utility as set out above or in the class definition
thereof, and a general utility for Class 428, but
in which one claim is specific to the Class 128 disclosed use.
2. Textiles and related materials
Certain textile manufacturing classes provide for their own
products, and Classes 2, 5 and 245 provide for products
only, while some other textile products are provided for
in this class.
a. Fibers, strands, rods, etc.
Class 19, subclasses 144+ provide for a
process of, or means for, assembling fibers* together
into a lap, sliver or web*, with some
other material. Stock-material* products
of a Class 19 process are classified in this class (428).
Class 52, subclasses 720.1+ provide
for a miscellaneous article* which is an elongated, rigid
structure. See also the reference to Class 52 in part
3d, below.
Class 57, subclasses 200+ provide for a
stock-material* strand* consisting of, or
comprising, a claimed twisted or twined constituent*; or
for a stock-material* product (e.g., web*, sheet*, etc.) distinguished
only by such twisted or twined strands* (as claimed) employed
in the manufacture thereof, or a stock-material* product
comprising coated or impregnated strands* in which the coating
or impregnation took place prior to assembly of said strands* to
form the product, no matter how the twist was made, whether
by a Class 57 process or apparatus or otherwise.
The "twist" or its equivalent term is applicable
either to plural fibers* or filaments* which are
twisted about each other, or to a monofilament which is
turned or twisted about its longitudinal axis. A crimped
fiber is classifiable in Class 428, the crimp being out
of the plane of the fiber.
This class (428) does not exclude a yarn, strand*, or other
constituent* unless the claim recites at least a "twist" or
its equivalent; or a property due to, or resulting
from, twisting a fiber* or filament*.
There are certain terms which have been accepted as denoting a twisting
fiber* or filament*, and, if
used in a claim, classification in Class 57 is indicated, provided
all other requirements therefor are met. Some of these
terms are:
i. plying, doubling, twining, twisting (all
such terms are considered to be synonymous) and indicate
turning about the longitudinal axes of the fiber* filament
or yarn or bundles of yarns;
ii. filament looped upon itself;
iii. turns of twist per inch;
iv. false twist;
v. twist to treat, followed by untwisting;
vi. spun staple fiber yarn e.g., wool, cotton, etc.;
vii. "Z" or "S" twists
or piles;
viii. roving.
In the event of a disclosure which includes (1) "twisted" strands, fibers, filaments
for Class 57, and (2) nontwisted elements
proper for Class 428, the following guidelines are to be
followed in accordance with the claims:
1. A claim generic to both modifications will be
classified in Class 428 as an original with a cross-reference, if needed, to
Class 57.
2. A claim specific to either the twisted or nontwisted fibers
will be classified in Class 428 or Class 57, respectively, with
a proper cross-reference to the other class as needed.
3. A claim to the twisted Class 57 modification and
a claim to the nontwisted product will be classified as an original
in Class 428 with the proper cross-referencing.
Class 84, subclasses 199 and 297+ provide
for strings for musical instruments.
Class 256, subclasses 6+ provide for barbed-strand fence
stock-material*, and in subclass 46 for
analogous nonbarbed stock-material*.
Class 464, Rotary Shafts, Gudgeons, Housings, and Flexible
Couplings for Rotary Shafts, subclasses 51+ provides
for flexible shafting; and subclasses 179+ provides
for rigid shafting.
b. Interengaged fibers or strands
Class 59, subclasses 78+ provide for a chain
formed of linked elements.
Class 66, subclasses 69+ provide for a knitted
article or stock-material*, and especially
subclasses 190+ for stock-material* including
knitted material with nonknitted material held in its loops.
Class 87, subclasses 1 through 13, provide
for (1) stock-material* which
consists of, or includes, a braid, net, or lace
component, or (2) a product resulting
from an operation(s) within the scope of that
class (87), which product is either coated
or combined with a material which is the product of an operation
beyond the scope of Class 87 (e.g., lamination, etc.).
Class 131, subclasses 321+ provide for stock-material* specified
as being a filter and of indeterminate shape (e.g., mass), or
approximating the shape (e.g., coil, tube, cylinder, rod*, etc.), of
the article or appliance with which it is intended to be used, requiring
no further treatment than tearing or cutting to proper size* stock-material* of
any other shape, recited so that some shape modification
is required, is classified in Class 428.
Class 139, subclasses 383+ provide for a
single or plural layer* woven stock-material* product
made only by a Class 139 process and no other operation.
A patent directed to a woven product possessing deformed, coated
or impregnated strands will be placed in Class 139 where the sole
disclosure is that a coating, impregnation or deformation
of the constituent strands took place prior to the weaving.
Two layers woven together are classified in Class 139. Two
woven layers adhered together are classified in Class 428, one
layer of woven material next to a layer of nonwoven material is
classified in Class 428.
Class 162 provides for a nonstructural (1) single-layer* waterlaid
fibrous product, (2) plural-layer* product including
a layer* of fibers* applied to a second layer* by
a process provided for in that class (162), or (3) paper homogeneously
impregnated throughout, even after the web* is
formed, and note particularly subclasses 141-181.1+, which
include any nonstructural fiber* (or fiber-containing) product (e.g., particular
blend of fibers*), whether waterlaid
or not. Also, see notes in Class 162, referring
to Class 428, e.g., Class 162, subclasses
141 and 150 for examples of structural fibers. This class (428), subclass
596, provides for metallic wire cloth formed by welding
plural all-metal wires at their points of intersection; in
subclass 605 for a mass of metal fibers, including plural
layers of wire cloths joined by mechanical compression and sinter
bonded into a fibrous mass, and in subclass 608 for a mass
which includes metal wires, strands or strand portions
mechanically intertangled, interwoven or interlooped, coated with
a metal or a layer of metal or nonmetal fibers located between two
metal layers.
Class 245 provides for a wire fabric* which is the
product of a bending or analogous wire-working operation.
Class 256, subclass 5 provides for barbed-fence
fabric*, and in subclass 45 for analogous nonbarbed
material.
Classes 289, subclass 1.2 provides for an
interlacement (knot) of portions of one or more
elongated flexible elements (e.g., strand, rope) forming
a tie or fastening and including any bend or hitch.
c. Belts, etc.
Class 198, appropriate subclasses provide for an
endless conveyor belt or a stock material* disclosed solely
for use as a conveyor belt.
Class 474, appropriate subclasses provide for an
endless power transmission belt or a stock material* disclosed solely
for use as a power-transmission belt.
Class 162, subclasses 348+ provide for a
flexible endless band-type paper-making mold of
the Fourdrinier variety.
Class 400, subclasses 237+ provides for
an inked typewriter ribbon.
d. Associated fabrics
Class 2 provides for a stock-material* product
of that class, and especially subclasses 244 and 274, respectively, for
an apparel trimming or binding, and 260 for coated stays
or stiffeners.
Class 5, subclass 500 provides for a stock-material* product
solely disclosed for use as an underpad or cover pad for a mattress, and
which protects the mattress by receiving discharges of the body, for
example, infants or hospital patients. Those
cover pads are usually made of absorbent material.
Class 112, subclasses 400+ provides for
sewn stock-material*, except for sewn
stock-material* which includes a discrete mechanical
fastener(s), a coating, or an
adhesive bond, for which see subclasses 102+ of
this class (428).
e. Textiles and manufacture thereof in general
Class 8 provides for a process of (1) dyeing
or bleaching stock-material*; (2) treating
hides, skins, feathers, or animal tissue
with chemicals or fluids; (3) improving the
felting properties of fibers*; (4) treating
textile* fabrics* or fibers with fluids, with
or without chemical modification of the treated material; or (5) a
product resulting from any of the processes above, where
not specifically provided for elsewhere. Structured stock
is classified in Class 428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, or
other appropriate class.
Class 26 provides for mechanical, nonliquid treatment of
textile* fabrics* (e.g., napping), subsequent
to fabrication, which is not provided for elsewhere. Stock-material* products
of a Class 26 process are provided for in this class (428).
Class 28, subclasses 72+ provide for a mechanical
textile* process not elsewhere provided for, a
combination of such a process with another textile* operation
or with a nontextile* operation provided for in some other
textile* class with a nontextile* operation where
such combination is not specifically provided for in the other textile* class. Stock-material* products
of a Class 28 process are provided for in this class (428).
Class 140 provides for processes of wire-working, e.g., uniting, shaping
or deforming, but generally not for the products thereof.
For the line between Class 140 and the other textile classes, see
the main class definition of Class 140.
3. Static objects and materials.
a. Receptacles, chambers, etc. Articles* in
the form of receptacles or chambers are provided for in a number
of classes and portions of classes, the most important
of which are listed below. Those which also provide for sheet* or
web* material, claimed in terms of significant wall
structure, are indicated by the symbol "#".
Significant wall structure includes seam structure (not
merely the composition of the seam and adjacent portions), spaced
wall components, etc. Also significant for placement
in the classes marked "#" is specified
wall structure in relation to the container (e.g., inside
or outside). Thus, a coated or laminated
wall in which the composition of a layer is recited as being on
the inside (or outside) of a container is considered
to be significant wall structure and placement in classes marked "#" is
indicated.
See reference to Class 138 in this section for examples of
wall structure which would also be considered to be significant
for placement in such classes, and for example which would
not be so considered.
Class 123 provides for certain chambers in an internal combustion
engine.
Class 126, subclasses 19+ provide for ovens.
Class 164, subclasses 349+ provide for sand
molds, and subclass 374 for a flask section to be used
in a metal-casting operation.
Class 206 provides for a special receptacle.
Class 215 provides for bottles and jars.
Class 217 provides for wooden receptacles.
Class 220 provides for receptacles in general, and
for metallic receptacles in particular. See subclasses
23.9, 62.21, 574.3, 495.01+, and
908.1+ for a receptacle having a liner.
Class 229 provides for paper receptacles. See especially subclass
71 for a paper-like display envelope for receiving an identification
card, and other appropriate subclasses for receptacle structure
as provided for therein; a coated wall structure, where
the coating is specifically defined to be either on the inside or
outside of the bag or receptacle will be considered receptacle structure
and will indicate placement in Class 229. This coating
may be for the purpose of acting as a vapor barrier, waterproofing
layer, or antislide means, etc., and
is especially related to the contents of the bag or receptacle.
Class 249 provides for articles* which are static
molds.
Class 266, subclass 39 provides for articles* which
are receptacles for treating molten metal.
Class 432, subclass 247 provides for an article* which
is a heating or heat-retaining chamber.
b. Other hollow subject matter.
Class 89 provides generically for an article* which
is a gun, shield or gun mount.
Class 138 provides for an article* which is a tube
and for tubular stock-material* in which the claims
include a limitation regarding wall structure. A claim
which recites a particular composition as being the inside or outside
wall of a tube is considered to be significant wall structure and
placement in Class 138 is indicated. However, a
claim which recites a tube or conduit having two or more layers* and
then recites the compositions of the layers*, but
does not specify which layer is inside or outside, is not
considered to include significant wall structure and will be placed
in Class 428. Examples of significantly recited coated
wall structure for classification are:
1. A tube having a wall comprising a layer of metal
and on the outer (or inner) surface thereof a
layer of polypropy lens.
2. A tube having a laminated wall of three layers, in order
from the inside to the outside, comprising polyethylene, epoxy, and
polypropylene.
Examples of coated or laminated wall structure which are not
significantly claimed and which indicate classification in Class
428.
1. A tube having a wall structure comprising a layer
of metal and a layer of polypropylene.
2. A tube having a laminated wall of three layers
comprising, in order, polyethylene, epoxy, and
polypropylene.
Class 239, subclasses 548+ provide for a
unitary plural-outlet means, and subclass 589
for a rigid fluid-confining distributor for ejection of
fluents and slurries by slinging, sloshing, centrifugally
throwing, etc., such material in the
form of fog, mist droplets, etc.
384, Bearings, subclasses 276+ provide
for an article* which is a bearing sleeve, or
liner. See also the reference to Class 508, above.
Class 406, subclass 191 provides for conduits for
fluid-current conveying.
c. Structures related to radiant or wave energy
Class 181, subclasses 33+ provide for an
article* or a stock-material* with particular
claimed structure (either internal or external) for
the purpose of deadening, attenuating, or amplifying
sound.
Class 250, subclass 515.1 provides for an
article* which is a radiation shield.
Class 274, subclasses 41+ provide for a
stock-material* having significant structure disclosed
for receiving records of sound or having such records formed therein or
thereon.
Class 333 provides for an article* of use in an electrical wave
transmission line or network.
Class 343 provides, especially in subclasses 741+, an article*, e.g., an
antenna, used in radio-wave communications.
Class 359, subclasses 36+ provides for a
liquid crystal device, per se, which controls
light direction or intensity by (1) deforming
or relatively displacing portions of, or changing the shape
or size of an optically reflecting or transmitting medium, surface
or interface, or (2) changing the composition, internal
structure, or the physical or chemical properties of such
a medium, surface or interface, and in subclasses
838+ for a mirror having claimed optically significant
structure, e.g., concave, convex, polarizing, selectively
absorbing, optically critical thickness, etc. A
plural layer product, one layer of which merely acts as
a support or base for a coating which affects the transmission of
light therethrough, which one layer is uniformly opaque
or transparent or translucent, is excluded from Class 359, and
will be found in the appropriate subclasses of Class 428, see especially
subclass 426.
Class 369 provides for a record of information which is to
be reconstructed dynamically by other than magnetic means. See, in
particular, subclasses 272+. A disc
with/without grooves which does not include recorded information
is classified in Class 428, subclasses 64.1; and see
especially subclass 908 for a collection of stock materials having
an impression retention layer. Class 430 provides for
a finished photograph which is chemically defined. See
the note to Class 428 in the main class definition of Class 430.
Class 422, Chemical Apparatus and Process Disinfecting, Deodorizing, Preserving, or
Sterilizing, appropriate subclasses for certain receptacles
and chambers in which a chemical reaction takes place.
d. Other structures and static object.
A patent to a rigid laminate or stock-material* merely
defined as a building component, e.g., floor, wall, stile, etc., will
be placed in Class 428.
Class 40, subclasses 39+ provide for a fluid-operated, rotatable-changeable
exhibitor which may resemble a special occasion ornament for Class
428, and subclasses 7+ and 156 for a frame, as
defined therein, with or without an identification card
therein, and not having any specific printed indicia thereon; see
also the reference to Class 283, below.
Class 49, subclasses 440+ provide for a
channel guide of stock-material* with specific
structure to facilitate securing it to a support, and subclasses
475+ for a closure seal or striker gasket of stock-material* provided with
means for attachment to a support.
Class 52, provides for a product in the form of a
web* or sheet* generally employed as a portion
of a building structure and including (1) a stiffener
or edging extending along a face thereof, or (2) means
facilitating securement of the web or sheet to a support, e.g., a
flange at the edge of a panel for receiving a nail, or
fastener apertures at the edge of a panel. Class 52 also
provides for: a composite panel formed of separate sheets
which are secured together by a mechanical fastener; a
composite panel having spaced facing sheets with inturned, opposed
flanges that form an edge of the panel; and a panel which
interfits with a support such as a frame or shaft. See, particularly, subclasses
98+ for a fracturable building component, subclass
105 for a component with indicia, subclass 177 for a component
having a specified wear or friction surface, subclasses
311.1+ for an ornamental or decorative component, subclasses
393+ for a yieldable component, subclasses 474+ for
a panel held by a preassembled or prepositioned frame or shaft, subclasses
596+ for a stone-like module, subclass
631 for a bent component, subclasses 633+ for
an openwork component, subclasses 656 for a frame, per
se, subclasses 716.1+ for an in situ
attached-type channel or trim member, and subclasses
782.1+ for a composite laminate with a disparate
edging or an imperforate face.
Class 109 provides for safes and components thereof, bank
protection and related devices, and in subclass 495 provides
for a shield or protector for preventing a projectile, or
knife or sword, or bomb fragment from contacting a person
or thing. This could be a portable device or one which
attaches (i.e., has attaching
means such as belts, straps, etc.) to
a bomb for containing the fragments.
Class 160 provides for a panel structure for use in a flexible
or portable closure or partition, especially in subclasses
385+ for fabric having a modified edge (e.g., loops) for
attachment to an elongated support.
Class 180, subclass 68.6 provides for an
article* which is a motor vehicle radiator protector.
Class 228, subclass 56 provides for a metal article* useful
as filler material in a metal fusion bonding operation.
Class 238 provides for an article* which is a railroad rail.
Class 248, subclass 248 provides for an article* which
is a shelf support made from a single blank. The blank itself
is classified in this class (428).
Class 283, subclasses 74+ provides for an
identification card having printed matter thereon.
Class 404 provides for a road or pavement which has structure
peculiar for pedestrian or vehicular traffic. A laminated
or layered* product with no structure which peculiarly
adapts it for use for vehicles or pedestrians, such as
a crown, grading, contour, etc., is
classifiable in Class 428.
Class 405, subclasses 276+ provide for metallic
sheet piling.
Class 425, subclass 470 provides for a shaping or
casting surface for nonmetal material.
Class 588, Hazardous or Toxic Waste Destruction or Containment, subclasses
249-260 for permanent containment of hazardous or toxic
waste, particularly subclasses 252+ for solidification, vitrification, or cementation.
4. Electric and magnetic elements. The classes
listed below, with the exception of those marked with the
symbol "#", do not provide for
electric or magnetic stock-materials*.
The marked classes or portions of classes provide for stock-material* only
when such material has a claimed internal or external structure
which makes the material of utility only in a single class.
In general, an electrode is either an article* for
the classes listed, a stock-material* for
this class (428), or a composition for a
composition class, notably Class 75, or Class
252, subclasses 500+.
Class 136, subclasses 236+ provide for thermocouple junction
stock-material*.
Class 148, subclasses 33+ provide for P-N
junction stock-material* made by a process of
that class.
Class 174 provides for stock-material* in
the form of an electrical conductor with a covering of dielectric
material wherein the conductor includes structure disclosed to be
specially designed to conduct electricity, or the dielectric
includes structure disclosed to be specifically designed to space
the conductor from ground or from a device of otherwise different
potential.
Class 191, subclass 22 provides for conductive articles* specifically
designed to transmit electricity to vehicles.
Class 200, subclasses 262+ provide for electric
switch contact elements which go beyond stock-materials*, e.g., by
having two spaced conductors, etc.
Class 204, subclasses 194+ for articles
which are elements of an electrolytic apparatus.
Class 219, subclasses 145+ and 552+ provide
for articles* which are electric heating elements.
Class 257, Active Solid-State Devices (e.g., Transistors, Solid-State
Diodes), provides for electronic devices or components
that are made up primarily of semiconductor materials which operate
by the movement of charge carriers - electrons or holes - which
undergo energy level changes within the material and can modify
an electrical input to achieve rectification, amplification
or switching action. A mere named combination of doped semiconductor
materials where the sole use of the device is disclosed as an active
solid state device results in classification in Class 257.
Recitation of electrical contacts or leads is not necessary to classification
in Class 257.
Class 310, subclasses 248+ provide for articles* which are
electric generator or motor brushes.
Class 313, appropriate subclasses, especially
subclass 326, provide for electrode structure for electric
lamps and other discharge devices which are defined by their structure
for in such devices. A mere recitation of a wire, rod, strip, cylinder, etc., is
not considered to be structure for Class 313, nor is a
recitation only of the electrode composition or of a base and/or
coating. Nonmetallic* rods, strands, fibers, etc., which
are structurally defined, but do not include structure
for use as electrodes for lamps, are found in Class 428, subclasses 357+; note
especially subclasses 375+ for coated rods, strands, fibers, etc.
A plurality of electrodes, unless specifically related
structurally to each other or to other structure, for use
in a lamp or discharge device will be found in Class 428, appropriate
subclasses.
Class 317 provides for articles* of use in electrical applications
not provided for elsewhere.
Class 318 provides for articles* used in electric-motive power
systems.
Class 335, subclasses 296+ provide for a
magnet or magnetic material (including structure, e.g., lamination of
work at least two magnetic layers disclosed for use as a source
of magnetic flux for performing external work).
Class 336, subclasses 233+ provide for a
core or magnetic body comprising superimposed bundles or layers of
magnetic material in the form of sheets, rods, or wires, and
for single sheets, punchings, rods, or
wire which have such configuration that they have no utility except
in building up of a core or coil for use in an inductor device within
the class definition (e.g., transformer, etc.).
Class 337, subclass 379 provides for an article* which
is a bimetallic element of a thermally actuated switch. This
class (428), subclasses 616+ provide
for bimetal thermostat stock-materials*.
Class 338 provides for electrical resistor stock-material* which
is claimed in terms of its resistance characteristics.
Class 340 provides for articles* used in electrical
communications.
Class 360 provides, especially in subclass 131 for
a product, which may be layered or otherwise structured, which
is particularly or uniquely designed or arranged to store or record
information by a change or variation in the magnetic state of the
device. The line between Classes 360 and 428 is as follows:
Class 379 provides for article* used in telephony.
1. A product recited as magnetic tape or storage
will not suffice to place a patent in Class 360 in the absence of recitation
of structure of the overall product or internal structure of the
material, or function, unique to magnetic memory
or recording.
2. Layered products of general utility or otherwise
not provided for utility are classified in Class 428.
A patent disclosing both a Class 360 and a Class 428 function, and
in which the claims are generic to both disclosures on which has
a claim specific to the Class 428 disclosure will be placed in Class
428 as an original.
| | (1)
Note. The following examples are set out to serve
as guidelines in determining placement of patents:
| | (a)
improved adhesion of magnetic layer to base, greater
tensile strength of the layer (s) abrasion lubricated
surface, improved flexibility, etc., are
not considered to be be structure or properties peculiar to information
recording or structure; |
| | (b)
structure which is directed to improved signal-to-noise
ratio, signal stability, nondestructive readout (N.D.R.O.), nonprint through
of signal, signal identity, hysteresis loop, orientation
or packing density of magnetic signal is significant for Class 360, and
patents claiming such structure or function will be so classified.
Class 429, subclasses 129-147 and 247-255 for
a battery separator or retainer, subclasses 209-246
for a battery electrode, subclasses 233-245 for
a battery grid, subclasses 484-489 provide for
solid electrode fuel cells having specified electrode materials, and
subclasses 523-534 provide for electrode structure or compositions
for use in fuel cells.
Class 439 provides for articles* which are electrical
connectors. See the introduction to part 5 a, below.
5. Mechanical elements
a. Joints. Those classes or portions of classes
which provide for joints and connections, viz, Class
160, subclass 42, Classes 277, 285, 403, and
439 take a connection or seal between two or more members at substantially
a single locus where the structure or shape (e.g., ring, flange, angular
relationship, etc.) of at least one of the
members is specifically recited. For a mere joint or connection
between two members defined merely by the compositions of the members, see
this class, appropriate subclasses, particularly
subclasses 630+ and 426+ where glass is one of
the members.
Class 15 provides, in appropriate subclasses, especially
subclasses 208+ for stock-material* product
disclosed solely for use as a wiper, dauber or polisher
for brushing, scrubbing and general cleaning.
Class 29, subclasses 76.1+ provide
for an article* which is a file or rasp, and subclasses
95+ provide for an article* which is a cutter.
Class 30 and Class 83 provide for articles* which
are cutting implements appropriate to each class.
Class 51 is referred to in part B, above.
Class 55 and 210 provide for filters, especially
subclasses 522+ of the former and 500+ of the
latter for such filter product manufactured of or including a specific material (e.g., fiber*, coating, etc.), or
possessing specific structure (e.g., weave, knit, etc.).
Class 55 takes its own stock-material* when it
specifies that a gas separation takes place or is about to take
place. In Class 210 there must be claimed structure, internal
or external, restricting the stock-material* to
filter use. A filter generic to Classes 55 and 210 is placed
in Class 210.
Class 131 is discussed in part C, 2, b, above.
Class 241, subclass 95 provides for a stationary
comminuting surface having openings.
c. Friction elements
Class 188, subclasses 250+, and
Class 192, subclasses 107+ provide for a product
with a frictional property, where said property is enhanced
by claimed structure (external, such as disc surface
configuration, or internal, such as discrete zones
of friction material, particular arrangements of strands, fibers
or layers), where the sole use disclosure is as
a brake for Class 188, or as a clutch or brake for Class
192. Where the use of the product goes beyond these classes, or
there is no claim to brake or clutch/brake features, placement
in Class 428 is indicated. See also the reference to Class
52 in part C, 3, d, above.
d. Other machine elements
Class 101 provides for a product which is disclosed as a printing
plate and has significant structure for printing (see subclass 395), or
a nonuniform (e.g., hydrophylic-hydrophobic) coating
only for printing purposes (see subclasses 453+), or
a hectographic surface (see subclass 473).
Class 152, subclasses 151+ provides for
a resilient tire, subclasses 548+ for such tire formed
of a particular material(s), and subclass
367 for a tire patch.
Class 346, subclasses 134+ provide for a single
or plural layer web or sheet which is disclosed as a record receiver
solely for use with apparatus provided for in (1) and (2) of
the definition of that class. | |
| |
(1) Note. A web or sheet disclosed
as a record receiver of general utility, or for multiple
uses, at least one of which is other than for a recorder
apparatus provided for in Class 346, is classified in the
appropriate subclass in Class 428, with a cross-reference
to Class 346, if appropriate. |
| |
(2) Note. A web or sheet which
has chart graduations thereon will be assigned to Class 346, subclass
135.1, regardless of its disclosure.
Class 411 provides for expanded, threaded, headed, or
driven fasteners.
Class 416, subclasses 223+ provides for
an article* which is an impeller or turbine blade.
Class 492, Roll or Roller, provide for rolls and
rollers which claim enough of the surface and support structure
to rotatably mount the roller. Hollow cylindrical rollers follow
the line specified with regard to Class 138 in part C, 3, b, above.
6. Coating and coated products.
Class 148, Metal Treatment, subclasses 206-238
provide for processes of carburizing, nitriding, or
both (e.g., carbonitriding, etc.) of
solid metal, and subclasses 316-319 for the resulting
stock.
Class 204, Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy, provides
for the manufacture of stock-material* products
by chemical processes involving electrical or wave energy, and
except for products classifiable in this class (428), subclasses
544+, for a stock-material* product
disclosed solely as made by a process which, per se, would
be classified in Class 204. A multiple disclosure that
the product can be manufactured by either a Class 204 process or
another process (e.g., spray
coating, electroless-depositing, etc.) indicates
original classification in another class (e.g., 428, etc.), with
a cross-reference, as needed, to Class
204.
Class 420 provides for alloys and compositions having a ontinuous
phase of metal.
Class 427 provides for the method of applying a coating or
impregnation to a substrate.
In relation above, the following guidelines are to
be followed in determining whether a process step is significant
for determining the classification of a patent containing only process
claims in either Class 427 or Class 428:
(a) Any pretreatment or post treatment of
a base or applied coating is significant, e.g., curing, drying
or smoothing of the coating, or cleaning, drying
or heating of the base, etc. General statements
such as applying, impregnating, coating, covering, etc., or allowing
to cure, allowing to dry, etc., are not
considered to be significant method steps.
(b) Any specific recitation of the manner
in which the coating material is applied, e.g., brushing, dipping, padding, spraying, immersing, is
significant.
(c) Any limitations regarding the thickness of
a coating or nonuniformity of a coating resulting from a process
is considered to be significant.
(d) Specific recitations as to the condition of
the coating material being applied are significant, except
for the following: (1) Any condition
also included in an independent composition or material claim, such
as p4 concentration, etc.; (2) A
general reference to the state of the coating material as molten, in
solution, in an organic or inorganic solvent, etc., unless
accompanied by specific limiting conditions such as time or temperature (even
though recited as ordinary temperature or room temperature, etc.). However, specifically
recited solvents such as benzene, carbon tetrachloride, sulfuric
acid, etc., are considered to be significant.
Any patent having only process claims in which at least one
significant limitation is recited, examples of which are
given above, is placed in Class 427. All process
claims having no significant limitation recited will be placed in
Class 428.
Special Note in relation to Class 427:
As a general rule, specific subclasses in Class 427
are not pointed out as pertinent fields of search. Class
427 should be considered, in all instances, for
the disclosure of a product made by the process in the appropriately
titled subclass.
7. Assembling and/or shaping.
In general, the products of the following classes which provide
for assembling and/or shaping methods are not classified
in these classes, but in this class (428), or
other appropriate product class: Classes 29, 65, 72, 76, 79, 82, 125, 156, 164, 219, 228, 264, and
413.
8. Other manufacturing or treating.
Class 261, subclasses 94+ and 100+ provide
for apparatus under the class definition, including a porous
mass* or porous sheet*, respectively, for
providing intimate contact between a gas and a liquid.
9. Miscellaneous devices.
Class 16, subclasses 221+ provide for hinges
of indefinite length.
Class 33, subclasses 12+ provide for stock-material* fabrics* with
pattern lines (guide or gauge lines) thereon, and
subclass 567 for a plural layer product disclosed solely for use
as a gauge block.
Class 36 provides for an article* which is specifically
shaped or contoured to be part of a boot, shoe, or
legging, e.g., heel, innersole, vamp, etc.
Class 102 provides for an article* which is an explosive
or ammunition device.
Class 116, subclass 22 provides for an article* which
is an animal frightening device.
Class 165, subclass 185 provides for an article* which
is a heat transmitter.
Class 267 provides for an article* which is a spring
device.
Class 269 provides for an article* which is a work
holder.
Class 280, subclasses 11.18 and 28 provide for
an article* which is a runner or runner base for a land
vehicle.
Class 288, subclasses 51-55 provide for articles* which
are soldering irons.
Class 374, subclasses 529+ provide for articles* modified
over and above the material or composition thereof, to
produce motion as the result of changes in the thermal condition
of the devices or structures, and subclasses 205+ provide
for articles* combined with additional structure to form an
arrangement which provides an indication produced from motion resulting
from changes in the thermal condition of the articles*.
Class 376 provides for an article* which is a nuclear
element and for stock-material* of such element
having a unique adaptation for such use. For example, a
jacketed material having passages for the escape of fission products
is a unique adaptation, but a merely sheathed material
is not.
Class 446, Amusement Devices: Toys, subclasses
217+ for spinning type toys which are similar in construction
to special occasion ornaments for Class 428, subclasses
7+.
Classs 473, Amusement Devices: Games, subclasses
316+ for an article* which is a golf club shaft.
ART TERM INDEX TO THE CLASS
The following Search This Class, Subclass references
are provided for convenience in locating the principal subclasses
containing patents related to certain terms generally employed in
the art.
D. CLATHRATES AND INTERCALATES
Clathrates and intercalates (inclusion compounds), per
se, are classified hierarchically and subject to the limitations
set forth in the compound (element) classes based
both on the encapsulant and encapsulate. For example, a
clathrate of urea and hydrogen peroxide is classified in Class 564, subclass
32, urea and an organic compound in Class 564, subclass
1.5, dextran and iodine in Class 536, subclass
112, etc. Where a patent does not state that a
material is either a clathrate or an intercalate, the assumption
is made that the material is either a coated or encapsulated product
classified in Class 428, subclasses 402+. |
SECTION III - SUBCLASS REFERENCES TO THE CURRENT CLASS
For art terms relating to nonstructural laminates - see section
II, Glossary of Terms, Part B.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 15, | for artificial grass, sod, or
turf |
| 121+, | for binding |
| 542, | and 577+ for a blank |
| 23, | for a bouquet |
| 85+, | for carpet (pile) |
| 77+, | 195+, and 919 for camouflage |
| 175+, | 193+, and 196+ for cloth |
| 163, | 167+, 182+, and
603+ for corrugated |
| 40+, | 77+, 411+, and
914+ for decalcomania |
| 596+, | for expanded metal |
| 588+, | for a fagot |
| 85+, | for fleece |
| 163, | 167+, and 599+ for fluted |
| 158+, | 304+, and 613+ for foam |
| 585, | 587, and 599 for ingot |
| 38+, | 67, and 614+ for inlay |
| 38, | 44+, 53, 54+, 57+, and
67 for mosaic |
| 62, | and 91+ for nap |
| 85, | and 588+ for pile |
| 123, | for piping |
| 75+, | and 181 for pleated |
| 143+, | for roofing |
| 438+, | for safety glass |
| 192+, | for scalloped |
| 38, | for stained glass |
| 605, | for steel wool |
| 28, | and 115 for tassel |
| 34, | for Thermopane |
| 175+, | and 196 for woven |
SECTION IV - GLOSSARY
A. Structural
Glossary terms below are characterized as either A. Structural
or B. Nonstructural or Composition. The terms
are identified as such.
Terms or phrases used in titles and definitions either repeatedly
or in a special and limited sense are set forth below with the meaning
each is to have in this class. For economy of space, an
asterisk (*) following a word indicates
that reference should be had to this glossary for the specific meaning
thereof while an asterisk following an hyphenated phrase, (e.g., strand-portion*, etc.) indicates
that the entire hyphenated term, as such, has
been defined in this glossary.
Note. Where appropriate throughout the definition, the alternatively
singular or plural forms of a noun have been indicated by the addition
of (s) immediately following the noun, (e.g., layer(s) to
mean a layer or layers, etc.).
ADDITION POLYMER FROM UNSATURATED MONOMERS
Any multiunit chain which is the product of the reaction of
unsaturated bonds in the units. The product may be the
result of interaction of molecules of the same compound (as
polyethylene) or of different compounds (as acryronitrile-styrene).
Vinyl acetate and methyl methacrylate are included within the scope
of the term because the monomeric units are linked through the reacted
unsaturated bonds and the ester groups are pendant - i.e., the
units are not linked through the ester groups. (Nonstructural
or Composition)
ALDEHYDE OR KETONE CONDENSATION PRODUCT
A resin resulting from the reaction of an aldehyde or
a ketone and a polyfunctional active hydrogen containing compound, which, with
the elimination of water, produces a chain of alkylidene
units alternating with the residue of the hydrogen supplying compound. Phenol formaldehyde, urea
formaldehyde and polyamino (e.g., melamine) aldehyde
or furfural resins are within the scope of the term. (Nonstructural
or Composition)
ANIMAL MEMBRANE
Material derived from an animal and found there originally
in film or layer form, e.g., bladder,skin
or scale. Glue or gelatin in a film form is not included
here because neither exists in the animal as a layer or foil. (Nonstructural
or Composition)
ANTIFERROMAGNETISM
Antiferromagnetism occurs when the exchange interaction
between neighboring atoms cancel each other, so the net
magnetic moment is zero. Examples of antiferromagnetic
materials are (Pt, Ir, Cr , and
Pd) Mn alloys, and select transition metal oxides.
ASBESTOS
A native magnesium calcium silicate. Asbestos
is not considered to be included in the term "metal compound" for
purposes of this class, but is included in silicon containing, unless
specifically stated otherwise in a title or definition. (Nonstructural
or Composition)
ARTICLE
A discrete determinate three dimensional thing substantially
in its ultimate use form, as distinguished from stock material (e.g., sheet, etc.) from
which such articles may be manufactured. These articles
are limited to subclasses 2 through 34.1, part
of subclass 542 and subclass 576. (Structural)
BASE
That substance or material which has been covered or saturated
or permeated, either partially or completely by another
material. This term is synonymous with Substrate. (Structural)
BITUMINOUS OR TARRY RESIDUE
A composition or compound having the characteristics of
a tar or pitch no matter what the origin. This term includes
all asphalts, bitumens, pitches and tars from coal, mineral
oil, cotton seed pitch and the residue from the destructive
distillation of wood, and natural oil distillations. Carbohydrate
1) polyhydroxy mono-aldehydes and polyhydroxy
mono-ketones, generally having the formula Cn(H2O)m
and substances which are hydrolized to these. The term
includes cellulose, starch dextran, dextrin, sugar, and
lignin. (Nonstructural or Composition)
| | (1)
Note. Wheat paste, which contains gluten, is
considered polyamide. |
BLANK
See definition of intermediate-article*. (Structural)
BLOCK
A relatively large piece of material whose thickness
is many times that of a web* or sheet* compared
with its width. (Structural)
CARBON
Inorganic material. (Nonstructural
or Composition)
CELLULOSIC
A carbohydrate material derived from the structural matter
of plant life, usually from the stems. The term includes
lignocellulose (e.g., wood and
bark) relatively pure cellulose (e.g., cotton
and linen) and chemically modified forms of cellulose as
cellophane, pyroxylin, viscose and rayon. While
pyroxylin may be plasticized with minor amounts of camphor and/or
castor oil, for purposes of classification, pyroxylin
is considered cellulosic. (Nonstructural or Composition)
CERAMIC
Clay containing, therefore silicon containing. (Nonstructural
or Composition)
CORK
The outer bark of cork oak. The cork may be
in the form of slabs or may be used as a filler in finely divided
form. (Nonstructural or Composition)
CAVITY
A hole or a hollow place in a body. (Structural)
CELL
A closed cavity (which may be empty or full) in
a component*. (Structural)
CLOTH
A fabric* which for purposes of this class is
considered to be made of mechanically intertwined, interlooped, interwoven, or
intertangled strands*, strand-portions* or strand
like strips*. See Class 442, class definition.
(Structural)
COMPONENT
A distinct unitary element of a composite stock material* which
is longitudinally coextensive therewith and which, if separated
from the remainder of such stock material*, would
be recognized as a web*, sheet*, rod*, strand*, tube
or block by itself. A component may consist of plural layers* as
in the folded component shown in Figure 1. See also (2) Note
under A, above. (Structural)
COMPOSITE
A stock-material* comprising a plurality
of components*. (Structural)
COMPOSITION
A product having a plurality of constituents* or
elements, none of which are in a defined spatial or ordered relationship
to each other or to the surface or shape of the body in which they
are contained, that is, a random mixture of elements. (Structural)
CONSTITUENT
A discrete element* (e.g., strand*, fiber*, particle*, etc.) of
a component* or product.
CORE
intermediate portion of a composite* product.
In a composite web* or sheet*, a core
lies between two other components*; in a rod* or
strand* or filament*, a core is the inner
portion covered with another layer. If a core is claimed, per
se, it is to be assumed for purposes of this class that
the other layer(s)* or component(s)* are included. (Structural)
ELEMENT
See definition of constituent*. (Structural)
ESTER
A compound which is identical to that obtained by the replacing
of a hydroxy hydrogen of an alcohol or a phenol with an acid radical. (Nonstructural
or Composition)
ESTER LINKAGE
The chemical grouping obtained by replacing the hydroxy
hydrogen of an alcohol or a phenol with an acid radical. (Nonstructural
or Composition)
FABRIC
A web*, sheet* or film disclosed
as used in the manufacture of household furnishings (e.g., draperies, upholstery, etc) shoes, etc., roofing, clothing, tires, etc. and
is claimed as a textile*, cloth* or fabric.
See Class 442, class definition. (Structural)
FERRIMAGNETISM
Ferrimagnetic materials exhibit exchange interaction between
neighboring atoms leading to adjacent moments; however, the
magnetic moments are unequal and opposite in direction.
The magnetic properties of ferrimagnetic materials are strongly
temperature dependent and are characterized by their Curie temperature. Examples
of ferrimagnetic materials are rare earth-transition metal
amorphous alloys, such as GdFeCo, TbFeCo, and
select granular transition-metal alloys.
FERROMAGNETISM
Ferromagnetic materials exhibit exchange interaction between
neighboring atoms leading to adjacent moments. Ferromagnetism
is temperature dependent and field strength dependent. Typical
ferromagnetic materials include transition metals such as Fe, Ni, and Co
and their alloys.
FIBER
A relatively short, slender, flexible
element of macroscopic size and finite length and having a width
and thickness of the same order of magnitude. A fiber
is generally of staple length to facilitate its being spun, twisted
or otherwise secured together into a composite strand but may be
of shorter length requiring bonding, felting or matting
to form a strand or layer. It may be of animal (e.g., wool, rabbit
hair), vegetable (e.g., cotton, jute, hemp), or
mineral (e.g., asbestos, glass, metal) origin
and may be either natural, modified or synthetic. See
also Filament. (Structural)
FILAMENT
A fine threadlike body or structure whose width and thickness
are of the same order of magnitude. See also fiber. (Structural)
FLAKE
A small thin mass having a width or length greater than its
thickness. The term flake is considered to denote structure
and is classified accordingly. (Structural)
GLASS
An amorphous, hard, brittle, often
transparent material comprising a fused mixture of the silicates
of the alkali and alkaline earth, or heavy metals.
Glass is not considered to be included in the term "metal
compound" for purposes of this class, unless specifically
included in a title or definition. (Nonstructural
or Composition)
GRAPHITE
Inorganic material as is carbon. (Nonstructural
or Composition)
GUM
See natural oil, gum, rosin or lac
below. (Nonstructural or Composition)
INTERMEDIATE-ARTICLE
A fully shaped article, all three dimensions
of which are definite, even though one or more of these
dimensions may be negligible. The article is not suitable
for functional use in the claimed condition, but must be
subjected to one or more further significant shaping steps to do
more than merely occupy space. The following operations
have been regarded as not involving a further significant shaping: (a) Assembling
or uniting the article with other parts. (b) Distorting
the article during an assembly operation to cause the article to
conform to discrepancies in the size or shape of a coacting part. (c) Bonding
or distorting those portions of the article which are to function
as means for fastening the article to a coacting part, as, for
example, the bending of ears or tabs. (Structural)
LAC
See natural oil, gum, rosin or lac
below. (Nonstructural or Composition)
LAYER
A single thickness of material(s) in
the form of web* or sheet*, or a plurality
of any of these in side-by-side coplanar relation; or
particulate material arranged in continuity to constitute a distinct
stratum. A layer may include a plurality of components* as
in Figure 2. See also (2) Note under
A, above. (Structural)
MAGNETIC
A material exhibiting the inherent property of magnetism, which
is dependent on the electronic configuration of the atom, crystalline
and molecular structure, and coupling between electrons
arising from the orbital and spin magnetic moments of the nucleus
and electrons. A material is considered magnetic for the
purposes of this class if it exhibits a nonzero magnetic moment, such
as in paramagnetism, ferromagnetism, and ferrimagnetism.
MASS
A body of material of indefinite or indeterminate shape. (Structural)
METAL
A material having a continuous phase of any element of the
periodic table except hydrogen, a noble gas, a
halogen, a chalcogen (oxygen, sulfur, selenium, tellurium), nitrogen, phosphorus, carbon
and boron. Elemental silicon is considered to be a metal, but
a silicon compound is not considered to be a metal compound on the
basis of silicon content. The term "metal compound" in
a subclass title does not include glass or asbestos, unless
specifically included by title or definition. The metal
may be a pure metal or an alloy as defined in Class 75, Specialized
Metallurgical Processes, Compositions for Use Therein, Consolidated
Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose Metal Particulate
Mixtures, subclass 122, (1) Note. An
intermetallic compound of two or more metals, e.g., a
metal silicide, aluminide, etc., is
considered to be an alloy. (Nonstructural or Composition)
METALLIC
Composed entirely of metal* or having adjacent
metal components. Since autogenous bonding of two metallic parts
is thought to involve inherently either a diffusion or alloying
between constituents of the two parts, this diffusion or
alloy layer, even though of appreciable thickness, does
not prevent the undiffused or unalloyed regions from being considered. (Structural)
NATURAL OIL OR GUM, ROSIN OR LAC
Any oil, gum or resin that occurs in nature, as
cottonseed, linseed and castor oils, rosin, mineral
oil and the exudation of insects known as lac. These three
classes of oil; drying, semidrying and nondrying
oil are included within the scope of the term. (Nonstructural
or Composition)
NATURAL RUBBER
Containing the natural gum, know as caoutchouc, gutta percha, or
balata obtained from the latex or sap of "rubber" trees. The
word "rubber" standing alone is considered to
denote natural rubber. (Nonstructural or Composition)
NOBLE METALS
Those metals not readily oxidized, i.e., silver, gold, platinum, polladium, mercury, iridium, rhodium, ruthenium, osmium. (Nonstructural
or Composition)
NONTHICKNESS SURFACE
The surface of a web, sheet, layer
or component on which both its length and width may be measured.
See Figure 3. (Structural)
OIL
See natural oil, gum, rosin or lac, above. (Nonstructural or
Composition)
PAPER
Unless otherwise specified, is a sheet or web
of waterlaid felted cellulosic fibers. May also be made
of asbestos, mineral or synthetic fibers or blends of fibers, but must
be so disclosed solely, or must be so claimed for placement
in a subclass other than cellulosic or paper. (Nonstructural
or Composition)
PARAMAGNETISM
Paramagnetic materials have magnetic moments not completely
canceled because of electronic configuration and exhibit a resultant
moment. Paramagnetic susceptibility is strongly temperature
dependent. Examples of paramagnetic materials are CoCr
alloys at specific Cr concentrations and materials exhibiting specific
size ranges of either the magnetic grains or particle dimensions.
PARTICLE
A very small quantity of matter, so small as
to be considered without magnitude although possessing inertia and
the force of attraction. (Structural)
POLYAMIDE
A polymeric compound containing amide groups through
which the monomers are linearly linked, except urea-aldehyde (for
which see alddhyde or ketone condensation product). The
term includes 1, the reaction products of polyamines and
polybasic acids or 2, the polymer of amino acids (e.g., nylon, peptides
and proteins). The manner in which the amide groups
linearly link the monomers or moieties, of which the chain
is built is graphically indicated by the below: (Nonstructural
or Composition)
| | (1)
Note. Wheat paste, which contains gluten, is
considered to be a polyamide. |
| | (2)
Note. Polyamide also includes polyimide. |
| | (3)
Note. Urea-aldehyde condensation product is
not included within the definition of polyamide since the product
is significantly different from other polyamide resins and are similar
to phenol-aldehyde resins. Hence, urea-aldehyde
products are placed in the subclass providing for aldehyde-ketone
condensation products. |
POLY(AMIDO-ESTER)
A compound which is a polymer of linearly recurring amide
and ester linkages. The monomers do not have to have an
equivalent number of amide and ester groups and they do not have
to occur in a regular pattern. The products of (1) a) polybasic
acids b) polyhydric alcohols and c) polyamines
or, (2) a mixture of hydroxy acids and
amino acids or (3) polybasic acids and hydroxy
amines are within the scope of the term. (Polyurethane
is exemplary): The manner in which the ester and
amide groups linearly link the monomers or moieties, of
which the chain is built, is graphically indicated by the
below structure. The ester groups need not be carboxylic
esters but may be, e.g., sulfate
ester groups. (Nonstructural or Composition)
POLYESTER
A polymeric compound containing ester groups through which
the monomers are linearly linked to each other. The manner
in which the ester groups linearly link the monomers or moieties, of
which the chain is built, is s:graphically indicated
by the below structure. The ester groups need not be carboxylic
esters but may also be, e.g., sulfate
ester groups. (Nonstructural or Composition)
POLYIMICAL
Included within the term polyamide. (Nonstructural
or Composition)
PORE
A tiny opening, usually microscopic, through
which certain fluids may pass. Generally, the
pore opening is of such irregular direction that light will not
pass through it. (Structural)
POWDER
A mass of particles, that is, portions
of matter so small that they are not ordinarily handled as individual
units. According to Metals Handbook, 8th Edition, 1961, volume
1, page 28, powders currently used in powder metallurgy
had a particle size within the range of 0.1 to 1000 microns
in their largest dimension, as determined by screens or
other suitable instruments. Powder particles generally
are distinguished from filamentary particles in that their shape
and length-to-diameter ratio are such that in
the dry state the particles will not hold together as a massive
article without the application of pressure or heat. (Structural)
QUARTZ
A fused silicon dioxide (silica). (Nonstructural
or Composition)
REFRACTORY
Various materials, but usually clays or other
cementitious or silicon containing. Consider to be silicon
unless clearly disclosed otherwise, as for example alumina. The
refractory metals are those in Groups IVB, VB and VIB of
the Periodic System. (Nonstructural or Composition)
ROSIN
See natural oil, gum, rosin or lac. (Nonstructural
or Composition)
ROD
A relatively rigid and slender element having a width and
thickness of the same order of magnitude, a length which
may be either indeterminate or finite, and a cross-section
which may be of any shape. (Structural)
SHEET
A portion of web* material of finite length, whose
width is greater than its thickness, and which may be of
any perimetric shape (e.g., triangle, circle, etc.). (Structural)
STOCK-MATERIAL
A sheet*, web*, rod*, strand*, tube
or block, mass or layer. (Structural)
STRAND
A relatively slender and flexible element* having
a width and thickness of the same order of magnitude and a length
which is either (a) indeterminate or (b) coextensive
with the length or width of a sheet* or layer* with which
it may be associated. A strand may be a monofilament or
it may include either a plurality of filaments* or fibers* disposed
in parallelism (e.g., tow) or
constituent fibers* and/or filaments* knitted, plaited, braided, twisted, interlaced, interlocked
or otherwise secured together to form a unit such as roving, thread, yarn, cord, rope
or cable. (Structural)
STRAND-PORTION
A strand* of finite length; or an unsevered
but determinate length of a strand. (Structural)
STRIP
A web* or sheet* or relatively narrow
ribbon-like material. A strip which is interwoven
or intertangled with other strips or with strands, in the
same manner as a strand, will be termed a "strand-like
strip". (Structural)
SUBSTRATE
See Base*. (Structural)
TEXTILE
A fabric* which, for purposes of the
class is considered to be cloth*. See Class 442, class
definition. (Structural)
WAX OR WAXY
A compound described as a wax (e.g., beeswax) or
having the physical characteristics of a wax or is a recognized
wax (as carnauba). (Nonstructural
or Composition)
WEB
A portion of material having length and width each greater
than its thickness and with at least its longitudinal dimension
indeterminate. A web may comprise (a) a single
thickness of material or (b) a plurality of portions of
a single piece of material folded on each other longitudinally or
transversely, or (c) a plurality of individual web
components* joined together in longitudinally coextensive
face or edge contact to form a composite web. (Structural)
| | (1)
Note. Unless clearly disclosed or claimed otherwise (e.g., as
a rod*, mass*, filament*, etc.) a
product will be placed in the appropriate web* or sheet* subclass. |
| | (2)
Note. Included under the definition of component* or
layer are the following: (a) The skin
formed on a porous layer* by curing (e.g., a
foam, etc.). (b)
The "layer*" formed by impregnating a
substrate to a defined depth which must be recited either relatively
to the entire thickness or as an absolute dimension. (c) Either
of a pair of layers* of the same material cohered or adhered
together by their own forces, if disclosed as plural separate
layers*. |
| | (3)
Note. For purposes of this class, paper* is limited
to a waterlaid web* of interfelted cellulose* (natural) fibers*.
A waterlaid web* of resin, polymer or modified
cellulose* (e.g., cellulose
acetate) fibers is excluded from the paper* subclasses
and will be classified on other features (e.g., composition, etc.). |
| | (4)
Note. Where a subclass title includes a "coating" or "coat" or "coated
layer*", a bonded or adhered component
or layer* is intended to be included within the scope thereof.
Thus, a product formed by laminating or adhering two separate
and distinct layers* is considered to be the equivalent
of a product made by applying a coating of a material onto a base* or
substrate*. |
WOOD
The material of trunks and branches of trees or bushes, excluding
bark. This term includes lumber and finely divided wood
chips, fibers or flour. "Fiber board" from wood
fibers or pulp will be considered wood or paper depending on the
disclosure of the document in which this expression occurs.
Fiber board formed by compression of wood fibers with or without
a binder (and utilized as wood) is considered
wood. Fiber board which is water laid (and, used
as cardboard or paste board) is considered paper. (Nonstructural
or Composition).
WORKPIECE
A stock-material* not suitable for
functional use in the claimed condition, but requiring
one or more further significant shaping steps to do more than occupy
space. Usually it is the cross-sectional configuration
which is to be further shaped. See the definition of intermediate-article* for
a list of operations not considered to be significant shaping.
SUBCLASSES
![[List of Patents for class 428 subclass 1.1]](../ps.gif) 1.1 | Liquid crystal optical display having layer of specified
composition: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product which specify composition of at least one layer
in a liquid crystal optical display.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 40, | Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting,
subclass 448 for display devices using liquid crystals. |
| 250, | Radiant Energy,
subclass 331 for nonchemical infrared imaging including liquid
crystal detector. |
| 252, | Compositions,
subclass 299.01 for liquid crystal compositions containing a meso-morphologic
state of matter. |
| 345, | Computer Graphics Processing and Selective Visual
Display Systems,
subclasses 38 , 50 - 54, and 87 - 104, for
selective electrical control of liquid crystal display devices. |
| 349, | Liquid Crystal Cells, Elements and Systems,
subclasses 1 - 18, and 182 - 186, respectively
for structures of liquid crystal devices. |
| 360, | Dynamic Magnetic Information Storage or Retrieval, for liquid crystal used to store or retrieve dynamic information
stored magnetically. |
| 365, | Static Information Storage and Retrieval,
subclass 108 for liquid crystal used to store or retrieve static information. |
| 368, | Horology: Time Measuring Systems or
Devices,
subclasses 30 , 84, and 242 for timepieces using
liquid crystal compositions. |
| 430, | Radiation Imagery Chemistry: Process, Composition, or
Product Thereof, appropriate subclasses for radiation imagery chemistry
involving a process, product, or composition using
a liquid crystal. |
| 436, | Chemistry: Analytical and Immunological
Testing, for analytical and analytical control processes
employing liquid crystals. |
| 552, | Organic Compounds, particularly
subclasses 502 through 652for organic compounds having liquid crystal properties. |
|
| | |
| 1.23 | Silicon compound (i.e., organosilicon): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 1.5. Subject matter wherein the layer is identified as including
a compound of Silicon (Si).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 1.32, | for viewing layer composed of silicon compound. |
| 1.51, | for inorganic compounds of silicon bonding or intermediate
layer for liquid crystal optical displays. |
| 391, | 405, 428, 429, and 446 - 454, for other products
in which silane, silicone or siloxane is a coating or a material
permeating or saturating a base. |
|
| | |
| 1.25 | Polyamide: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 1.2. Subject matter wherein the alignment layer is an organic
polymer, or derivative, with structural units linked by amide grouping. |
| | |
| 1.26 | Polyimide: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 1.2. Subject matter wherein the alignment layer is an organic
polymer, or derivative, with structural units linked by imide grouping. |
| | |
| 1.31 | Polarizer or dye containing viewing layer: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 1.3. Subject matter wherein the viewing layer includes a chemically
identified material polarizer, a material causing light ray or other
radiation to vibrate in a pre-defined pattern, or a dye, a material
imparting color or to. |
| | |
| 1.52 | Silicon compound (i.e., organosilicon): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 1.5. Subject matter wherein the layer is identified as including
a compound of Silicon (Si).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 1.51, | for inorganic compounds of silicon bonding or intermediate
layer for liquid crystal optical displays. |
| 1.32, | for viewing layer composed of silicon compound. |
| 391, | 405, 428, 429, and 446 - 454, for other products
in which silane, silicone or siloxane is a coating or a material
permeating or saturating a base. |
|
| | |
| 1.53 | Epoxy: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 1. Subject matter wherein the layer contains an epoxy (e.g.,
epoxy resin, etc.). |
| | |
| 1.54 | Ester: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 1.5. Subject matter wherein the film or layer is identified
as including an ester, i.e., reaction product of an alcohol and
an organic acid. |
| | |
| 1.61 | Releasable layer to expose adhesive: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 1.6. Subject matter wherein substrate has a layer or component
that is removable to reveal an adhesive.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 40.1, | through 42.3, for a product in which a release
layer is removed to expose another layer or component having an adhesive
thereon. |
| 352, | which contains an additional layer or component
that does not permanently adhere to a surface with which it may come
into contact. |
|
| | |
| 2
|
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product comprising the material usually discarded from a
residence (e.g., table scraps, empty food packages, etc.) or from
a business establishment (e.g., rags, paper, etc.) and which has
been densified into a mass and handled as a unitary element.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 44, | Fuel and Related Compositions,
subclass 541 for a fuel product which is bundled, wrapped or
covered and subclasses 589+ for a fuel briquette containing
vegetation or refuse. |
| 53, | Package Making, appropriate subclasses, for the method of making
a package, which may identify the contents as trash or refuse. |
| 206, | Special Receptacle or Package, appropriate subclasses, especially
subclass 83.5 for bales or bundles of material other than trash
or refuse. |
| 588, | Hazardous or Toxic Waste Destruction or Containment,
subclasses 249 through 260for permanent containment of hazardous or toxic
waste. |
|
| | |
| 3
|
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Article* which is symbolic in a system of theism.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 2, | Apparel, appropriate subclasses; for an article of religious
attire; especially clothing. |
| 40, | Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting,
subclass 124.5 , for an exhibiting device to be used on a memorial
tablet. |
| 52, | Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclasses 103+ for an earth supported type monument, and 316 for
an ornamental surface of a building type structure formed by relief
or intaglio deformation of a surface. |
| 63, | Jewelry, appropriate subclasses, for a religious artifact
which is also a distinct article of jewelry. |
| 206, | Special Receptacle or Package,
subclass 19 , for a receptacle specifically arranged for sacerdotal
use. |
| 312, | Supports: Cabinet Structure,
subclass 33 , for cabinet structure designed solely for use
in worship. |
| 434, | Education and Demonstration,
subclasses 245+ for an educational device or method which may involve religious
symbolism. |
|
| | |
| 4
|
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Article* which comprises (1) ribbon or strand material
doubled on itself about a transverse line of bend and knotted, or
otherwise fastened to maintain the resultant looped structure; or
(2) feather or filamentary material formed loosely into a tuft or
ball; or (3) material gathered, pleated or looped about a central point
or axis suggestive of the petals of a flower seen in plan view
but lacking sufficient floral fidelity or similarity to constitute
a simulated or artificial flower; or (4) plural strands, or portion
of a single strand, knotted together.
| | (1)
Note. A patent to a bow, pom-pom rosette or knot combined
with another article (i.e., as an embellishment thereon) is to be
placed with patents to such other article. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 17+, | for an artificial plant or portion thereof; particularly,
subclasses 24+ for an artificial flower. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 2, | Apparel,
subclasses 243+ and 300, for an apparel trimming or a garment supporter,
respectively, comprising or including an ornamental bow. |
| 28, | Textiles: Manufacturing,
subclass 147 for apparatus for binding thread or yarn in a bundle
to form a tassel and/or tuft. |
| 112, | Sewing,
subclasses 400+ for a stitched apparel trimming material not elsewhere
provided for. |
| 132, | Toilet,
subclass 47 for a bow-supporting hair fastener. |
| 223, | Apparel Apparatus,
subclass 46 for a machine or process for making a bow or tassel
trimming. |
| 289, | Knots and Knot Tying, appropriate subclasses, for a method or apparatus for tying
a bow knot and
subclass 1.2 for a knotted strand. |
|
| | |
| 5
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 4. Article wherein the ribbon or strand material is doubled
on itself. |
| | |
| 6
|
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Article* comprising an embellished, treated or
simulated feather or a group of feathers not elsewhere provided
for.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass includes patents directed to (a) a reconstructed
feather, i.e., a composite of feather element portions arranged
to produce a desired configuration, (b) a simulated feather comprising
artificial fibers or natural feather flues each extending laterally from
a quill part; or (c) a cut of fur pelting in simulation of a feather
or a group of feathers in the shape of a panache. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 22, | for a feather utilized in the construction of a
product imitative of natural vegetation. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 34, | Drying and Gas or Vapor Contact With Solids,
subclasses 280+ for treatment of a feather, broadly; and see the
search notes thereunder. |
| 112, | Sewing,
subclass 404 , for a feather sewn to a web or sheet. |
| 223, | Apparel Apparatus,
subclass 47 for a device or machine for working (preparing,
curling, attaching, etc.) feathers for plumes, ornaments, apparel trim,
etc., not elsewhere provided for. |
|
| | |
| 7
|
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Article* which has as its intended function only
the temporary embellishment or adornment of a place or thing in
connection with a particular event (e.g., Halloween, birthday party,
Christmas, etc.).
| | (1)
Note. A patent directed to a disclosure of an obvious abstraction
of a simulated or modified natural article (e.g., planar paper cutout,
etc.) may be found in this or an indented subclass. |
| | (2)
Note. The occasion may be festive or somber. |
| | (3)
Note. Wreaths are considered to be special occasion ornaments
for indented subclass 10. |
| | (4)
Note. This subclass is the locus for artificial Christmas
trees unless provided for in an indented subclass. |
| | (5)
Note. A patent directed to an occasion ornament in the form
of a web* or sheet* (e.g., festoon, streamer,
etc.) will be placed in the appropriate stocks material subclasses
of this class (428). |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 40, | Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting, appropriate subclasses, for related structure generally
used in an advertising display; and see
subclasses 446+ thereof, for a display ornament including a mobile
element. |
| 229, | Envelopes, Wrappers, and Paperboard Boxes,
subclasses 116.1+ for a paperboard box including a decoration or novelty
feature. |
| 446, | Amusement Devices: Toys, appropriate subclasses for similarly constructed
devices which are differentiated from ornaments by the intended
interaction between the user and toy. |
|
| | |
| 8
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 7. Ornament fabricated of plural parts which are completely
separable as units without destruction thereof, for purposes of
assembly and disassembly.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 20, | for a knockdown type tree structure. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 211, | Supports: Racks,
subclasses 189+ for a knockdown or collapsible support rack. |
| 446, | Amusement Devices: Toys,
subclasses 85+ for a knockdown toy which is played with by assembling and
disassembling its component parts. |
|
| | |
| 9
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 7. Ornament which is either articulated, or foldable, or inflatable
and deflatable, or telescopic, for purposes of structural compactness
(as for storage) and wherein said parts when so disposed retain
a structural unity.
| | (1)
Note. Adjustability that achieves another display form only
(e.g., a figurine, the arm of which may be exhibited in either an
extended or crooked position) is not considered to include the characteristics
of collapsibility. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 12, | for some other miscellaneous collapsible article;
and see the search notes thereunder. |
|
| | |
| 10
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 7. Ornament comprising an annulus either simulating, or ornamented
by ribbon or floral-like leaf material intertwined along the annular path.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 27, | for frame work intended for a floral piece. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 47, | Plant Husbandry,
subclass 41.01 , for related structure including a moisture retaining
core adapted to sustain the life-like characteristics of natural flora. |
| 57, | Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining,
subclasses 200+ , for a twisted or twined textile strand; especially
subclass 203, for chenille type; see class definition, section VI,
reference to Class 57. |
| 139, | Textiles: Weaving,
subclasses 393+ , for a woven chenille strand wherein the weft strands
serve to form chenille. |
|
| | |
| 11 | Ornament under subclass 7 which: |
| | (a) approximates a sphere or spheroid; or (b) is an inverted
deep cup, typically having a recurving brim and simulating a bell;
or (c) comprises radially disposed points (e.g., geometric starpolygon)
or lines (e.g., asterisk) which constitute the conventionally accepted pattern
suggestive of the luminous heavenly body- "star".
| | (1)
Note. This subclass includes, for instance, the vari-shaped
Christmas tree "ball". |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 29, | Metal Working,
subclass 899.1 , for a process of forming a hollow metal sphere. |
| 116, | Signals and Indicators,
subclasses 148+ , for a bell, per se. |
| 446, | Amusement Devices: Toys,
subclass 76 for an ornamental container convertible to use
as a toy. |
| 473, | Games Using Tangible Projectile,
subclasses 52+ for a ball adapted to be used in the game of billiards
or pool, subclasses 125+ for a ball adapted to be used
in the game of bowling, and subclasses 569+ for a game
ball, per se. |
|
| | |
| 12
|
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Article* comprising parts which are either articulated,
or foldable, or inflatable and deflatable, or telescopic, for purposes
of structural compactness (as for storage) and wherein said parts
when so disposed retain a structural unity.
| | (1)
Note. Adjustability that achieves another display form only
is not considered to include the characteristic of collapsibility. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 9, | for a collapsible special occasion ornament. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 40, | Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting,
subclass 214 , for a balloon with a sign thereon. |
| 138, | Pipes and Tubular Conduits,
subclasses 118+ , for a flexible tubular structure including a collapsible
feature. |
| 222, | Dispensing,
subclasses 92+ , for a collapsible wall type container; and see
the search notes thereunder. |
| 446, | Amusement Devices: Toys,
subclasses 220+ for an inflatable toy, subclass 388 for an animate
figure formed from folded sheet material, and subclasses 487+ for
other toys which are or collapsible. |
|
| | |
| 13 | Article* under the class definition in the form
of an exhibit piece which is: |
| | (a) enclosed within a surrounding peripheral enclosure (separate
or integral); or (b) encased, either loosely or embedded, in a self-sustaining,
light transmissive enclosure: or (c) a three dimensional scenic
representation including an article of commerce and/or
a product of nature or a replica thereof.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 81+, | for a product in the form of a sheet* including
a modification or embellishment of the periphery thereof. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 40, | Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting, appropriate subclasses, for an advertising display; and
subclasses 700+ , for a picture mount where the picture is not an
essential structural element of the combination. |
| 47, | Plant Husbandry,
subclass 41.01 , for a living flower in a transparent casing. |
| 472, | Amusement Devices, particularly
subclasses 57+ for a diorama related to an illusionary stage setting. |
|
| | |
| 14
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 13. Product comprising an exhibit piece which is enclosed peripherally
by a distinct element. |
| | |
| 15 | Article* under the class definition wherein the
primary structure is: |
| | (a) a replica of an article of commerce or a product of
nature; or (b) a product of nature which is modified but retains
the general structure and appearance of such a product.
| | (1)
Note. For placement herein, and indented subclasses, the
disclosure of an article in the form of a reproduction does not
require exactness of duplication; but a disclosure of a pictorial
representation of a natural product, or a mere imitation of a material
finish (e.g., grain, etc.), is excluded from this subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 7+, | for a simulated or modified natural product for
a specific or special occasion, e.g., wreath, etc. |
| 13, | for a three dimensional object or a product of nature
in a display casing. |
| 85+, | for a natural product having a pile type surface. |
| 141+, | for a web* or sheet* with a textured surface
resembling a natural product (e.g., grained leather, etc.). |
| 195+, | for a web* or sheet* with a discontinuous
or differential coating, impregnation or bond which may constitute
a representation or imitation of a material finish. |
| 409+, | for a web* or sheet* with a surface feature
not provided for in a subclass superior thereto. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 40, | Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting,
subclass 126 , for an advertising display dummy. |
| 52, | Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclass 311.1 for an ornamental product for that class involving defined
coloring, thickness variation or dissimilar elements forming a pattern. |
| 119, | Animal Husbandry,
subclasses 253+ for a three dimensional object or a product of
nature used as aquarium ornamentation. |
| 252, | Compositions,
subclass 1 for a composition for making artificial snow. |
| 434, | Education and Demonstration, appropriate subclasses, for a simulation used as
an educational device. |
|
| | |
| 16
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 15. Article in animal form.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 446, | Amusement Devices: Toys,
subclasses 268+ for a figure toy. |
|
| | |
| 17
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 15. Article comprising either simulated, or treated nonliving,
natural plant form.
| | (1)
Note. Artificial turf, sod or grass will be found in this
subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 13, | for a plant in a transparent display housing. |
| 85+, | for a pile or nap type surface which is not an artificial
or treated natural product. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 24, | Buckles, Buttons, Clasps, etc.,
subclass 5 and 6 for a plant with means to attach to an article
of clothing. |
| 47, | Plant Husbandry, appropriate subclasses for a cut plant treated to prolong
the characteristics of life, and especially
subclasses 41.01+ for the combination of a receptacle and a cut plant
either treated, or with means, to prolong the characteristics of
life. |
| 206, | Special Receptacle or Package,
subclass 423 for the combination of a receptacle or container
and either a freshly cut plant or an artificial plant. |
| 239, | Fluid Sprinkling, Spraying, and Diffusing, appropriate subclasses, especially
subclasses 34+ for an aromatized artificial flower. |
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclasses 458+ for treating plants or flowers for preservation
or ornamentation by a coating step. |
| 504, | Plant Protecting and Regulating Compositions,
subclasses 114+ for compositions for treating a cut plant to maintain
its freshness or to prolong the characteristics of life. |
|
| | |
| 18
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 17. Article wherein the product simulated or treated is at least
part of the woody portion of a woody perennial plant, which plant
is generally distinguished by a substantially sized single or main
trunk with attached branches and foliage.
| | (1)
Note. A patent restricted to a bush or shrub type plant is
not considered to be directed to a tree structure. |
| | (2)
Note. A patent to a simulated tree trunk or branch is included
in this subclass, but not one to a tree leaf alone (for which see subclass
17). |
| | (3)
Note. An artificial or natural tree used for a special occasion
(e.g., Christmas, etc.) is considered to be a special occasion ornament
and will be found in the appropriate subclass above. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 7, | for an artificial or natural tree disclosed as being
for a special occasion, (e.g, Christmas, etc.). |
|
| | |
| 19
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 18. Tree, either (a) in combination with a decorative article
thereon or with an attachment whose function is to support another
article (e.g., card or confectionery holder, etc.); or (b) embodying
integral tree structure (such as a curved branch) specifically designed
to function as an article supporting means.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 7+, | for a special occasion ornament. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 362, | Illumination,
subclasses 122+ for a tree with a decorative electric light thereon. |
|
| | |
| 20
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 18. Tree fabricated of a plurality of parts which are structurally
completely separable for purposes of assembly or disassembly.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 8, | for a knockdown type special occasion ornament;
and see the search notes thereunder. |
|
| | |
| 21
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 17. Article including; (a) any simulation of a fruit, or (b)
an extended ribbon-like structure having a leafy configuration along
a longitudinal edge thereof and intended to embellish a food display.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 40, | Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting,
subclass 126 , for a simulation in the form of an imitation article
(e.g., ice cream) intended for display purposes. |
| 426, | Food or Edible Material, Processes, Compositions,
and Products, appropriate subclasses for an edible material intended
for human or animal consumption. |
|
| | |
| 22
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 17. Article constructed, at least in part, of a material which
is a product of nature (animal, vegetable or mineral) and which
at least broadly retains a form characteristic of such product. |
| | |
| 23
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 17. Plant form either (a) in combination with means (e.g., base
or suspension structure) to support same other than an integral
framework around which the plant form is constructed; or (b) a plurality
of such forms e.g., bunched, etc.).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 18+, | for an artificial tree combined with a base-support. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 24, | Buckles, Buttons, Clasps, etc.,
subclasses 5 and 6, for a floral piece with clasp attachment. |
| 47, | Plant Husbandry,
subclasses 41.01 and 55, for a cut flower holder and for a stem
(usually of wire) for attachment to the short stem or calyx of a flower;
and subclass 72, for a flower pot cover. |
| 206, | Special Receptacle or Package,
subclass 423 for the combination of a receptacle and a floral
decoration, whether growing, freshly cut or imitation. |
| 211, | Supports: Racks, appropriate subclasses, for an open framework type of
a support rack. |
| 248, | Supports,
subclass 27.8 , for a floral support structure, per se; and subclasses
44+ for a staff type stand or base support. |
|
| | |
| 24
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 17. Article comprising either the bloom or blossom, or a leaf
of such bloom or blossom, of a plant of the type that originates
from seed.
| | (1)
Note. The bloom or blossom is that part of the seed plant
which supports the reproductive spore in an envelope (corolla) that
includes a calyx and petals. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 22, | for a simulated flower constructed of a naturally
occurring material. |
|
| | |
| 25 | Flower under subclass 24 fabricated of: |
| | (a) lacework or knotted mesh fabric*, or an open
wire mesh whose continuity and integrity derive from the wire"s
permanent set; or (b) free running strand lengths.
| | (1)
Note. Specifically excluded from this subclass, and included
in subclass 26, is a patent to an artificial flower including filamentary
material which is merely woven, knotted, or braided. | |
| | |
| 26
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 24. Flower fabricated from: (a) textile* fabric*, including
ribbon; or (b) any of the paper* materials (e.g., crepe,
Kraft, etc.); or (c) from any of the moldable, high molecular weight compounds
whether manufactured by synthesis or chemical modication of naturally
occurring high polymers (e.g., cellulose* acetate, polyvinyl* chloride,
phenolformaldehyde resins, rubbers and urethane* foams,
etc.).
| | (1)
Note. For a definition of paper, see the definition of Class
162. | |
| | |
| 27
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 17. Means restricted to the requisite structural skeleton integral
with and around which a composite* floral-piece, or element* thereof,
is or may be constructed.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 47, | Plant Husbandry,
subclass 41.01 , for related structure including a moisture retaining
core; and subclass 55, for a flower support designed to appear as the
stalk thereof. |
| 211, | Supports: Racks, appropriate subclasses, for a frame-like support,
in general. |
| 248, | Supports,
subclass 27.8 , for a support, per se, for a completed wreath,
spray of flowers, etc. The framework onto which the natural or artificial
vegetation is fixed, is proper subject matter for Class 428, subclass
27; however, such a framework combined with a hook for use in supporting
the finished wreath, etc., or legs, which maintain the finished
wreath off the ground is proper subject matter for Class 248, subclass
27.8. |
|
| | |
| 28
|
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Article* which is, or includes, an element* of
decoration utilized in structural design to denote a termination
of the structure to which it is applied, and which decoration is disposed
on an end or at an edge of such structure.
| | (1)
Note. The final or pendent ornament may have a utilitarian
function. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 7+, | for a special occasion ornament. |
| 19, | for an ornament in combination with a tree. |
| 115, | for a fringed web* or sheet*. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 16, | Miscellaneous Hardware,
subclasses 110.1 through 430for a handle including a tasselled knob. |
| 52, | Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclass 57 for a roof attached finial. |
| 135, | Tent, Canopy, Umbrella, or Cane,
subclasses 65+ for an ornamented cane or stick end. |
|
| | |
| 29 | Article* under the class definition comprising: |
| | (1) a picture or design at least part of which is in an
invisible or dimly visible state and is so constructed as to become,
by intended use, preceptible, or more clearly so, upon appropriate treatment;
or (2) material intended to present apparent visible changes in
an incorporated design or image when: (a) subjected alternatively
to reflected or transmitted light; or (b) viewed on a single face
thereof, along different sight lines; or (c) viewed alternatively
on each face, and the included image or design is either completely
light pervious or substantially identical on each such face.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 199, | for a product comprising a discontinuous coating
which may be latent and developable to indicate attempts at erasure
or alteration. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 40, | Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting,
subclasses 106.51+ for a display including an illusion of motion;
subclass 137, for a sign with a changeable reading; and other appropriate
subclasses, for a latent image in a display device. |
| 355, | Photocopying,
subclasses 78+ for contact printing. |
| 430, | Radiation Imagery Chemistry: Process, Composition,
or Product Thereof, appropriate subclasses for radiation imagery compositions,
a latent radiation image, and a process of developing an exposed
image. |
| 434, | Education and Demonstration,
subclasses 327+ for a latent image the development of which involves
the educative process. |
| 472, | Amusement Devices, particularly
subclasses 57+ for an amusement device producing either a physical
or optical illusion. |
|
| | |
| 30
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 29. Product including substantially parallel grooves or color
bands, of minute width to effect a play of color.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 359, | Optical: Systems and Elements,
subclasses 558+ and 615 for optical elements or systems for diffracting
or dispersing light. |
| 362, | Illumination,
subclasses 326+ and 341+ for related structure specifically for
use with artificial light. |
|
| | |
| 31
|
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. An article* which is to be placed on a vehicle
to provide a decoration or embellishment therefor.
| | (1)
Note. So-called "trim" panels, usually used
in upholstering and/or decorating the inside of vehicles,
are not included under this definition of article. Such "trim" panels
will be found below on other features, see for example, subclasses
156+ (embossed sheet material) or 355+ (sheet
with cover or casing). |
| | (2)
Note. Included herein, for example, are automobile hood ornaments,
streamers or other similar devices to be attached to a vehicle body
for embellishment thereof. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 7+, | for a special occasion ornament. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 301, | Land Vehicles: Wheels and Axles,
subclass 37.101 for a wheel protector member (e.g., wheel cover,
etc.). |
|
| | |
| 32
|
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. An article* comprising as a portion only thereof,
(1) a strand*, strand-portion* or strip* wound
or coiled around the article or (2) a plurality of strands* or
strand-like materials mechanically interlooped, interlaced, or intertwined
on the article*, each of (1) and (2) above serving to ornament
or embellish the article*.
| | (1)
Note. Examples of articles found in this subclass are; sword
hilts or scabbards which are ornamented with the woven, braided
or wound strands*. |
| | (2)
Note. Excluded from this definition is a filament, rod or
other indeterminate length and non three dimensional element having
a wound or wrapped coating. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 37, | for a spirally flat wound strand or strip (e.g.,
braided rug, etc.). |
| 222, | for a web* or sheet* having components* which
are twisted or folded about one another, or a component* which
is arranged in a series of mutually parallel convolution along the longitudinal
axis of the web* or sheet*. |
| 377, | for a rod*, strand* or filament*,
or a coating therearound, helically wound or twisted about an axis
extending longitudinally thereof, the axis, in the case of the coating,
being that of the core*, filament*, rod* or
strand*. |
|
| | |
| 32.1 | INK JET STOCK FOR PRINTING (I.E. STOCK BEFORE PRINTING): |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter for use as a receiver for ink jet printing
and that includes a top ink receptive layer, a support for the top
ink receptive layer, and sometimes includes a specialized layer
on the back of the support for protecting the support or providing
specialized characteristics (e.g., antistatic, etc.).
| | (1)
Note. An ink receptive layer is defined as an involved layer
or region of a layer that will absorb, fix, or permeate all or any
component of the originally applied ink composition. Thus, a layer
that fixes the pigment component of the applied ink or a layer that
absorbs only the solvent component of the applied ink will be considered
ink receptive for the subclasses hereinunder. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 162, | Paper Making and Fiber Liberation,
subclass 100 for fibrous products of Class 162 processes not
elsewhere provided. Class 162 processes relate to depositing fibers
from a liquid suspension thereof to form an interfelted fibrous
product (paper), and combinations of such fiber depositing steps with
other treatments of the deposited fibrous product prior to the final
drying thereof not elsewhere provided. Class 428 provides for coated
fiber containing sheets that are coated after the wet water laid
sheet has been dried at least to room equilibrium moisture level.
Lacking an indication to the contrary, it will be assumed that
a coated fiber containing sheet is proper for Class 428, if it is
a non-structural laminate or has sufficient structure according
to theClass 428 definition. |
| 346, | Recorders, for making a record of the movements of machines or instruments
whose movements are desired to be recorded and at least temporarily preserved,
making a record of any phenomenon capable of being detected either
quantitatively or qualitatively and recorded for at least temporary
preservation, the record making means and its immediate actuating
means as a subcombination of either, and watchmen"s and
workmen"s time-recorders and time stamps. See Class 346,
subclass 134 record receivers and/or driving means
therefore for the material on which the record of the machine movement
in response to mechanical stimulus (e.g., vibration, rotation of
machine, etc.) is made. Thus, if the machine operates as a result
of computer direction as in an ink jet printer or thermal printer, the
receiver is proper for Class 428. |
| 347, | Incremental Printing of Symbolic Information, for processes and apparatus for conveying information by selectively
creating on a medium a visibly distinguishable symbol or mark composed
of a plurality of portions. Particularly note Class 147
subclass 105 for subject matter including means specific to
the medium and its processing wherein the receiving medium has a
special characteristic such as fluid receiving layer. |
|
| | |
| 32.12 | Retransferable: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 32.1. Subject matter wherein ink jet receiving layer is intended
to act as a receiving layer for the ink which will be transferred
to another substrate in a subsequent step. |
| | |
| 32.2 | Smoothness or freeness specified: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 32.18. Subject matter wherein a physical property of a paper
support made from wood pulp is expressed as (a) the degree of uniform
evenness and flatness of a paper surface or (b) as a rate at which
water drains from a stock suspension through a wire mesh screen
or a perforated plate. |
| | |
| 32.22 | Specified property (e.g., antistatic, anticurl, adhesive,
antifriction, etc.) of backing layer: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 32.1. Subject matter wherein there is a layer having specialized
characteristics (e.g., antistatic, anticurl, adhesive, antifriction,
etc. located on the opposite side of the support from the ink receptive
layer (i.e. not next to the ink receptive layer). |
| | |
| 32.27 | Gelatin ink receptive layer: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 32.1. Subject matter wherein the ink receptive layer contains
a proteinaceous (i.e., polypeptide) gel derived usually derived
from a naturally occurring animal product (e.g., collagen, etc.)
by boiling in water.
| | (1)
Note. Lacking an indication to the contrary, the use of gelatin,
per se, will be assumed to meet the definition of this subclass.
However, it is possible to have a material identified as a gelatin
that is not proteinaceous (e.g., starch, pectin, polyamide resin,
etc.) and does not meet this subclass definition. | |
| | |
| 32.3 | Dye-fixing agent present in ink receptive layer: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 32.1. Subject matter in which the ink receptive layer contains
a mordant which will combine with an applied dye-containing ink
composition to form an insoluble color precipitate on the substrate,
(e.g., dye plus metal chelating agent, etc.). |
| | |
| 32.32 | Pore size or pore volume: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 32.31. Subject matter in which the physical property of the
ink receptive layer is a void size (e.g., 60 to 150 A., etc.) or
is void volume (e.g., cc, etc.). |
| | |
| 32.33 | Gloss specified: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 32.31. Subject matter in which the physical property is expressed
as the ability of the ink receptive layer to reflect light specularly
from the surface thereof. |
| | |
| 32.35 | Particle size distribution: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 32.34. Subject matter in which the particles present in the
ink receptive layer are expressed as a range of particle sizes included
in the ink receptive layer. |
| | |
| 32.39 | RECEIVER FOR THERMAL TRANSFER INK: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter that relates to a substrate onto which a
non-chemically reactive color layer will be selectively conveyed
from a thermal transfer donor through application of heat and direct
contact to set a pattern thereon.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 32.52, | for the combination of a receiver and a thermal
transfer donor. |
| 32.6, | for a thermal transfer donor (e.g., ribbon, sheets,
etc.) per se. |
|
| | |
| 32.52 | Thermal transfer donor attached: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 32.39. Subject matter that additionally includes a product for
thermally forming a record that includes (a) a non-chemically reactive
color transfer layer of which a portion is selectively conveyed
through application of heat and direct contact to set a pattern
on a receiver, (b) a non-transferable support (i.e., carrier) for
the transfer layer, and (c) also may include on the support specialized
non-transferable layer(s) having characteristics that promote easy
handling of the support or removal of the selectively transferred
portion. |
| | |
| 32.6 | THERMAL TRANSFER DONOR (E.G., RIBBON, SHEETS, ETC.): |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter that relates to a product for thermally forming
a record that includes (a) a non-chemically reactive color transfer
layer of which a portion is selectively conveyed through application
of heat and direct contact to set a pattern on a receiver, (b) a
non-transferable support (i.e., carrier) for the transfer layer, and
(c) also may include on the support specialized non-transferable
layer(s) having characteristics that promote easy handling of the support
or removal of the selectively transferred portion.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 503, | Record Receiver Having Plural Interactive Leaves
or a Colorless Color Former, Method of Use, or Developer Therefor, for material which is used to form a visible record
by a reactive or interactive, usually chemical or physico-chemical,
phenomenon or a method of using such a material to form a record.
The formation phenomenon is one of the following: (a) The chemical
decomposition of a colorless substance to form a substance having
color; (b) the chemical combination of two or more colorless chemical
moieties to produce a substance having color; (c) The further chemical change
of (a) or (b) above, to form a color different from an original
color; and (d) The chemical or physico-chemical complementarity
between the bottom surface of one sheet of a record receiver and
the top surface of an adjacent sheet with which the first sheet
is associated. |
|
| | |
| 32.62 | Porous layer containing transferable material (e.g., ink,
etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 32.61. Subject matter wherein the transfer layer is a porous layer
containing a thermally transferable color therein.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 321.3, | for a composite having a component wherein a constituent
is claimed as a liquid ink that is contained within the pores of
a carrier material (i.e., generally extrudable from the pores by application
of pressure). |
|
| | |
| 32.63 | Support properties specified (e.g., shrinkability, thermal
conductivity, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 32.6. Subject matter wherein physical properties (e.g., shrinkability,
thermal conductivity, etc.) of the support are set forth.
| | (1)
Note. Having multiple layers on the support will not be considered
enough to qualify for this subclass unless physical properties of
the support are specified. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 32.64, | for a support having a specialized heat source contacting
layer. |
| 32.9, | a support having a specialized non-transferable
layer thereon. |
|
| | |
| 32.8 | Specialized non-transferable layer on support: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 32.6. Subject matter wherein the support has a non-transferable
layer thereon that has identified specialized characteristics.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 32.63, | for supports having specified physical properties. |
| 32.64, | for having a specialized heat source contacting
layer. |
|
| | |
| 32.82 | Wax in release layer: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 32.81. Subject matter wherein the release enhancing non-transferable
layer contains a low melting mixture of organic materials or a compound
of high molecular weight which is solid at room temperature similar
to fats and oils except containing no glycerides and referred to
as wax. |
| | |
| 32.83 | Wax in transfer layer: |
| | Subject matter under 32.6 wherein the transfer layer contains
a low melting mixture of organic materials or a compound of high
molecular weight which is solid at room temperature similar to fats
and oils except containing no glycerides and referred to as wax. |
| | |
| 33
|
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Article* comprising a plurality of portions arranged
with complementary areas to enable attachment of the portions to
make different shapes, and to permit detachment of the portions
at will.
| | (1)
Note. The portions herein are similar to jigsaw puzzle pieces
and can be assembled and disassembled at will. If any tool must
be used, or a portion permanently deformed so as to be further unusable,
the article is excluded from this subclass and will be found below,
or elsewhere, on other features. | |
| | |
| 34
|
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product which comprises at least two light transmissive
components secured in spaced relation and cooperating to create
an airtight void.
| | (1)
Note. At least one of the components must be transparent
in order that objects may be seen therethrough. |
| | (2)
Note. The term "gas" includes a vacuum as
well as gas under pressure. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 38, | for a plural layer* sheet* of
light transmissive material having an opaque border or frame, which
layers* are not spaced from one another. |
| 426+, | for a nonstructural laminate including a layer* of
glass and especially 438+ for automobile safety glass in
which an intermediate layer*, usually of cellulosic material,
bonds two sheets* of glass, thus leaving no space therebetween. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 52, | Static Structure (e.g., Buildings),
subclasses 171.3+ for a residual transparent panel with treating
means, subclass 204.52 for a double pane panel with an open vent
or plugged vent and subclasses 783.1+ for a sandwich or hollow
panel and see section VI, C 3d of the class definition of this Class 428. |
| 215, | Bottles and Jars,
subclasses 12.1+ for a hermetrically sealed bottle or jar. |
| 220, | Receptacles,
subclasses 592.05 and 62.18 for a receptacle having spaced inner
and outer walls. |
|
| | |
| 34.1 | HOLLOW OR CONTAINER TYPE ARTICLE (E.G., TUBE, VASE, ETC.): |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Article* having an opening therethrough or having
a cavity which may or may not be filled with another material.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass is the locus for patents which claim
a tube or a container merely by name with no details recited of
structure associated therewith such as wall structure, openings,
etc. For articles of this type which are more specifically claimed,
see VI, C., 3 a., in the main classification definitions where significant
wall structure is discussed as it relates to patent placement in
other "container or tube" type classes. Also
see search notes below. |
| | (2)
Note. Since the classification lines between Class 428 and
Classes 138, 206, 215, 220, 229, and 383 are not always clearly
defined, it is suggested that a search for a coated tubular object
or container include pertinent subclasses in all of the above classes. |
| | (3)
Note. Subclass 38.1 includes but is not limited to vessels,
trays and annular articles not elsewhere provided for. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 21, | for a three dimensional artificial fruit article
which may be in the form of a hollow or container type product. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 47, | Plant Husbandry,
subclasses 41.01+ for a receptacle, per se, which has structure or
means for growing a live plant (e.g., drain hole, watering wicks, etc.)
or for the combination of a receptacle and a freshly cut plant, treated,
or with means, to prolong the characteristics of life. |
| 138, | Pipes and Tubular Conduits, appropriate subclasses, for a tube or conduit which
is defined in terms of its wall structure (e.g., spiral seam, coating
on inner or outer wall, etc.) and not merely by its composition.
See also section VI, B, of the definition of this Class 428, reference
to Class 138. |
| 150, | Purses, Wallets, and Protective Covers, appropriate subclasses, for an article of this type
in which details of the receptacle are recited such as wall structure,
mouth frame, compartments, etc. |
| 206, | Special Receptacle or Package,
subclass 423 for a container for holding either freshly cut
or artificial vegetation, either as the container, per se, or as
the combination with the artificial plant. |
| 215, | Bottles and Jars, appropriate subclasses, for a glass article of this
type which is claimed specifically as a bottle or jar by reciting
details thereof such as the wall structure, neck, specific orientation
of a coating on the inside or outside of a wall, filling opening,
etc. |
| 220, | Receptacles, appropriate subclasses, for a container of the type which
is claimed specifically as a receptacle by reciting details thereof
such as wall structure, side, bottom, filling opening, or specific
orientation of a coating on the inside or outside of a wall; see
especially Class 220,
subclasses 62.11+ . |
| 383, | Flexible Bags, appropriate subclasses for flaccid or flexible bags
which are more than nominally claimed. |
|
| | |
| 34.4 | Glass, ceramic, or sintered, fused, fired, or calcined
metal oxide or metal carbide containing (e.g., porcelain, brick,
cement, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 34.1. Article* which contains glass*, ceramic*,
or a metal oxide or metal carbide material which is sintered, fused,
fired, or calcined. |
| | |
| 34.5 | Contains fabric, fiber, particle, or filament made of glass,
ceramic, or sintered, fused, fired, or calcined metal oxide, or
metal carbide or other inorganic compound (e.g., fiber glass, mineral
fiber, sand, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 34.4. Article* which contains fabric*, fibers,
particles, or filaments which are composed of glass, ceramic, metal
oxide or metal carbide, or some other inorganic compound.
| | (1)
Note. Included are fiber glass, mineral fibers, sand, graphite,
carbon, glass chips, etc. | |
| | |
| 34.6 | Multilayer (continuous layer): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 34.4. Article* which has two or more distinct layers.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass does not include as "multilayer",
discontinuous layers (i.e., designs on a vase or nonwraparound label
on a container), slightly overlapping single sheet or film, or a
coating on the seam, edge, or rim only of a tubular article or container.
A glass container with a sleeve around a segment of or around the
whole container can be found in this subclass. An impregnated single-layered
article is considered multilayered only if the depth of impregnation
is defined (see the class definition, Glossary, "Web" Note
(2)). See subclass 34.4 for placement of articles not meeting the
definition requirements of this subclass as stated herewith. |
| | (2)
Note. If unable to determine whether the article is single
or multilayered from the claims or the specification, place the original
classification in the first appropriate subclass which will take
either single or multilayers and generally cross to the specific
subclass for single layer or multilayer, whichever is available. | |
| | |
| 34.7 | Polymer or resin containing (i.e., natural or synthetic): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 34.6. Article* which contains any natural or synthetic
polymer or resin.
| | (1)
Note. A polymer or resin in this subclass requires a repeat
unit of an organic moiety. |
| | (2)
Note. In addition to the well-known polymers or resins, also
included are cellulose, cellulose derivatives and proteins. | |
| | |
| 34.8 | Flexible food casing (e.g., sausage type, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 34.1. Article* which is a flexible casing for food products
such as sausage.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 35.2, | for a tubular film with no reference to use as a
food casing. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 138, | Pipes and Tubular Conduits,
subclass 118.1 for nonedible food casings with more than nominal
wall structure. |
| 206, | Special Receptacle or Package,
subclass 802 for a Cross-Reference Art Collection of shirred
casings. |
| 426, | Food or Edible Material: Processes, Compositions,
and Products,
subclasses 105 , 135, and 138+ for edible food casings
or casings containing a food product. |
|
| | |
| 35.1 | Single layer (continuous layer): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 34.9. Article* which is a single layer.
| | (1)
Note. See subclass 34.6, Note (1) for an explanation of what
makes a layer and Note (2) for situations where the number of layers
is unclear from the claims or the specification. | |
| | |
| 35.2 | Nonself-supporting tubular film or bag (e.g., pouch, envelope,
packet, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 34.1. Article* which is a tubular film or bag-like container
(e.g., pouch, sack, packet, envelope, butterfly pouch, pouch, pocket-like
container, etc.).
| | (1)
Note. See subclass 34.3, Note (1) for tubular film explanation. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 35.7+, | for self-supporting or rigid tubular object. If
unclear from the claims or specification whether the tubular object
is nonself-supporting, place the original in subclasses 35.7+ and
generally cross to subclasses 35.2+. |
|
| | |
| 35.5 | Single layer (continuous layer): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 35.2. Article* in ... with a single layer.
| | (1)
Note. A single layer, bag-like article is one with two layers
or sheets sealed around the edges to form the bag-like structure. |
| | (2)
Note. See subclass 34.6, Note (2) if unclear from the claims
or the specification whether the article is single or multilayer. | |
| | |
| 35.6 | Cellular material derived from plant or animal source (e.g.,
wood, cotton, wool, leather, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 34.1. Article* which contains a cellular material derived
from a plant or animal source, but excludes fossilized matter.
| | (1)
Note. Cellular material includes naturally occurring material
which still retains a certain amount of the original tissue structure
of the plant or animal. Such material includes wood, wool, cotton,
bark, cork, leather, hair, etc. |
| | (2)
Note. In the absence of information to the contrary, a cellulose,
cellulose derivative, or protein is presumed devoid of cell structure
unless indicated otherwise. | |
| | |
| 35.9 | Three or more layers (continuous layer): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 35.8. Article* which contains 3 or more layers.
| | (1)
Note. See subclass 34.6, Note (1) for what a layer is and
what it is not. See Note (2) for what to do when the number of
layers is unclear from the claims or the specification. | |
| | |
| 36.1 | Textile, fabric, cloth, or pile containing (e.g., web,
net, woven, knitted, mesh, nonwoven, matted, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 35.7. Article* of ... which contains a textile*,
fabric*, cloth*, pile fabric, felt, net, web,
mesh, or the like.
| | (1)
Note. The textile, etc., can be woven or nonwoven, knitted,
matted, etc. | |
| | |
| 36.2 | Textile, fabric, cloth, or pile is sandwiched between two
distinct layers of material unlike the textile, fabric, cloth, or
pile layer: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 36.1. Article* of ... which has a textile, fabric, cloth or
pile layer sandwiched between two distinct layers of a material
unlike the textile, fabric, cloth, or pile.
| | (1)
Note. An embedded textile, fabric, cloth, or pile is not
considered to be a sandwiched layer. It is considered a single
layer and therefore is subclass 36.1 subject matter. Also considered
subclass 36.1 subject matter is a multilayered article where the
layers on either side of the textile, fabric, cloth, or pile layer
are identical to the textile, fabric, cloth, or pile layers. | |
| | |
| 36.4 | Randomly noninterengaged or randomly contacting fibers,
filaments, particles, or flakes: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 35.7. Article* of ... which contains fibers, filaments, particles,
or flakes which are in random contact or random disarray with each
other.
| | (1)
Note. The fibers, filaments, particles, or flakes do not
themselves give the claimed article a structure. They can, however,
be oriented in a given direction. These fibers, etc., are usually included
for reinforcement or as fillers. | |
| | |
| 36.9 | Open-ended, self-supporting conduit, cylinder, or tube-type
article: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 35.7. Article* which is tubular or cylindrical, has openings
at both ends, and which can hold its own structure without the aid
of a filler or support.
| | (1)
Note. The difference between the products in this subclass
and a hollow strand*, fiber* or filament in subclasses 364+ is
as follows: the present subclass 36.9 is the locus for a conduit
type article through which a fluid passes and is generally of substantially
larger size (e.g., 3-dimensional) than the strand*, fiber* or filaments
found in subclasses 364+. If it is difficult to determine
from the disclosure whether the article is of the type which should
be classified in this subclass or in the latter, all doubts should
be resolved in favor of the strand*, filament*,
or fiber* and placement made in those subclasses. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 364+, | for a structurally defined or coated filament*,
fiber* or strand* which could be hollow or open
at both ends, and see (1) Note above for the line between the two
subclasses. |
|
| | |
| 36.91 | Multilayer (continuous layer): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 36.9. Article* which contains two or more layers.
| | (1)
Note. See subclass 34.6, Notes (1) and (2) for what a layer
is and is not and for what to do when the number of layers is unclear
from the claims or the specification. | |
| | |
| 36.92 | Single layer (continuous layer): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 35.7. Article which is a single continuous layer.
| | (1)
Note. See subclass 34.6, Notes (1) and (2) for what a layer
is and is not and for what to do when the number of layers is unclear
from the claims or the specification. | |
| | |
| 37
|
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product wherein a strand* or strip* is arranged,
and held in fixed coiled relation and lying in a common plane to
constitute a unitary sheet*.
| | (1)
Note. A patent wherein the convolutions of a spirally flat-wound
strand* or strip* are held in position by stitching
will be found in this subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 222, | for a web* or sheet* containing
a helical component*. |
| 298.1, | for parallel strands* or strand-portions* joined
to each other by adhesive. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 112, | Sewing,
subclass 412 , for parallel strands*, or strand-portions*,
jointed to each other by sewing. a receptacle, per se, which has
structure or means for growing a live plant (e.g., drain hole, watering
wicks, etc.) or for the combination of a receptacle and a freshly
cut plant, treated, or with means, to prolong the characteristics of
life. |
| 138, | Pipes and Tubular Conduits, appropriate subclasses, for a spirally wound product
of the type provided for in that class. |
|
| | |
| 38
|
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Article* comprising at least two parts, the former
permitting passage of light therethrough and the latter, preventing
passage of light, forming a closed continuous frame or border on
at least a portion of the former part.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass is the locus for an artificial or natural
stained glass window and for a safety glass auto windshield having
a frame therearound. |
| | (2)
Note. "Continuous" in the above definition
is intended to include a frame or border made of separate and individual parts
but abutting with each other to eliminate any space between the
parts. |
| | (3)
Note. Included in this definition is a light transmissive
single or plural layer* sheet* having an opaque
area forming a frame or border around a small portion of the sheet*. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 34, | for an article in which overlying light transmissive
masses are spaced from one another and sealed at their edges, which
seal may be opaque to light. |
| 67, | for similar structure in which the former portion
does not permit light to pass therethrough. |
| 426+, | for sheets* of glass laminated to each other
by an intermediate layer* of light transmissive material
but having no frame or other opaque portion. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 73, | Measuring and Testing,
subclasses 323+ for a similar device, the sole disclosure of which
is for use as a sight or inspection window or gauge glass. |
| 351, | Optics: Eye Examining, Vision Testing and Correcting,
subclasses 41+ for similar subject matter in the form of a spectacle
lens within an opaque frame. |
| 442, | Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or
Cloth, etc.), for a product in which the opaque frame or border
comprises a netted or open-mesh component and there is no light transmissive
or translucent mass. |
|
| | |
| 39
|
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product which is assembled from a plurality of discrete
parts which, taken together, give the appearance of, or representation
of, a real object and is at least partially the result of the outline
and contrast of the parts. |
| | |
| 40.1 | Layer or component removable to expose adhesive: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product comprising a composite*, web*, or
sheet* having layers* or components* which
are removable one from the other and one of which has an outermost
coating comprising adhesive, exposed when the layers* or components* are
separated, so as to enable the adhesive coating to be adhered to
another surface.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 352, | for a composite web or sheet having a layer of adhesive
as an outermost coating and a release or antistick coating associated
therewith, usually on the side of the base opposite to the adhesive
layer. |
|
| | |
| 40.3 | Bituminous: |
| | Subject matter under subclass, 40.1 wherein the layer or
component contains bitumen, asphalt, or a tarlike component. |
| | |
| 40.9 | Metal containing: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 40.1. Subject matter wherein the layer or component contains free
metal or combined metal and includes alloys and metal compounds. |
| | |
| 41.4 | Silicon: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 41.3. Subject matter wherein the layer or component contains silicon
as free element, combined element, or in a compound. |
| | |
| 41.6 | Coloring agent: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 40.1. Subject matter wherein the layer or component contains a
material having tinctorial properties. |
| | |
| 41.7 | Protective layer: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 40.1. Subject matter wherein the layer or component is covered
by a resistant layer, e.g. resistant to heat, cold, oxidation, pollution,
etc. |
| | |
| 41.8 | Release layer: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 40.1. Subject matter wherein the layer or component contains a
bond inhibiting material or parting material used to prevent adhesion
between lamina in areas that might otherwise bond in the absence
of the material. |
| | |
| 41.9 | Dissimilar adhesives: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 40.1. Subject matter wherein the layer or component contains at
least two adhesives differing in composition, or differing in tackiness |
| | |
| 42.2 | Sectional layer removable: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 40.1. Product in which the layer which is removable comprises
a plurality of components which are noncoextensive with either the
length or the width of the other layer.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass contains for example a web or sheet on
which there is positioned a plurality of serially arranged adhesively
coated labels which are removed and then adhered to a surface. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 343+, | for a composite web or sheet in which there is anadhesive
coating exposed and on the outside hereof. |
|
| | |
| 43
|
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product comprising a sheet*, web* or layer* having
a portion thereof made less strong so as to permit easy separation
at this portion through the thickness portion either longitudinally
or transverse or at an angle to the plane of the product.
| | (1)
Note. Examples of weakening are - perforating, scoring, or
dissolving a portion of the web, sheet or layer. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 131, | for similar structures including perforations or
apertures, however, not for the purpose of facilitating separation of
two portions at the perforations. |
| 156+, | for similar structure including a score line, or
variation in thickness, but not for the purpose of providing a tear
line or weakened portion. |
|
| | |
| 44
|
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product containing a single layer* of at least
three separate, discrete and identifiable parts both laterally and
longitudinally associated (i.e., in a nonthickness direction) so
that it is impossible to draw a single straight line through the
geometric center of all the parts of the single layer*.
| | (1)
Note. Excluded under this definition is a web or sheet having
a perimeter structure which appears to meet the definition. The
identifiable parts in this subclass do not have any additional structure
at the perimeter thereof. A floor of tile squares is exemplary
of the subject matter in this locus. | |
| | |
| 45
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 44. Product which has a border or other modification or embellishment
of its entire perimeter, not of the individual sections. |
| | |
| 46
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 44. Product comprising a part or layer which permits light to
pass therethrough.
| | (1)
Note. Any layer or section may be transparent or translucent
for purposes of this subclass, e.g., the sectional layer may be made
of completely transparent sections or an opaque sectional layer
may be adjacent to a continuous layer which is transparent. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 38, | for a product which has a transparent or translucent
part fitted in or over a through opening in another part or in a border
therefor. |
|
| | |
| 47
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 44. Product in which the sectional layer is adjacent to a unitary
web* or sheet* which extends outwardly in both
lateral and longitudinal directions up to or beyond the boundary
of the sectional layer. |
| | |
| 48
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 47. Product wherein the sectional layer has no voids or spaces
in both longitudinal and lateral directions.
| | (1)
Note. The continuity of the layer may be due to edge abutment
of the parts thereof, or, if there be spaces between the parts a
material completely filling such spaces. | |
| | |
| 49
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 48. Product wherein the distinct parts are made of (1) free
or alloyed metal, (2) glass* or (3) ceramic* material
and the product is commonly known as tile. |
| | |
| 50
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 48. Product in which the distinct parts comprise cellulose* in
either its natural or modified state. |
| | |
| 51
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 47. Product wherein at least one of the parts of the sectional
layer has a periphery other than four sides and four right angles.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 64.1+, | for a circular sheet. |
| 80, | for a sheet which is nonrectangular. |
|
| | |
| 52
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 44. Product in which the layer is made of parts at least two
of which are united by a distinct mechanical connection extending
over the edges thereof and so arranged as to permit movement between
the parts.
| | (1)
Note. The motion may be due to (1) freedom in the mechanical
connection between the fastener and the part or (2) free or lost
motion in the fastener itself. | |
| | |
| 53
|
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product comprising at least three sheets* or webs*,
all lying in a single plane and each connected to another by an
edge portion which comprises at least two different planes and having
means joining the sheets* or webs* together.
| | (1)
Note. The means for joining or securing may be either mechanical
or chemical (i.e., adhesive, etc.). |
| | (2)
Note. The different planes may be either in thickness, i.e.,
the top image or or along a nonthickness surface*, i.e.,
the lower image below.
| |
| | |
| 54
|
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product formed of at least three parts joined at an end,
forming a layer* in which the parts extends longitudinally,
the longitudinal extent of each part being less than the overall length
of the product.
| | (1)
Note. In the absence of a clear indication that the sections
of the sectional layer are longitudinally coextensive with the longest
dimension of the product, the sectional layer will be presumed to
be longitudinally sectional for this and indented subclasses. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 44+, | for a product comprising a plurality of parts joined
together both laterally and longitudinally. |
| 53, | for a product which may be sectioned longitudinally,
but in which the separate parts interfit on complementary faces
and have additional joining or securing means. |
| 189+, | for a product in which at least one side-edge of
a layer or component of a composite product is laterally offset from
the corresponding side edge of a second layer or component. |
|
| | |
| 55
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 54. Product wherein the layer of joined parts is contiguous
to a unitary web or sheet which extends outwardly in both directions
(1) up to or (2) beyond the boundary of the layer.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 47+, | for a composite sheet or web comprising a layer
sectional in two dimensions adjacent to another sheet or web of
equal or greater size. |
|
| | |
| 56
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 55. Product in which the layer has no voids or spaces between
the joined parts in both directions of its plane.
| | (1)
Note. The continuity of the layer may be due to edge abutment
of the parts thereof, or if there be voids or spaces between the
parts, a material filling such spaces. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 48, | for a composite* sheet or web comprising
a continuous layer sectional in two dimensions adjacent to another sheet
or web of equal or greater size. |
| 77+, | for a composite product comprising two sheets, one
of which is longitudinally noncoextensive with the other. |
|
| | |
| 57
|
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product wherein two sheets* or webs* are
joined in either edge abutting or edge overlapping relationship.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 38, | for a translucent portion or part joined at the
edge or edges thereof in an aperture or frame. |
| 53, | for a product comprising at least three areas. |
| 189+, | for a product comprising a plurality of components* arranged
edge to edge but not joined or spliced. |
|
| | |
| 58
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 57. Product wherein the sheets or webs are joined together so
as to lie in a single plane. |
| | |
| 59
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 58. Product comprising a plurality of sheets or webs connected
to each other and each sheet or web comprising a plurality of hills
and valleys extending parallel to each other.
| | (1)
Note. The connection may be through the intermediary of a
planar sheet associated with the hills and valleys, or the hills
of one sheet may be directly connected to those of the other. |
| | (2)
Note. An example of the products found herein is corrugated
cardboard. | |
| | |
| 60
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 58. Product wherein the sheets or webs are joined along two
or more planes or joined along one plane not perpendicular to the
surface of the sheet or web.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 53, | for a product including at least three parts joined
along two or more planes. |
|
| | |
| 61
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 58. Product wherein the joint is reinforced by additional material
which lies outside the plane of the connected sheets or webs. |
| | |
| 62
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 61. Product wherein pile surfaced sheets or webs (e.g., rugs
or carpets etc.) are connected. |
| | |
| 63
|
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product which comprises an article*, sheet* or
web* which has an aperture or indentation and material
covering the aperture or fitting the indentation so as to attempt
to restore the article, sheet or web to its original condition.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 264, | Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes,
subclasses 36.1+ for repairing or restoring articles for reuse and
subclass 30 for furnace lining formation or repair. |
| 425, | Plastic Article or Earthenware Shaping or Treating:
Apparatus,
subclasses 11+ for apparatus to repair or restore a product by
molding. |
|
| | |
| 64.1 | CIRCULAR SHEET OR CIRCULAR BLANK: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product whose outer boundary is that of a single curved
line every point of which is substantially the same distance from
a point at the center thereof. |
| | |
| 64.2 | Recording medium or carrier: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 64.1. Subject matter wherein the circular sheet or circular blank
is a tangible object upon which an information signal is to be stored,
the object having a characteristic which is, or may be, modified
at positional increments in accordance with the time variation of
information which is to be stored thereon.
| | (1)
Note. The recording medium or carrier for purposes of these
subclasses need not be the specific layer that is intended to contain
the information signal. All layers of the medium or carrier are
considered to be the recording medium or carrier. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 900, | for a collection of magnetizable stock material. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 360, | Dynamic Magnetic Information Storage or Retrieval,
subclass 135 for a disc having information recorded thereon
in magnetic form. |
| 369, | Dynamic Information Storage or Retrieval,
subclasses 272+ for a disc having information recorded thereon in
the form of grooves. |
|
| | |
| 64.4 | Optical recording medium or carrier: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 64.2. Subject matter wherein the recording medium or carrier is
designed to undergo a chemical or physical change; e.g., irradiating
the medium with a laser beam to alter the optical characteristics
of the medium or carrier in the irradiated area, etc. |
| | |
| 64.5 | Tellurium containing: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 64.4. Subject matter wherein the recording medium or carrier contains
tellurium as a free element, combined element, or in a compound. |
| | |
| 64.6 | Protective layer: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 64.5. Subject matter wherein the tellurium containing recording
medium or carrier is covered by a resistant layer; e.g., resistant
to heat, cold, oxidation, pollution, etc. |
| | |
| 64.9 | Thickness specified: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 64.8. Subject matter wherein the thickness of at least one layer
or the overall product of the recording medium or carrier is specified. |
| | |
| 66.1 | Gear: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 64.1. Subject matter wherein the circular sheet or blank is to
be used as a toothed wheel, e.g., sprocket, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 66.7, | for gears wherein the size and/or shape
of the teeth may be recited. |
|
| | |
| 66.2 | Frictional: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 64.1. Subject matter wherein the circular D-5 sheet or blank is
to be utilized as a means for stopping or reducing motion; e.g.,
brake or clutch, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 188, | Brakes, appropriate subclasses, for a product having frictional
properties where said property is enhanced by claimed external structure
(e.g., disc shape, surface configuration or internal structure such
as discrete zones of friction material or particular arrangements
of strands*, fibers* or layers* and where
the sole disclosure is that the product is used as a brake. |
| 192, | Clutches and Power-Stop Control, appropriate subclasses for a product as above described
and in which the product is solely disclosed as used for a clutch,
or as a brake or clutch alternatively. |
|
| | |
| 66.3 | End closure: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 64.1. Subject matter wherein the circular sheet or blank is to
be used to plug or close an opening at the end of a container or
conduit. |
| | |
| 66.4 | Seal, gasket, or packing: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 64.1. Subject matter wherein the circular sheet or blank is to
be utilized between or around members or joints to prevent leakage
there between or therefrom. |
| | |
| 66.6 | Aperture containing: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 64.1. Product which has a through opening.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 411, | Expanded, Threaded, Driven, Headed, Tool-Deformed,
or Locked-Threaded Fastener,
subclasses 531+ for washers to be used with a fastener of Class 411. |
|
| | |
| 67
|
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Article* comprising a base* or substrate* and
set within the surface thereof, or into an opening or depression
therein, at least one element* which is larger than the
size usually attributed to that of a particle* or granule*,
the element* being visible and resulting in a composite* product
or a mosaic*.
| | (1)
Note. Excluded from this subclass is a roofing felt containing
a layer of granules or particles which may be embedded in the felt.
Such a product will be found below on other features; see search
notes, below. |
| | (2)
Note. Excluded from this subclass is a product in which the
embedded element is completely enveloped; see search notes, below. |
| | (3)
Note. Excluded from this subclass is a product in which the
element is "visible" only because it causes a
variation in thickness, not because it is actually seen in the substrate. |
| | (4)
Note. Included in this subclass are articles such as jewelry,
mosaics, faucet handles having decorative inlays, etc. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 38, | for a structure in which the embedded element permits
light to pass therethrough and is set into an opening or casing
therefor provided in a base or substrate. |
| 68+, | for a product in which one element is completely
covered by another. |
| 87, | for a product having a pile or nap surface and which
has particles which may be embedded therein. |
| 141+, | for a product having a surface or layer which is
nonuniform or irregular and which comprises particles. |
| 323, | for a composite web or sheet in which one layer
contains structurally defined particles or granules which may be embedded
therein. |
| 338, | for a single layer web or sheet having a structurally
defined particle or granule which may be embedded therein. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 442, | Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or
Cloth, etc.), appropriate subclasses for a woven or knitted fabric
and particulate matter associated therewith and which may be embedded
in the fabric. |
|
| | |
| 68
|
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product comprising a base sheet* with a distinct
layer* of material enclosing all the edges and at least
one nonthickness surface*.
| | (1)
Note. The enclosing layer of material may either be unitary
or may comprise a plurality of separate and distinct portions. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 126+, | for a sheet* having a fold at opposed marginal
edges and forming an annular cover of the product. |
|
| | |
| 69
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 68. Product which contains a nonliquid fluid which is (1) other
than the usual atmosphere or (2) at less than normal atmospheric
pressure.
| | (1)
Note. Foamed or expanded materials produced by introduction
or in situ production of gas other than air will be placed in this
subclass only when there is a specific disclosure or claim that
the gas remains in the final product and has a desired useful function
therein. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 310+, | for a composite* web* or sheet
in which at least one layer comprises foamed or expanded materials. |
|
| | |
| 70
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 68. Product wherein an enclosed sheet comprises inorganic material
which has been set to a solid product by hydration.
| | (1)
Note. Examples of settable inorganic materials are portland
cement, gypsum, plaster of paris, etc. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 106, | Composition: Coating or Plastic,
subclasses 638+ for compositions containing ingredients which set
up or solidify by hydration. |
|
| | |
| 71
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 68. Product wherein the enclosed sheet comprised a heterogeneous
mixture of a gas phase dispersed therethrough.
| | (1)
Note. See (1) Note and search note in subclass 69 above,
regarding the placement of certain foamed or expanded products. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 158+, | 310+ and 423+, for other products containing
foamed or expanded material, especially urethane. |
|
| | |
| 72
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 68. Product comprising elements or portions of the layer or
enclosure which act together to form closed compartments.
| | (1)
Note. The cells may be formed by a single enclosed layer
which has apertures therethrough and which apertures coact with
the casing or cover. |
| | (2)
Note. The cells or compartments may be vacant or occupied
with a material. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 178, | 188 and 304+, for other products in which
at lease one layer comprises cellular material, or in which components* and/or
layers cooperate to form cells. |
|
| | |
| 73
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 72. Product wherein the compartments are perpendicular to a
nonthickness surface of the product.
| | (1)
Note. The compartments need not be hexagonal or six sided
as in the usual honeycomb; they may be of any shape but must have
a continuous closed peripheral wall. | |
| | |
| 74
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 68. Product in which the sheet comprises noninterengaged strands* in
the form of a self sustaining bat or mat (e.g., felt, etc.) or in
the form of loose or free flowing or fluent material. |
| | |
| 75
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 74. Product wherein the enclosing layer comprises free metal
or an alloy. |
| | |
| 76
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 68. Product wherein all surfaces and edges of the sheet are
enclosed. |
| | |
| 77
|
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product wherein one or more sheet* is attached
to a nonthickness surface* of a base sheet* or
web* in face to face relationship, the base sheet or web
being of greater length than the attached sheet.
| | (1)
Note. Excluded from under this definition is a print, design
or indicia or other similar discontinuous or differential coating.
The present subclass (77) is intended to take only complete sheets with
the adjacent base. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 55+, | for a plurality of parts arranged longitudinally
and next to a unitary sheet of greater extent. |
| 67, | for a product in which a sheet lies in a recess
of another sheet. |
| 131+, | for a product in which a sheet lies entirely in
a through aperture in a single layered product. |
| 195+, | for a sheet which has a discontinuous or differential
coating, impregnation or bond, in effect yielding a composite layered
coextensive with the lower. |
|
| | |
| 78
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 77. Product wherein the base sheet or web is larger than the
attached sheet in both length and width. |
| | |
| 79
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 78. Product wherein the attached smaller sheet has an embellishment
or adornment on the outline thereof.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 64.1+, | and 80, for composite products of this type in which
the smaller sheet may be of the circular or nonregular form and
is so claimed. |
|
| | |
| 80
|
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product which is a sheet having an outer perimeter other
than rectangular (i.e., four sides with right angles between each
two adjacent sides).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 51, | for a two-dimensional sectional layer in which the
sections are nonrectangular. |
| 64.1+, | for a circular sheet. |
|
| | |
| 81
|
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product which is a sheet* wherein the structure
of at least three edges or at least two nonadjacent corners is recited.
| | (1)
Note. A sheet or web recited as "rectangular" is
excluded from under this definition unless some specific perimeter
or corner structure is also recited. | |
| | |
| 82
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 81. Product wherein the sheet has a pile or nap on at least
one nonthickness surface*. |
| | |
| 83
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 81. Product in which the corner or perimeter structure defines
a channel or U-Shape. |
| | |
| 84
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 81. Product comprising a sheet of paper*.
| | (1)
Note. The paper may be either single or plural layer*. | |
| | |
| 85
|
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product comprising a web*, sheet*, layer* or
element* from the surface of which and attached thereto
or integral therewith, extends looped or free ended filamentary* material,
resulting in a bristly, fuzzy or resilient surface.
| | (1)
Note. Animal skin in which the fur remains intact is considered
to be pile or nap surface and will be placed in this group of subclasses. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 15+, | for an imitation or treated natural product (other
than animal skin in which the fur remains intact) which has a pile
or nap type surface, especially subclass 17 for artificial grass or
turf. |
| 623, | for two sections of a pile rug or carpet connected
edge to edge by means of a binding tape or strip not co-planar with
the sections. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 15, | Brushing, Scrubbing, and General Cleaning,
subclasses 208+ for a cleaning implement or applicator having a
pile working face. |
| 66, | Textiles: Knitting,
subclasses 191 and 194 for a knitted fabric including a fleece
or pile type surface. |
| 112, | Sewing,
subclasses 410+ for a pile fabric in which the pile elements are attached
to a base by a stitching operation. |
| 139, | Textiles: Weaving,
subclasses 391+ for a woven pile fabric, per se. |
|
| | |
| 86
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 85. Product in which the free ended or looped filamentary material
is completely embedded in a layer or component* or is disposed
between layers or components*. |
| | |
| 87
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 85. Product in which the web, sheet or layer also has particles* associated
therewith. |
| | |
| 88
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 85. Product wherein (1) there is variation in the height, angles
or type of the pile in different areas of the web or sheet, (2)
spaced or interrupted arrangement of pile areas define a figured
or sculptured design effect; or (3) the pile or nap structure at
an edge of the web or sheet differs from the structure which exists
over the remainder of the web or sheet.
| | (1)
Note. A patent to a product wherein the base web* is
embossed so as to product a nonplanar pile surface will be placed
in this subclass. |
| | (2)
Note. Variation in type of pile may be based on use of different
materials or the same material varying in a physical property (e.g.,
coarseness of fiber, etc.). Mere difference in color will not be
considered a difference in type of pile. |
| | (3)
Note. A mere random variation in height or angle of pile
which does not product a figured or sculptured design effect will not
support placement of a patent in this subclass and will be classified
below on other features. | |
| | |
| 89
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 88. Product in which (1) the height of the filamentary material
from the surface of the web or sheet or layer is different in spaced
areas or (2) the filamentary material differs in physical property
(e.g., coarseness, proximity of filaments to each other, etc.) in
different areas of the web, sheet or layer. |
| | |
| 90
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 85. Product wherein the free-ended material comprises individual
fibers*, either integral with a fibrous or fiber-containing
base and extending outwardly therefrom, or randomly distributed and
adhesively retained on a base.
| | (1)
Note. A patent for a fabric* having pile which has
been treated additionally so as to separate individual fibers of
the pile strands from each other will be placed here. | |
| | |
| 91
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 85. Product in which the fibers* are integral with
a fibrous or fiber containing base and extend outwardly therefrom.
| | (1)
Note. Nap is generally raised mechanically by an element
moving on a fibrous material to separate individual fibers* therefrom
and cause the fibers to extend outwardly. | |
| | |
| 92
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 85. Product in which the form or arrangement of the free ends
or loops of the filamentary material is defined. |
| | |
| 93
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 92. Product in which the filamentary material comprises either
reversely bent discrete strand-portions* or continuous
strands* secured to the web or sheet at bights which engage
the strands* or strand portions*. |
| | |
| 94
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 93. Product in which the filamentary material comprises an indeterminate
length or a continuous strand and is joined by an adhesive or cement to
the web, sheet or layer or to another part associated with the web,
sheet or layer. |
| | |
| 95
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 85. Product in which is defined the arrangement or constituents
of (1) the web, sheet or layer to which the filamentary material
is attached or (2) an additional part attached to or associated with
the web, sheet, or layer.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 310+, | for a foam material which may be used as the backing
for a carpet or other pile or nap surface. |
|
| | |
| 96
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 85. Product which is covered or saturated, at least in part,
with extraneous material or is joined to another part by an adhesive
substance. |
| | |
| 97
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 85. Product in which the claim defines (1) the elements* or
constituents* which form the filamentary material or (2)
the ingredients which compose the adhesive associated with the web, sheet
or layer.
| | (1)
Note. Only a single ingredient or constituents* need
be recited to qualify for this subclass, but must be specifically recited.
Thus: a synthetic fiber* is not sufficient for placement
in this subclass, but polyamide* or polyester* is
sufficient; cement* or glue* does not qualify, but
casein adhesive does. | |
| | |
| 98
|
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product comprising a single or plural layer* web* or
sheet* in which (1) the overall web* or sheet* has
a particular size, shape or other physical configuration; (2) components* or
constituents* thereof are arranged in an orderly fashion
relative to a surface of the product; (3) the product comprises
at least two layers* or components*, each claimed
as possessing a particular characteristic which is different from
the other (e.g., hardness, density, etc.); (4) the product includes
a particular characteristic claimed in relation to a surface thereof;
(5) there is a nonuniform thickness, planarity, surface, coating,
impregnation or bond; (6) there are apertures; (7) any other characteristic
is present by which the overall web* or sheet* may
be identified as having a particular structure or configuration.
| | (1)
Note. A patent directed to a plural layer stock material
product identified solely in terms of the composition of at least one
layer thereof will be placed in subclasses 411+ of this
class (428). |
| | (2)
Note. See the Class Definition, Criteria for Patent Placement
in thei Class, first paragraph, for subject matter excluded from
this class (428). |
| | (3)
Note. Although a naturally occurring fibrous material such
as wood is considerd to have "grain" direction
(see subclasses 105 and 114) such material is not considered as
a fiber-containing material in this or any indented subclass. |
| | (4)
Note. Included under this definition of "significant
size" is any recitation of a measurable extent or range
thereof, no matter how wide (e.g., "up to .075 mils, etc."). |
| | (5)
Note. Included under this definition of physical size is
a recitation of a weight unit (e.g., grams, pounds etc.) spread over
a unit of area (e.g., square feet, square meters, etc.). See also
the class definition, Framework of the Class for other examples
of structure. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 221+, | for a web* or sheet* containing
a structurally defined element* or component*. |
| 357+, | for a structurally defined rod*, strand*,
fiber*, particle* or other element* or
constituent* thereof, or a mass thereof, and especially
subclasses 364+ for a product having a width substantially
equal to the thickness thereof (e.g., rod*, strand*, fiber*,
filament*, etc.) and claimed in terms of its particular
shape or size or the shape, size or arrangements of its constituents. |
| 411+, | for a nonstructural plural layer*, web* or
sheet* wherein a second component* thereof is
defined in terms of its molecular orientation or crystalline structure. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 36, | Boots, Shoes, and Leggings,
subclasses 30 and 44 for a laminated shoe part. |
| 112, | Sewing,
subclasses 400+ for a sewn web or sheet; and see section VI A1(a)(4)
of this definition. |
| 198, | Conveyors: Power-Driven, appropriate subclasses for an endless belt or stock
material including specific structure for carrying material in a horizontal
plane. |
| 248, | Supports, for a vibration damping ring support.Also, see section
VI of this definition for additional classes related to this subclass. |
| 400, | Typewriting Machines,
subclasses 237+ for an inking ribbons especially adapted for typewriting
machines. |
| 424, | Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating Compositions,
subclasses 443+ for a web or sheet including a composition of that
class. |
|
| | |
| 99
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product in which the web or sheet has means secured thereto
or integral with a surface or edge thereof for attachment and detachment
at will to a surface or support or to cooperating fastening means.
| | (1)
Note. A buttonhole, nail hole or similar aperture is not
considered an external fastening means within the definition of this
subclass. |
| | (2)
Note. This subclass is the residual locus for a web or sheet
including an external fastener. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 223, | for a composite product in which plural layers are
connected by a separate and distinct mechanical connecting member
extending over the edges of and/or into a plurality of
layers or components. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 24, | Buckles, Buttons, Clasps, etc.,
subclasses 572+ for separable-fasteners. |
| 52, | Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), appropriate subclass, for a building structure component
with external fastening means. |
| 112, | Sewing,
subclasses 406+ for a separable fastener secured to a base web
or sheet by stitching; subclass 431 for a sewn buttonhole including
a floating strand around its edge; and subclass 437, for a sewn
buttonhole. |
|
| | |
| 100
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 99. Product in which the fastener comprises a part which (1)
is curved or otherwise bent back towards itself and has a free end
on which another part may be caught or held or (2) has a point curving
or projecting backwards therefrom and onto which another part may
be caught or held.
| | (1)
Note. The hook or barb may be part of a fiber or filament
or strand in a component so made as to catch or hold onto another
component. | |
| | |
| 101
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product wherein layers or components are arranged in overlying
relation and are permanently connected in such manner as to permit relative
translational movement between them (i.e., in one plane only, vertical,
horizontal or oblique).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 223, | for a composite web or sheet in which the components
are joined to each other by a fastener extending over the edges
of and/or into a plurality of layers or components. |
|
| | |
| 102
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product wherein the web or sheet is embellished by, or has
portions joined, reinforced or held in position by, a strand* so
disposed within the product that it must have been introduced therein
by an eyed needle, and also has at least some portion thereof (1)
held in position by a separate and distinct mechanical connecting
member(s) (2) covered or saturated with extraneous material, or
(3) joined to another portion by adhesion or cohesion.
| | (1)
Note. A patent for a product which includes individual stitch
fastening elements, such as short pieces of wire, will be placed
in this subclass. |
| | (2)
Note. Needling is not considered to be a mechanical connection
or a discrete fastener; therefore a patent to a product wherein
portions are joined by sewing and needling (i.e., interlocking of
fibers) will not be placed in this or the indented subclasses, but
will be found below on other features, see Class 442, subclasses 402+,
for example. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 54+, | for a product which consists of 3 or more components
not longitudinally coextensive, and which may have been made by
stitching and another fastener, coating or bond. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 112, | Sewing,
subclasses 402+ for a sewn web or sheet, per se, and see section
II of the definitions of that class (112) for the scope of that
class and its relationship to other classes. |
|
| | |
| 103
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 102. Product wherein the coating, impregnation or bond occurs
in spaced zones, or over an area which is substantially less than
the total area of the composite web, or is of a different character
in different areas of the web.
| | (1)
Note. A patent for a product wherein a narrow tape is adhered
over a line of stitching will be placed in this subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 195+, | for a patent to a similar product which does not
include stitching. |
|
| | |
| 104
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 103. Product wherein the coating, impregnation or bond is limited
to the areas where the stitches penetrate the web and, optionally,
the area immediately adjacent thereto. |
| | |
| 105
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product including a plurality of layers or components wherein
at least two of said layers or components include substantially
parallel, narrow, elongated elements* (such as strands*, strips* or
fibers*), with those of one layer or component being arranged
at an angle to those of another.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 114, | for a product in which the elongated elements in
respective layers or components are substantially parallel to each
other. |
| 188, | for a product in which the longitudinal axis of
a tubular element(s) of one layer or component is at an angle to the
like axis of a tubular element(s) in a second layer or component. |
|
| | |
| 106
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 105. Product which comprises layers or components of wood, wherein
the elongated elements are fibers forming the natural grain of the
wood, with the grain of one layer arranged at an angle to the grain
of another layer.
| | (1)
Note. This is the locus for sheets of plywood. | |
| | |
| 107
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 105. Product in which the elemental structures are strands* or
strand-portions*.
| | (1)
Note. A patent for a product comprising distinct layers of
strands crossed and bonded at their junctions will be placed in
this subclass, but where the angularly related strands are interengaged
(e.g., interwoven, etc.) the patent will be placed in the subclass
defining interengaged strands, etc. such as for example, subclasses
175+ and 196+, and Class 442, subclasses 181+,
depending on the claimed features. | |
| | |
| 108
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 107. Product in which the Longitudinal axis of the strands or
strand portion follows a curvilinear or multidirectional path.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 362, | and 369+, for a rod, strand fiber or filament
whose longitudinal axis follows a multidirectional or curvilinear path. |
|
| | |
| 109
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 107. Product in which there is at least one layer of material
in addition to the layers or components which contain the strands
or strand portions in angular relation. |
| | |
| 110
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 109. Product in which there are at least two such additional
layers, at least one of which is positioned on each side of the
two layers of components which contain the strands or strand-portions
in angular relation. |
| | |
| 111
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 110. Product which includes a layer or component of mechanically
intertwined, intertangled, interwoven or interlooped strand or strand-portion. |
| | |
| 112
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 107. Product wherein the trands or strand-portions are at an
acute angle with respect to the longitudinal axis of the web. |
| | |
| 113
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 105. Product in which the elemental structures are fibers. |
| | |
| 114
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product including a plurality of layers or components having
distinctly oriented elemental constituents (such as strands*,
strips* or fibers*) all arranged in the same general
direction.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 105+, | for a product wherein the elemental constituents
in some respective layers may be parallel to each other whereas those
in other respective layer are in angular relation to each other. |
| 298.1+, | for a web or sheet product in which strands, strand-portions
or strips are not mechanically interengaged, but are parallel to
one another. |
|
| | |
| 115
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product having a plurality of strand-portions* or
strand* loops extending freely in individual or grouped
arrangement from an edge of the web, sheet or component.
| | (1)
Note. Excluded are fringed manufactures which are the result
merely of a simple textile fabrication, such as weaving or braiding.For
placement in this subclass, a patent must be directed to a product
whose manufacture transcends the function of the textile producing apparatus
(such as a loom or a knitting machine). |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 112, | Sewing,
subclass 409 for a web having a fringe secured thereto by sewing. |
| 139, | Textiles: Weaving,
subclass 385 for a woven fabric wherein loose unwoven ends of
the constituent strands form a fringe. |
|
| | |
| 116
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product comprising a layer or component including either
discrete elements (e.g., tubular constituents) or components which
form or cooperate to form, cavities the longitudinal axes of which
are at an angle to the plane of the web or sheet.
| | (1)
Note. An integral layer (e.g., molded or apertured layer)
including curvilinear or polygonal through openings therein is not
considered to fall within the definition of this subclass. See
particularly subclasses 131+ below. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 131+, | for a web or sheet embodying an apertured component
(e.g. layer with through openings, expanded metal, etc.) and particularly
indented subclasses 132+ where such component comprises
struck-out portions. |
| 156+, | for a web or sheet embodying a component of varying
thickness (e.g., layer with open cavities) and especially subclass
161 for such component cooperating with a second component to form
inter-laminar spaces. |
| 174+, | for a web or sheet embodying a nonplanar component
and especially subclasses 178 and 180 where such component cooperates
with a second component to form closed cells. |
| 188, | for a web or sheet including a longitudinally or
transversely extending tubular cavity or cell. |
| 593, | for corresponding metallic* honeycomb stock-material*. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 52, | Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclasses 783.1+ for a sandwich or hollow panel having a discrete
interlaminar fastener, and subclass 60 for a honeycomb-like layer
not having mechanical connecting means between components. |
|
| | |
| 117
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 116. Product in which the cavities contain a material other than
the atmosphere.
| | (1)
Note. The cells need not be completely filled with the material.
For example a coiled piece of foil within the cell is sufficient
to qualify for this subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 69, | for a product comprising a sheet and cover therefor,
the space therebetween being filled with a gas other than air. |
|
| | |
| 118
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 116. Product in which the cavities are bounded by a continuous
six sided wall. |
| | |
| 119
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product having one or more components or sheets disposed
with nonthickness surfaces* thereof at right angles to
a nonthickness surface* of the composite product and nonintegral therewith.
| | (1)
Note. A patent for a product comprising a plurality of relatively
narrow sheets or components assembled with their respective nonthickness
surfaces in face-to-face contact and their edges forming the nonthickness
surfaces of the composite web or sheet will be included in this subclass. |
| | (2)
Note. A patent directed to a product wherein the components
lie in parallel planes which are at an acute angle to the nonthickness
surfaces of the composite product will be placed in subclass 112. |
| | (3)
Note. A patent directed to a product comprising a component
having a portion integral with and disposed perpendicular to a second
portion (e.g., L-shaped, channel shaped, etc.) will be placed
in subclasses 121+ on the basis of a particular edge feature. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 116+, | for a product including sheets or components disposed
perpendicular to the plane thereof where said sheets or components
form or cooperate to form a honeycomb layer. |
|
| | |
| 120
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 119. Product in which the component or sheet is not at the edge
of the base web or sheet but is disposed inwardly toward the center. |
| | |
| 121
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product wherein a portion if the web or sheet, or of a component
thereof, is turned out of the plane of the web or sheet along a
longitudinal axis thereof and at a longitudinally extending marginal
portion of the web or sheet.
| | (1)
Note. A corrugated web or sheet comprising a corrugation
pattern which involves a fold at an edge thereof will be placed
in subclass 179*. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 157, | for a web or component having an integral nonfolded
edge thicker than the body of the web or component. |
| 174+, | for a nonplanar layer or component in general. |
| 176, | for a similar product comprising a folded strand-type
fabric, cloth or textile. |
| 179+, | for a longitudinally corrugated web or sheet wherein
the corrugation pattern involves a fold at an edge thereof; and see
(1) Note above. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 160, | Flexible or Portable Closure, Partition, or Panel,
subclasses 383+ for a web or sheet with a folded edge to accommodate
fastening to an elongated element (e.g., frame, etc.) and especially
subclass 387 for a hem in such a web or sheet. |
|
| | |
| 122
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 121. Product wherein the folded component is a relatively narrow
trough-shaped strip with the walls thereof embracing a longitudinal
edge of at least one other component of the web or sheet.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 85+, | for a product comprising a pile type surface in
a U-shaped or channel shaped article. |
| 358, | for a strand type product having a channel shape. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 112, | Sewing,
subclass 419 for a sewn channel-shaped binding. |
|
| | |
| 123
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 121. Product wherein a strand* or strand-portion* lies
between layers of the edge-folded web or sheet.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 52, | Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclasses 716.1+ for molding trim combined with attaching means. |
| 112, | Sewing,
subclass 147 for a similar sewn product. |
|
| | |
| 124
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 121. Product wherein the web or sheet is composite* and
a longitudinally extending portion of a surface component is turned
back upon itself or around an edge or a second component of the web.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 112, | Sewing,
subclasses 147+ for a sewn webor sheet including a reverse fold at
an edge. |
|
| | |
| 125
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 124. Product in which the folded portion of the surface component
has a free end enclosed within the body of the web out of contact
with the exterior surface of any face layer. |
| | |
| 126
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 124. Product wherein the surface component has either an acute
or reverse fold along each of the opposed edges of the product.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 68+, | for a sheet including a distinct layer of material
enclosing all the edges and at least one nonthickness surface* of
the sheet. |
|
| | |
| 127
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 126. Product in which the reversely folded component is part
of an enveloping means which forms the complete (or substantially
complete) exterior of the web or sheet.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 68+, | for a sheet having another distinct layer of material
enclosing all the edges and at least one nonthickness surface of
the sheet. |
| 364+, | for a strand comprising a core with an annular cover. |
|
| | |
| 128
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 127. Product wherein the reversely folded component, per se,
constitutes the entire enveloping means. |
| | |
| 129
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 128. Product wherein free ends of the enveloping component lie
in adjacent edge-to-edge contact or overlie one another. |
| | |
| 130
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 121. Product wherein the turned out portion has particular structure
(e.g., perforations, shape, serrations, etc.) or is dimensionally
related to an exterior of the composite web or sheet component. |
| | |
| 131
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product wherein the web or sheet or a component thereof,
has one or more discrete through openings with the peripheral wall
or walls of each opening defined by either a line or closed loop
passing through the thickness of the component while following a
unidirectional or multidirectional rectilinar path.
| | (1)
Note. Reticulation (a form of apertures), may be mechanically
or chemically produced (e.g., spinning a polymer in a net-like or
web-like form, etc.). |
| | (2)
Note. The periphery of said loop may vary in size while passing
through the component or the loop may pass through the component
edgewise to form a slit. |
| | (3)
Note. A product including a component with openings the walls
of which are defined by loops following a nonrectilinear (e.g.,
tortuous or haphazard, etc.) path through the thickness dimension
of the component will be placed in subclasses 304+. |
| | (4)
Note. A patent wherein the apertures are solely for the purpose
of passing a stitching thread through the web will be found in Class
112, Sewing, subclasses 402+ and especially subclass 591. |
| | (5)
Note. Woven, knitted or netted products are excluded under
this definition of aperture, unless it is the intent that apertures
be specifically provided, other than the usual and normal openings
between the strands due to the nature of the weave, knit or mesh.
Generally a woven, knitted or netted product encompasses strands
which lie above and below other strands in the same layer. Apertures
must be deliberately made to meet the definition of this subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 17, | for artificial turf having apertures in the base
or substrate to permit draining. |
| 43, | for a web or sheet or layer which is perforated
or apertured to permit separation of portions thereof at these weakened
sections. |
| 119, | for a grill-like product comprising perpendicularly
disposed components and intersecting strips*. |
| 155, | for a stock material with minute crevices extending
thereinto, but not therethrough. |
| 188, | for stock material including a longitudinal or a
transverse tubular cavity or cell*. |
| 304+, | for a product including a porous component. |
| 596, | for corresponding metallic* stock-material*. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 52, | Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclasses 633+ for an "openwork" product for
that class, and especially subclass 660 for a "lattice" type
product (grating, foraminous reinforcement, grille) primarily of
use as a rigid component of a building structure and structurally
similar structures of more general application. See the search
notes in subclass 660 for other classes providing for fabric or
lattice openwork structures. |
| 55, | Gas Separation,
subclass 525 for an apertured product with specific structure
to facilitate gas separation. |
| 160, | Flexible or Portable Closure, Partition, or Panel,
subclasses 385+ for stock material having an apertured edge disclosed
for attachment to an elongated support. |
| 181, | Acoustics, appropriate subclasses for a web or sheet with either internal
or external structure wherein said structure is disclosed to be
provided for the purpose of deadening or amplifying sound, and especially
subclasses 284+ where said structure is provided for the purpose
of muffling or filtering sound. |
| 277, | Seal for a Joint or Juncture, for a packing element comprising a web or sheet having
(a) a definite peripheral shape, (b) a modified service opening, or
(c) a configuration or feature particularly adapting the element
as a packing,
subclasses 935+ for a seal made of a particular material. |
|
| | |
| 132
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 131. Product wherein the web or sheet, or a component thereof,
has one or more portions which project or protrude from a nonthickness
surface of the component and form at least a part of the periphery
of a through opening therein. |
| | |
| 133
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 132. Product in which the component with struck-out portions
is within a layer or the struck-out portions of said component extend
into, interlock with, enmesh or clench an adjacent layer. |
| | |
| 134
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 131. Product in which the wall defining a through opening is
of a shape other than a continuous curved line at a constant distance
from a central point. |
| | |
| 135
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 134. Product in which the aperture is shaped as (1) a four sided
closed figure in which two opposite angles are acute and the other
two are obtuse or (2) a six sided closed figure. |
| | |
| 136
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 134. Product in which the aperture is elongated in relation to
its width. |
| | |
| 137
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 131. Product wherein the web or wheel comprises a plurality of
components of which at least one is apertured. |
| | |
| 138
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 137. Product containing at least one apertured component and
one imperforate component. |
| | |
| 139
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 138. Product wherein a protruding portion of one component enters
into and engages the periphery of an aperture in another component.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 77+, | for a panel of sheet attached to a surface of a
base sheet or web and having a portion extending into an aperture
in the base. |
| 222, | for a product embodying a component threaded through
spaced apertures in another component. |
|
| | |
| 140
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 139. Product wherein the apertured component is disclosed between
two components with portions of each of said two components entering the
aperture or wherein the apertured component is completely embedded
within the thickness dimension of a layer. |
| | |
| 141
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product in which an area of the web or sheet has a structure
which extends substantially across the area but which is made up
of pits, depressions, furrows or other such irregularities of no
regular design or pattern, so as to give the surface a design or
pattern, so as to give the surface a desired feel or texture and which
area may be (1) exposed or (2) covered with a layer designed to
permit light to pass therethrough and render the area visible or
(3) covered with a material which is opaque but designed to protect
the area from injury.
| | (1)
Note. The difference between this subclass and 156+ is
that in the latter, the layer is desired to vary in thickness, while
in the present subclass there is no substantial variation in thickness
except merely that necessitated by virtue of the surface irregularities. |
| | (2)
Note. Excluded from this and the indented subclasses are
products which are knitted, braided, woven, etc. The surface characteristics
of such products are considered to be uniform and regular or patterned,
not irregular, as required by subclasses 141+. |
| | (3)
Note. Excluded from this and the indented subclasses are
products in which the textured surface is provided solely for bonding
two layers to one another through the textured surface. This will
be classified below on other features such as the compositions of
the layers. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 85+, | for a surface which is made up of looped filamentary
material or free ended material extending from and integral with
the surface of a web or sheet, resulting in a bristly, fuzzy or resilient
surface. |
| 156+, | for a web or sheet in which a layer or component
varies in thickness across its width or length. |
|
| | |
| 142
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 141. Product comprising an additional layer over the textured
or irregular surface which (1) permits the passage of light so as
to make the surface visible, or (2) guards against marring or spoiling
of the surface. |
| | |
| 143
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 141. Product in which the irregularities comprise small pieces
or granules of matter.
| | (1)
Note. Included in this subclass are products which are used
as roofing or siding on homes. To complete the search for such
products the appropriate subclasses in Class 52, Static Structures
(e.g., Buildings), should be considered. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 52, | Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), appropriate subclasses especially
subclasses 518+ for shingles particularly provided for therein. |
|
| | |
| 144
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 143. Product in which each of the pieces or granules is previously
covered at least partially with a material before placing on the
web or sheet. |
| | |
| 145
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 144. Product in which the material contains the elements silicon
in either the elemental or combined state. |
| | |
| 146
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 143. Product in which the pieces or granules comprises a carbohydrate.
| | (1)
Note. Flour, starch and cellulose are examples of carbohydrates
which may be found in this subclass. | |
| | |
| 147
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 143. Product in which the pieces or granules comprise either
a natural or synthetic resin or polymer.
| | (1)
Note. Examples of the resins or polymers found herein are:
natural rubber, polyamide (either natural or synthetic), polyethylene. | |
| | |
| 148
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 143. Product in which the pieces or granules comprises either
a metal in its elemental state or a compound of a metal. |
| | |
| 149
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 143. Product in which the pieces or granules comprises the element
silicon in either its uncombined or compound state. |
| | |
| 150
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 149. Product in which the silicon containing bits or granules
are in the form of sand, clay or comminuted ordinary rock or that
known as slate. |
| | |
| 151
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 141. Product in which the surface irregularities resemble or
are made to be similar to the arrangement of fibers*, particles* or
layers forming the natural lines in lumber or natural animal skin.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 473, | for a laminated product comprising a layer of natural
animal skin or membrane. |
| 904, | an art collection for an artificial leather product. |
|
| | |
| 152
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 141. Product which contains furrows, ridges, nonrectilinear wrinkles,
creases or crinkles. |
| | |
| 153
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 152. Product wherein the web, sheet or component, is made of
paper.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 155, | for stock material which is cracked, crazed or slit
and which may be made of paper. |
|
| | |
| 154
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 153. Product wherein there are a plurality of such paper components
which are ridged, crinkled, creased or creped. |
| | |
| 155
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 141. Product in which the web, sheet or component contains crevices
of relatively small lateral dimension extending thereinto but not
therethrough.
| | (1)
Note. A slit extending completely through a layer or component
is considered an aperture and a disclosure of such product will
be found in subclasses 131+ above. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclass 90 for a wrinkled or crackled coating. |
|
| | |
| 156
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product wherein the distance between the nonthickness surfaces
of a web or sheet or a component thereof, deviates from point to
point along the transverse or longitudinal axis of the product.
| | (1)
Note. As implied in the subclass definition, variation in
total thickness (or bulge) caused by overlapping components, is
excluded from the concept of this subclass. See search notes below
to subclasses 88, 174+ and 189. |
| | (2)
Note. A patent directed to a component with minute surface
irregularities in the form of very small pits or projections will
be placed in subclasses 141+. |
| | (3)
Note. The presence of either a plain or countersunk through
hole in a layer is not considered to provide a variation in thickness
of an otherwise uniform thickness layer. See subclasses 131+. |
| | (4)
Note. Under the definition of this subclass, the sheet or
web may be either single or plural layer. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 43, | for a web or sheet which has a tear line or other
weakened portion caused by a variation in thickness, to permit separation
of the sheet or web through its thickness. |
| 77+, | especially 78+ for a composite web or sheet,
one layer of which is smaller than the other and also one layer
of which may vary in thickness. |
| 88+, | for a "sculptured" pile surface
of varying height. |
| 121+, | for a web whose thickness varies by virtue of a
fold at its edge. |
| 139+, | for a variation in thickness in the form of a projection
which enters an aperture in a mating component. |
| 174+, | for a product comprising a folded component in which
pleats are formed by the folds. |
| 189, | for a composite web or sheet whose total thickness
varies due to the overlapping of laterally noncoextensive components. |
| 397+, | for a rod or strand which varies in thickness. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 15, | Brushing, Scrubbing, and General Cleaning,
subclasses 238+ for a floor mat including blade-like elements for cleaning
purposes. |
| 52, | Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclasses 716.1+ for a rigid channel or trim member with a feature
for attaching to an in situ erected type structure. |
| 434, | Education and Demonstration,
subclasses 112+ for a reading device for the blind as an embossed
product (i.e., Braille). |
|
| | |
| 157
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 156. Product wherein the difference occurs only at or in the
area adjacent, an edge of the web, sheet or component; or in which
the thickness variation at or adjacent the edge differs substantially
from that which exists over the remainder of the web, sheet or component.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 177, | for similar marginal nonuniformity in nonplanar
uniform-thickness material. |
| 192, | for a product with marginal characteristic of more
general nature. |
|
| | |
| 158
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 156. Product including a component which contains (1) open or
interconnected voids throughout which have been made by means of
a gas or other agent (blowing agent or heat, etc.) enlarging the
voids or the material of the component so as to occupy more space
or (2) closed cavities (empty or filled). |
| | |
| 159
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 158. Product which comprises a compound of relatively large molecules
and high molecular weight, whose molecules consist of recurring smaller
chain structural units.
| | (1)
Note. Examples of polymers under this definition are: natural
or synthetic rubber, polyester, polyamide, etc. | |
| | |
| 160
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 159. Product in which the polymer comprises poly (amido ester)
or polyisocyanate, commonly known as polyurethane. |
| | |
| 161
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 156. Product wherein the component of nonuniform thickness has
a nonplanar surface and a second component is in continuous interfacial
contact with said surface. |
| | |
| 162
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 161. Product in which the opposite surface of the nonuniform
thickness component is also nonplanar and a third component is in
continuous interfacial contact with such opposite surface. |
| | |
| 163
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 161. Product in which the nonplanar face of the nonuniform thickness
component is in the form of ridges and/or furrows of substantial
length and width extending along or across the component and in
mutual parallelism. |
| | |
| 164
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 161. Product in which one of the components comprises a free
metal or a compound thereof.
| | (1)
Note. Excluded from this subclass are glass*, asbestos,
porcelain*, ceramic*, etc., which, though containing
a metal are not ordinarily included therewith. | |
| | |
| 165
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 161. Product in which one of the components contains a natural
rubber or a cellusosic* material in its natural or modified
state. |
| | |
| 166
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 156. Product, wherein a nonplanar surface of a variable thickness
layer comes into contact with an adjacent layer (or a component
thereof) in such a manner as to define therebetween individual or
interconnected three-dimensional zones, either separate or interconnected.
| | (1)
Note. The spaces may be empty or occupied, in whole or in
part, by a filler material. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 158, | for a product in which the interlaminar spaces take
the form of cells* in a foamed material. |
| 178, | for a web or sheet embodying a component of a nonplanar
uniform-thickness material which forms or cooperates with an adjacent
component to form cells*. |
| 182+, | and especially subclass 186 for web or sheet embodying
a nonplanar uniform-thickness component of sinuous wave form secured
to an adjacent planar component so as to provide spaces therebetween. |
| 188, | for a longitudinal or transverse cavity* or
cell* within a layer. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 5, | Beds,
subclasses 449+ and particularly subclasses 455+ for a
compartmented air mattress. |
|
| | |
| 167
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 156. Product in which the variation in thickness occurs in the
form of parallel ridges and/or furrows of substantial length
and width extending along or across the product.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 30, | for a striated surface which exhibits in irridescent
effect. |
| 163, | for a similar product having a component of nonplanar
surface with a nonplanar and a second component is in continuous
interfacial contact with said surface and in which there are also
ridges or furrows extending along or across the component. |
|
| | |
| 168
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 167. Product containing small bits or pieces of solid matter. |
| | |
| 169
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 167. Product in which the ridges and/or furrows lie at
an acute angle to the longitudinal axis of the web or sheet. |
| | |
| 170
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 156. Product wherein the mass per unit volume of the web, sheet,
or component also varies.
| | (1)
Note. This density usually varies with the thickness of such
product as in a layer with compressed zones. | |
| | |
| 171
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 170. Product comprising a component which consists of or includes
fibers. |
| | |
| 172
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 156. Product comprising at least two layers. |
| | |
| 173
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 172. Product in which an outer surface of the composite* sheet
or web has dents or depressions and there is an extraneous material
in at least one such dent or depression, lying beneath the topmost
rise of the walls defining such dent or depression. |
| | |
| 174
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product wherein the web or sheet, or a component thereof,
has nonthickness surfaces* which are (1) defined other
than by two parallel planes and (2) equidistantly spaced at all points.
| | (1)
Note. Excluded from this definition of nonplanar is a roll
or coil of material; the product itself must be nonplanar, not the manner
of packaging or storing. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 121+, | for a product wherein the nonplanarity is in the
form of a fold at a longitudinal edge of the web. |
| 161+, | for a nonplanar uniform thickness component following
the nonplanar surface of a layer or component of varying thickness. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 139, | Textiles: Weaving,
subclass 386 for a nonplanar, woven, web or sheet product of
a process provided for in that class. |
| 162, | Paper Making and Fiber Liberation,
subclasses 109+ for a nonuniform, irregular or configured product
of a paper making process. |
|
| | |
| 175
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 174. Product comprising a layer, or component consisting of strands*,
strand*portions* or relatively narrow ribbon like
elements, mechanically interwoven, intertangled, intertwined or
interlooped.
| | (1)
Note. This defines a textile or other woven or knitted material
which is then treated to form embossments or other nonplanarities,
but retaining the uniform thickness. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 152+, | for a product which does not consist of a weave
or knit fabric, but which has numerous irregular, nonrectilinear ridges
or creases. |
|
| | |
| 176
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 175. Product wherein the nonplanarity comprises integral substantially
flat portions of the layer or component disposed in face abutting
relation or in substantially equi-distantly spaced relation.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 181, | for a nonstrand web, sheet or layer embodying a
component with pleats or otherwise parallel adjacent folds. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 112, | Sewing,
subclass 427 for a pleated and sewn web. |
|
| | |
| 177
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 174. Product in which the nonplanarity occurs only at or in the
area adjacent, an edge portion of the total product; or in which
the nonplanarity at or adjacent the edge of the product differs
substantially from that which exists over the remainder thereof.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 121+, | for a product wherein the marginal nonplanarity
is in the form of a fold. |
|
| | |
| 178
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 174. Product wherein the nonplanar component (1) is so shaped
as to form closed compartments, either vacant or occupied, the walls
of which are an integral part of said nonplanar component or (2)
cooperates with an adjacent component to produce closed compartments,
which are either vacant or occupied by a material not integral with
either component.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 72+, | for a sheet including a cover or casing in which
there are elements which cooperate to form cells*. |
| 166, | for spaces between layers, one of which varies in
thickness. |
| 188, | for a product which includes a longitudinal or transverse
cavity* or cell*, in general. |
| 304+, | for a cellular layer, in general. |
|
| | |
| 179
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 174. Product wherein there is a plurality of discrete deviations
of the nonthickness surfaces* of the web, sheet or component
from the parallel plane condition in a repetitive pattern and said deviations
are arranged in one or more rows or are elongated and extend generally
in the same direction. |
| | |
| 180
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 179. Product wherein the Nonplanarity is in the form of a regular
geometrical pattern of polygonal protuberances and/or depressions,
each having a centrally located flat land portion. |
| | |
| 181
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 179. Product wherein the deviations include planar portions which
are either substantially in face contact or spaced from one another
in mutual parallelism.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 102+, | for a pleated product including stitching and coating,
impregnation, or adhesion. |
| 175+, | for a pleated strand-type fabric. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 112, | Sewing,
subclass 427 for a sewn web or sheet which is pleated or tucked. |
|
| | |
| 182
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 179. Product wherein the nonplanarities are elongated and are
arranged to extend generally in the same direction.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 163, | and 167, for a product embodying a component of
varying thickness and including ribs and/or grooves. |
| 178, | for a product wherein a ribbed, uniform-thickness,
component forms or cooperates to form closed cells*. |
|
| | |
| 183
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 182. Product wherein the peaks of the corrugations are indented
at spaced zones therealong or wherein there are two series of corrugations
in one layer with those of one series crossing or extending between
and at an angle to those of the second series.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 178, | for a product wherein the deformations of the peaks
of the corrugations engage an adjacent layer and thereby form closed
cells*. |
| 180, | for a product wherein crossing ribs or grooves form
a waffle pattern. |
| 185, | for a product wherein ribs or grooves in respective
components of a composite web cross in plan projection. |
|
| | |
| 184
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 182. Product which includes two or more corrugated components.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 178, | for plural corrugated components cooperating to
form cells*. |
|
| | |
| 185
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 184. Product wherein the corrugations of one component cross
the corrugations of a subjacent or superjacent component at an angle. |
| | |
| 186
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 184. Product having in addition another component each of whose
nonthickness surfaces* lies in a single plane (i.e., planar).
| | (1)
Note. The planar component may be bonded to either or both
corrugated components. | |
| | |
| 187
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 174. Product wherein the nonplanarity is in the form of a figured
pattern or a presentation of information.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 79, | for a composite sheet* in which one layer
is smaller than the other and has a decorative outline. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 434, | Education and Demonstration,
subclasses 112+ for reading devices for the blind in the form of
embossed sheets (Braille writing). |
|
| | |
| 188
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product wherein the web or sheet has one or more elongated
hollow spaces of substantially uniform cross-section located between
and lying with their axes substantially parallel to, the nonthickness
surfaces* of the web or sheet and being either open or
closed at their ends.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 72+, | for a sheet including a cover or casing and in which
there are elements* which cooperate to form cells*. |
| 116+, | for a honeycomb-like web or sheet wherein the cavities
or cells are arranged with their axes at an angle to the nonthickness
surface of the structure. |
| 166, | for a product including a component of varying thickness
with interlaminar spaces. |
| 178, | for cells* formed by one or more nonplanar
components. |
| 181, | for tubular cavities* formed by two components,
at least one of which has parallel folds. |
| 184+, | for a similar structure wherein the cavities* or
cells* are formed by a wave-form component cooperating with
another component. |
| 304+, | for a composite web or sheet including a cellular
component in which the cell* do not lie longitudinally
or transversely of the web or sheet. |
| 338, | for a single layer product including structurally
defined cells* which do not lie longitudinally or transversely of
the nonthickness surface*. |
| 357+, | for a mass including structurally defined cells* of
any shape. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 138, | Pipes and Tubular Conduits, appropriate subclass for a tubular product of specific
structure as provided for therein and see the definition of this Class
428, section VI B, reference to Class 138. |
|
| | |
| 189
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product wherein at least one side edge of a layer* or
component* of a composite web is laterally offset (in either
spaced or overlapping relation) relative to a corresponding edge
of a second layer* or component* of the product.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 44+, | for a two dimensionally sectional layer in which
two components are laterally noncoextensive. |
| 54+, | for a composite layer comprising at least three
parts in which each part has a longitudinal extent less than the longest
dimension of the layer. |
| 57+, | for webs and/or sheets joined in edge to
edge relation to form a sectional web or sheet. |
| 188, | for a product including components, separated by
elongated spacers to form a longitudinal or transverse cavity* therebetween. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 160, | Flexible or Portable Closure, Partition, or Panel,
subclasses 123+ for plural hanging or drape type devices hung from
a single support in side by side overlapping relation, subclasses 130+ for
interconnected flexible strips, slats and/or panels and
also for a plurality of rigid strips, slats and/or panels
which are connected for relative motion and form a single unit, and
subclasses 330+ for a sectional fabric which hangs suspended
(e.g., drape, etc.). |
|
| | |
| 190
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 189. Product in which one of the components is a cloth*,
fabric* or textile*. |
| | |
| 191
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 189. Product in which one of the components is a cellulosic* material
in any of its natural or chemically modified forms (e.g., wood,
paper, rayon*, viscose*, etc.). |
| | |
| 192
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product having structure at an edge thereof or in the area
adjacent an edge thereof which differs from that of the remainder
of the web.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 44+, | for a two dimensional sectional layer having perimeter
or edge structure. |
| 66.7, | for a circular sheet having defined edge structure. |
| 81+, | for a sheet having complete perimeter structure
or corner structure. |
| 88, | for a pile or nap type surface component having
particular edge structure. |
| 115, | for a web or sheet having a fringed edge. |
| 121+, | for a web or sheet having a folded edge. |
| 157, | for a web or sheet having a differential nonuniformity
in thickness at a margin. |
| 177, | for a web or sheet of nonplanar uniform thickness
having a differential nonplanarity at a margin. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclasses 284+ for a process of coating a product along an edge
or border. |
|
| | |
| 193
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 192. Product comprising a layer of material having strand*,
strand-portions* or relatively narrow ribbon like elements
mechanically intertangled, interwoven, intertwined or interlooped.
| | (1)
Note. A product of this type of mechanical interengagement
of such elements is commonly known as a weave, knit or mesh. | |
| | |
| 194
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 192. Product in which the structure at the edge comprises a saturation
of fluid thereinto or an adhesion to another component, which saturation
or adhesion is not continuous along the edge.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 189+, | for a web or sheet having at the edge thereof a
continuous and longitudinally coextensive coating. |
|
| | |
| 195.1 | Discontinuous or differential coating, impregnation or
bond (e.g., artwork, printing, retouched photograph, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Subject matter for product wherein at least one component
or layer has spaced areas, substantially less than the total area
of the involved surface of the layer or component, which are either,
(1) faced or saturated with fluent or plastic material or (2) joined
to other portions of the layer or components or to another layer or
component by adhesion or cohesion; or wherein the facing, saturation
or junctures set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above is of a different
character (e.g., strong bond next to weak bond) in different areas
of the Web or sheet.
| | (1)
Note. A design or printed matter or indicia of any sort will
be considered as a discontinuous coating for this subclass unless
clearly disclosed as uniform. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 103+, | for a composite sheet or web which includes a differential
or discontinuous coating or impregnation or bond and a zone or stitching. |
| 178, | for a nonplanar layer or component bonded to a planar
component at discrete zones. |
| 187, | for a nonplanar uniform thickness material which
has a design or other indicia thereon. |
| 189, | for a web or sheet including laterally non-coextensive
components wherein said components may constitute a discontinuous
or differential coating or impregnation. |
| 411+, | for a laminate including one component having a
continuous and coextensive surface coating, impregnation or bond. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 33, | Geometrical Instruments,
subclass 12 for a fabric with pattern lines thereon. |
| 40, | Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting,
subclass 427 for artwork, or a photograph having an enhanced
visual effect. |
| 101, | Printing, appropriate subclasses, especially
subclass 368 for a product having a nonuniform coating thereon when
disclosed solely for use as a printing member. See also definition of
this Class 428 the reference to Class 101 under "LINES WITH OTHER
CLASSES Part A. INTERMEDIATE-ARTICLES Section 2. Blanks, etc". |
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclass 1 for a process of providing a print, impression
or pattern of animal skin, (e.g., human fingerprints, etc.) on a
base and subclass 256 for the process of producing a nonuniform
coating on a substrate. |
| 430, | Radiation Imagery Chemistry: Process, Composition,
or Product Thereof,
subclass 9 for a chemically defined photograph. |
| 434, | Education and Demonstration,
subclass 81 for inventions in teaching or demonstrating visual
arts and crafts. |
|
| | |
| 196 | Including layer of mechanically interengaged strands, strand-portions
or strand-like strips: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 195.1. Subject matter for product in which at least one layer
comprises strands*, strand-portion* or relatively
narrow ribbon like elements which are mechanically intertwined,
intertangled, interwoven or interlooped.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 175+, | for a similar product in which the web or sheet
or layer or component thereof has nonthickness surfaces which are defined
other than by two parallel planes and are equidistant at all points. |
| 192, | for a similar product which has particular structure
at an edges or adjacent thereto which is different from that of the
remainder of the web. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 152, | Resilient Tires and Wheels, especially
subclasses 548+ for a tire carcass including a layer of noninterengaged strands. |
| 442, | Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or
Cloth, etc.),
subclasses 181+ generally for a product having mechanically interengaged strand
and other features. |
| 474, | Endless Belt Power Transmission Systems or Components, particularly
subclasses 237+ for a friction drive belt, or for stock material
disclosed solely for use as a drive belt, which may include noninterengaged
strands, such as for reinforcing elements, in the body of the belt. |
|
| | |
| 197
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 196. Product in which the strand type component comprises interlocked
loops of strand material and the strand at spaced areas is adhered
or cohered to itself or to another strand forming the loop.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 196, | for a web or sheet or component of interengaged
strands (other than knitted) in which the strands may be adhered
to others in the same layer, or to another adjacent component. |
| 198, | for a web or sheet or layer adhered to another component
or web or sheet at spaced areas. |
|
| | |
| 199 | Including developable image or soluble portion in coating
or impregnation (e.g., safety paper, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 195.1. Subject matter for product in which the discontinuous or
differential coating or impregnation comprises (1) normally nonvisible
indicia or (2) portions which are dissolvable and , in both (1)
and (2) above, when treated in other than normal use, would become
visible.
| | (1)
Note. This is the locus for so-called safety or bank paper,
which, when an erasure or eradication is attempted, clearly indicates
such attempt. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 29, | for an article having a latent image which is visible
or barely visible and must be treated to become more visible on
intended use. |
| 915, | and 916, for cross reference art collections of
documents which are treated to indicate alterations or erasures
or other fraud attempts. |
|
| | |
| 202
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 201. Product in which one of the adjacent layers lies on the
outermost surface of the web or sheet and is removable from the
web or sheet or is so made as to prevent adhesion to a surface in contact
therewith.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 200, | for a product which must be heated in order to destroy
the adhesion or cohesion of a layer to an adjacent layer or component. |
|
| | |
| 203
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 201. Product in which one of the adjacent layers lies on the
outermost surface of the web or sheet and permits light to pass
therethrough.
| | (1)
Note. The translucent layer is usually for the purpose of
protecting or viewing the layer there-beneath. | |
| | |
| 204
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 203. Product in which the middle layer has small particles of
solid material in its facing or saturation.
| | (1)
Note. Many of the patents in this subclass have a design
or image made with particles* of colored material and are covered
with a transparent layer to permit viewing of such design. |
| | (2)
Note. The material may be white, black or any color. | |
| | |
| 205
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 203. Product in which the translucent layer include natural oil*,
a wax* or waxy material*, a resin*, gum* or
the polyamides* known as glue or gelatine. |
| | |
| 207
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 206. Product in which the small particles* comprise coloring
material.
| | (1)
Note. The coloring material may be white, black or any color. |
| | (2)
Note. The particles* themselves may be the coloring
matter (i.e., pigment) or the particles may have a dye coating thereon. | |
| | |
| 208
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 206. Product in which the small grains or bits of matter include
a free metal* or a natural, mined compound. |
| | |
| 210 | Including ceramic, glass, porcelain or quartz layer: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 195.1. Subject matter for product in which one of the layers
contains fused clay* (ceramic*), a fine, white,
translucent hard earthenware (porcelain*), or the fused
mixture of the silicates of the alkali and alkaline earth or heavy
metals (glass*).
| | (1)
Note. Included under this definition of glass is glassy or
crystalline silica or quartz*. | |
| | |
| 212
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product wherein two components of a web, sheet or layer
possess the same physical property but in different amount or intensity
and are so claimed.
| | (1)
Note. For purposes of this subclass porosity or cellularity
is not considered to be a physical characteristic; a product having
plural components which differ in this characteristic will be found
in subclasses 304+ see search note below. |
| | (2)
Note. For purposes of this subclass, a component in which
the physical characteristics of an element (e.g., fiber*,
filament*, particle*, etc.) is defined and it
is this characteristic which varies in another component, will not
be included in this subclass, but will be found below, see subclasses
292.1+ and 323+. |
| | (3)
Note. For purposes of this subclass and its indents, if a
composite sheet is claimed as having the same physical characteristic
(e.g., thickness, etc.) this is considered to be a special case
of "differing" degree and the patent will be classified
in this group of subclasses. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 292.1+, | for a composite web or sheet in which at least one
component has structurally defined fibers which may be compared
to the characteristics of the fibers in another component. |
| 304+, | for a web sheet layer of or containing components
differing in degree of porosity. |
| 323+, | for a web, sheet layer of or containing components
which differ in variations of structurally defined particles. |
| 332+, | for a composite web or sheet in which the thickness
of only one component is specified. |
|
| | |
| 213
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 212. Product in which the physical property relates to thickness
of the components. |
| | |
| 214
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 213. Product in which the components are layers which act as
bonds between two other layers. |
| | |
| 215
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 213. Product in which absolute dimensions of two components are
specified.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 213, | for a product in which the relative thickness, or
the ratio of the thickness, between two components is specified. |
|
| | |
| 216
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 215. Product in which the thickness of each layer or components
as specified does not excess 5 mils or the equivalent. |
| | |
| 217
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 212. Product in which the physical property relates to resistance
to deformation or fracture by pressure.
| | (1)
Note. Included in this subclass are recitations relating
to units of measurement of hardness (e.g., Brinnell hardness, etc.). | |
| | |
| 218
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 212. Product in which the physical property relates to a weight
per unit volume of the component or the degree of compactness thereof. |
| | |
| 219
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product in which a physical characteristic of the overall
web or sheet is recited in terms of its weight per unit area of
the product.
| | (1)
Note. Since weight per unit area and a physical dimension
are related, cross-referencing between this subclass and the succeeding
one has been minimized. Both subclasses should be considered in
the search. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 220, | for a product in which the absolute dimension of
the overall product is specified. |
|
| | |
| 220
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product wherein the size of the overall web or sheet is
claimed as an absolute dimension.
| | (1)
Note. The difference between this subclass and 332+ is
that in the latter the size of only a component* or layer* is claimed*,
whereas in this subclass the size of the overall web or sheet is
recited. |
| | (2)
Note. The preceding subclass 219 contains many patents in
which the physical dimension of an overall web or sheet is disclosed
and/or claimed. To complete the search for such a feature,
the preceding subclass must be considered since the cross-referencing
between the two subclasses has been minimized. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 212+, | for a composite* web or sheet wherein the
size of one component* relative to another is claimed. |
| 219, | for a sheet or web in which the physical dimension
is indicated in a weight per unit area but in which an absolute dimension
may be disclosed and/or claimed. |
| 332+, | for a composite* web or sheet in which
the absolute size of an element* or component* is
claimed. |
| 357+, | for a rod*, strand*, fiber*,
filament*, particle* or other element* claimed
as having a specific dimension. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 52, | Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), appropriate subclasses, for a modular building panel
with a physical configuration for interengagement with an abutting
panel. |
|
| | |
| 221
|
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product comprising a single or plural layer* web*,
or sheet* which contains a component* or an element* (e.g.,
fiber*, strand*, filament*, particle*,
etc.), the size or some structural feature of which is claimed,
(e.g., orientation or relation to another element or component,
bond at intersecting points, weave or knit, cellularity or porosity,
etc.).
| | (1)
Note. For purposes of this group of subclasses, a disclosed
fabric, textile or cloth will be considered to be included under "structurally
defined element or component". |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 98+, | for a web or sheet (single or plural layer) in which
the web (1) has a particular overall shape, significant size or
other particular configuration such as an edge feature or (2) the
components are arranged in an orderly fashion relative to a surface
of the product or (3) the product comprises plural layers with each
layer thereof claimed as possessing a particular characteristic
such as density or hardness or thickness or (4) the product includes
a particular characteristic claimed in its relation to a surface
or edge thereof, all to an end that the overall web or sheet may
be identified as having a particular structure. |
| 360, | for a mass (not a sheet or web) of staple length
fibers bonded at their intersections only. |
|
| | |
| 222
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 221. Product wherein (1) components are twisted or folded about
one another or (2) a web or sheet, or a component thereof, is arranged
in a series of mutually parallel convolutions extending along the
longitudinal axis of the web or sheet.
| | (1)
Note. The product formed by (1) above, must be the result
of twisting or folding (e.g., braiding) of components; where the
product is formed by braiding strands, classification is proper
in Class 87, Textiles: Braiding, Netting, and Lace Making; see
search note below. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 131+, | for a product formed by threading one component
through spaced longitudinal openings or apertures in another component. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 57, | Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining,
subclasses 259 and 260 for a strand structure made up wholly or
in part of twisted tape as claimed. |
| 87, | Textiles: Braiding, Netting, and Lace Making,
subclasses 3+ for a fabric of intertwisted strands and subclasses
8+ for a fabric of braided strands as claimed. |
| 138, | Pipes and Tubular Conduits,
subclasses 129+ and 154 for a solid-wall tubular structure which
includes helically arranged convolutions of web or strand material
as claimed. |
|
| | |
| 223
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 221. Product in which a plurality of layers or components are
connected by a separate and distinct mechanical connecting member
extending over the edges of and/or into a plurality of
layers or components.
| | (1)
Note. Stitching is not considered to be a mechanical fastener. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 99+, | for a product in which there is a mechanical fastener
for attaching the product to an external surface or another product. |
| 101, | for a similar product having plural components which
are relatively movable. |
| 198, | for a similar product in which a plurality of components
are spot bonded to one another. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 52, | Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclasses 782.1+ for a sandwich or hollow panel including a discrete interlaminar
fastener. |
|
| | |
| 292.1 | Noninterengaged fiber-containing paper-free web or sheet
which is not of specified porosity: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 221. Product wherein a fiber-containing web or sheet comprises
of one or more structurally defined fibers embedded in or on the
surface of a matrix wherein the fibers are not interengaged with
one another or formed into a fabric having structural integrity
prior to association with the matrix material, the fiber-containing web
or sheet being neither paper nor of specified porosity.
| | (1)
Note. Matrix materials containing fiber as a filler material
do not belong in this subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 311.11, | 311.31, 311.51, 311.71, and 311.91, for articles
of specified porosity wherein the article comprises solely a continuous
matrix of fibers (e.g., porous paper, etc.). |
| 317.9, | for articles of specified porosity wherein the article
contains fibers. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 162, | Paper Making and Fiber Liberation,
subclasses 100 through 231,for paper products, per se. |
|
| | |
| 296.1 | Fiber is precoated: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 295.4. Subject matter wherein the fibers are precoated with a material
prior to being embedded in the matrix or affixed to the matrix surface. |
| | |
| 296.4 | Fiber is precoated: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 295.1. Subject matter wherein the fibers are coated with a material
prior to incorporation in the matrix material or being affixed to
the matrix surface. |
| | |
| 300.1 | Fiber is precoated: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 297.4. Subject matter wherein the fibers are coated with a material
prior to being incorporated in the polymeric matrix or being affixed
to a surface of the polymeric matrix. |
| | |
| 304.4 | Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular,
etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 221. Subject matter which consists of at least two components,
at least one of which has internal spaces either containing at least
a gas and/or devoid of identifiable contents.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass and its indented subclasses have been
established to provide a search field for those inventions in stock
material in which the void-containing nature of a component is the
essence of the invention; thus, to be classified in this group of
subclasses, the void-containing nature of the component must either
(a) be expressed explicitly in a claim, (b) be necessary for a claimed utility
of the product or (c) be disclosed in the specification and be incorporatable
into the claims to resolve an ambiguity in the claims. |
| | (2)
Note. The designation of a component as porous, cellular
or permeable will be construed as void-containing. |
| | (3)
Note. A porous layer or component having an impervious skin
thereon will be considered to have two components for purposes of
this subclass, the skin being one of the components or layers. |
| | (4)
Note. An impregnated material is assumed not to contain voids
and must be disclosed or claimed as still containing porosity in
order to warrant placement in this or indented subclasses. Thus,
paper is not considered to be a void-containing component unless
it is specified as being porous or permeable. |
| | (5)
Note. The inclusion in a component of hollow or porous fibers
or particles will be assumed to make the component a void-containing
component only when it is clearly disclosed that the fibers or particles
maintain their hollowness or porosity after being compounded into the
component. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 131+, | for a web, sheet or layer with rectilinear through
openings (apertures) which may render the product inherently porous. |
| 188, | for a web or sheet including an elongated tubular
cell located between and lying with its axis substantially parallel
to the nonthickness surfaces of the web or sheet. |
| 320.2+, | for a composite having a component which includes
filled "voids". |
| 323+, | for a composite sheet or web including a particulate
layer. |
| 357+, | for a mass or single layer of or containing, elements
which may by inherently porous or cellular or wherein the disposition
of the elements renders the product porous or cellular but wherein such
porosity is not claimed. |
| 550, | 566 and 613, for similar subject matter which is
all metal or comprises adjacent metals. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 34, | Drying and Gas or Vapor Contact With Solids,
subclasses 95+ for a drying device (e.g., blotter) which includes
a porous and therefore liquid-adsorbent sheet. |
| 106, | Compositions: Coating or Plastic, appropriate subclasses for a porous or void-containing
composition of that type, even in the form of a single layer sheet
or web which lacks any other definite structural features. See particularly
subclasses 40+ , 122, 601+, and 672+. |
| 156, | Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture,
subclasses 77+ for a method of forming pores in a lamina during
or subsequent to lamination. |
| 181, | Acoustics,
subclasses 284+ for a web or sheet with either internal or external
structure, which structure is disclosed as provided for the purpose
of muffling sound. |
| 210, | Liquid Purification or Separation,
subclasses 500.1+ for material peculiarly adapted for use as a liquid
separation filter and see Relation to Material or Composition Classes
of the definition of this class (428). |
| 252, | Compositions,
subclass 62 for heat or sound insulating compositions. |
| 501, | Compositions: Ceramic,
subclasses 39 and 80+ for pore-forming compositions. |
| 521, | Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers,
subclasses 50+ for methods of making a cellular resin product
and such products, even in the form of a single layer web or sheet,
which lack definite structural features. |
| 604, | Surgery,
subclasses 358+ for diapers and absorbent pad materials. |
|
| | |
| 305.5 | With chemically effective material or specified gas other
than air, N, or carbon dioxide in void-containing component: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject matter wherein the voids of a component contains
a gas specified to be other than air, nitrogen or carbon dioxide;
or where the void-containing component contains also a material
which is susceptible to a ready chemical reaction in use of the
product, e.g., to decomposition at an elevated temperature, etc.
| | (1)
Note. The chemically effective material often is incorporated
in the product for fire or flameproofing purposes. |
| | (2)
Note. Removal of water of hydration from a hydrated compound
is considered to be a chemical reaction. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 321.1, | for a composite product having a decomposable liquid
impregnated in a previously void-containing component. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 252, | Compositions,
subclasses 2+ and 601 for fire-extinguishing and fire-proofing
compositions, per se, respectively. |
|
| | |
| 306.6 | Void-containing component partially impregnated with adjacent
component: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject matter wherein a void-containing component is partially
impregnated with the material which constitutes an adjacent component of
the composite.
| | (1)
Note. The impregnating material may itself be void-containing,
e.g., a foam, etc. |
| | (2)
Note. Ordinarily the void-containing component is in a solid,
self-sustaining form during the impregnation, while the impregnant
is in a fluent form. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 309.9, | for a product made by commingling some material
of two adjacent foam layers, usually in fluent or uncured form,
to make an intermediate layer. |
|
| | |
| 308.4 | Void-containing component is synthetic resin or natural
rubbers: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 306.6. Subject matter in which the void-containing component is
identified as a synthetic resin composition and claimed as such,
e.g., polyvinyl chloride, polyurethane, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene,
etc.
| | (1)
Note. A synthetic resin is the material described in the
definition of Class 520, subclass 1. | |
| | |
| 310.5 | With gradual property change within a component: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject matter wherein a component has a property, e.g.,
density, composition, pore size, hardness, concentration of ingredients,
etc., which varies gradually from one surface to another surface
of the same component.
| | (1)
Note. The change of property usually is so gradual that no
area within the component can be identified as an interface between
components. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 547, | and 610, for similar subject matter which is all
metal or has adjacent metals. |
|
| | |
| 311.31 | And a force disintegratable component (e.g., stencil sheet,
etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 311.11. Subject matter wherein a component of the composite may
be locally disintegrated by the application of a sudden force thereto;
for example, by a typewriter key.
| | (l)
Note. Where the product is designated as having a stencil
sheet, wherein an ink is to pass through the product in its final use,
it is assumed that the nondisintegrated component is porous. See
the definition of subclass 304.4, (1) Note, (b). |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 321.1+, | for a composite which includes liquid. |
| 488.1, | for so-called "carbon paper",
comprising not necessarily porous paper and a waxy component having
pigment, dye, or color forming reagent. |
|
| | |
| 311.71 | Cellulosic: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 311.51. Subject matter wherein the fiber is made of cellulose or
a cellulose derivative (e.g., paper, etc.). |
| | |
| 312.2 | Inorganic matrix in void-containing component: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject matter in which the void-containing component has
a continuous phase of material, e.g, porous cermic, etc., which
is free from carbon atoms or contains carbon atoms only as elemental
carbon, as a carbide, carbonate, cyanide or cyanate.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 317.9, | for a composite wherein the void-containing component
contains an organic matrix with inorganic fibers or particles distributed
discontinuously therein. |
|
| | |
| 312.8 | Of metal-containing material: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 312.2. Subject matter wherein the inorganic material is specified
as being elemental metal, an alloy or a metal compound, e.g., a
ceramic, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 312.6, | for a similar composite having quartz or glass as
the continuous phase. |
|
| | |
| 313.3 | Preformed hollow element-containing: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject matter wherein voids of the component result from
the incorporation therein of a filler, aggregate, etc., which itself
is hollow, rather than merely from voids, the walls of which constitute
the material of the continuous matrix.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 320.6+, | for a composite having in a component preformed
capsules containing a color forming material. |
|
| | |
| 313.5 | Resin or rubber element: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 313.3. Subject matter wherein the preformed hollow element is composed
of resin or rubber, e.g., a hollow resin capsule containing air,
etc.
| | (1)
Note. A synthetic resin is the material described in the
definition of Class 260, subclass 2.01. | |
| | |
| 313.7 | Mineral element: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 313.3. Subject matter wherein the preformed hollow element is a
mineral which is naturally void-containing or which has been treated
to create voids, e.g., by heating, etc., such minerals including
expanded vermiculite, perlite, mica, clay, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 252, | Compositions,
subclass 378 for exfoliated or intumesced compositions in general. |
|
| | |
| 314.2 | Void shape specified (e.g., crushed, flat, round, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject matter wherein the geometric configuration of the
voids, whether regular or irregular, is specified in the claims.
| | (1)
Note. Use of the term "crushed", designated
a foam which has been treated, usually by pressure, to reduce the
size of the foam cells and give the cell walls a broken and/or
irregular configuration, is sufficient to place a patent in this
subclass. | |
| | |
| 314.4 | Voids specified as closed: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject matter wherein the voids in the void-containing
component are specified as being closed, rather than forming a series
of interconnected voids, e.g., closed-cell foam, etc. |
| | |
| 315.5 | Voids specified as micro: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject matter wherein the voids of the void-containing
component are claimed as being invisible to the naked eye.
| | (1)
Note. Where the voids are described using the word or prefix "micro",
the voids are assumed to be invisible to the naked eye. | |
| | |
| 317.1 | With component specified as adhesive or bonding agent: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject matter having a component which is claimed as having
an adhesive function serving to bond other components together,
etc.
| | (1)
Note. The void-containing component may serve as the bonding
component. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 40+, | for a composite in which an outer layer is removable
in order to expose an adhesive, e.g., certain protected pressure-sensitive
adhesive tapes, etc. |
|
| | |
| 317.3 | As outermost component: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 317.1. Subject matter wherein the adhesive or bonding component
is an outermost layer of the composite, that is, the composite is
designed to be adhered to a material or object outside of the composite. |
| | |
| 317.5 | Adhesive or bonding component contains voids: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 317.1. Subject matter wherein the bonding or adhesive component
itself contains voids, e.g., a poromeric, cellular, foam, etc.,
component itself is used to bond nonvoid component together.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 316.6, | for a composite in which a void-containing component
is used to bond another void-containing component. |
|
| | |
| 318.4 | With nonvoid component of specified composition: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject matter wherein the composite has a layer without
voids which is claimed in terms of its composition.
| | (1)
Note. A mere statement of that the nonvoid component is "a
substrate", "a layer", "a film",
etc., is not sufficient for placement in this subclass, but identification
of the component as "metal", "organic",
etc., is sufficient. | |
| | |
| 318.6 | Of about the same composition as, and adjacent to, the
void-containing component: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 318.4. Subject matter wherein a void-containing component has,
next to it, a component without voids which varies not more than
about 10% in the proportion of its solid constituents from
the composition of the void-containing component.
| | (1)
Note. Insofar as synthetic resins, per se, are concerned,
the 10% permissible variation is to be applied to the monomer residue
content of the finished polymer; differences in molecular weight,
crystallinity, etc., are not considered to be differences in composition. | |
| | |
| 318.8 | Integrally formed skin: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 318.6. Subject matter in which the nonvoid component is identical
in composition to the composition of the void-containing component
and is formed simultaneously with the void-containing component.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 521, | Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers,
subclass 51 for a process of preparing a cellular resin product
having an integral skin. |
|
| | |
| 319.1 | Inorganic: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 318.4. Subject matter in which the nonvoid component is free from
carbon atoms or contains carbon atoms only as elemental carbon,
as a carbide, carbonate, cyanide or cyanate. |
| | |
| 319.3 | Synthetic resin or natural rubbers: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 318.4. Subject matter in which the nonvoid component is a synthetic
resin.
| | (1)
Note. A synthetic resin or natural rubbers is the material
described in the definition of Class 260, subclass 2.01. | |
| | |
| 319.7 | Linear or thermoplastic: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 319.3. Subject matter wherein the nonvoid component is a synthetic
resin without cross-linkages, that is, one which softens reversably
under the influence of heat. |
| | |
| 320.2 | Composite having a component wherein a constituent is liquid
or is contained within performed walls (e.g., impregnant-filled, previously
void-containing component, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 221. Subject matter consisting of at least two components, at
least one of which contains liquid or has a constituent trapped
inside walls made before combination with the other constituent.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 408, | for an impregnated, self-sustaining, carbon mass. |
| 439.5, | for a consolidated metal powder product impregnated
with a nonmetal. |
| 540+, | for an impregnated natural product. |
|
| | |
| 321.1 | Constituent is in liquid form: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 320.2. Subject matter wherein a component contains a material which
is a liquid at ambient temperature or is a liquid at the conditions
under which the product is used.
| | (1)
Note. A liquid for purposes of this subclass is a material
of definite volume which takes the shape of its container at ambient
temperature or temperature of use of the claimed product. It includes collodial
dispersions in which liquid is the continuous or dispersant phase. | |
| | |
| 321.3 | Ink in pores: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 321.1. Subject matter wherein the liquid is claimed as ink and
is trapped within pores of a carrier material.
| | (1)
Note. Generally, the ink is extrudable from the pores under
the influence of pressure. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 106, | Compositions: Coating or Plastic,
subclasses 20+ for ink compositions, per se. |
|
| | |
| 321.5 | Encapsulated liquid: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 321.1. Subject matter wherein the liquid has been encapsulated
in a solid material before incorporation into the component in question.
| | (1)
Note. A statement that the liquid is in the form of "microcapsules" is
sufficient for placement of the patent in this subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 313.3, | for composite stock materials containing "empty" microcapsules. |
|
| | |
| 322.2 | Indefinite plurality of similar impregnated thin sheets
(e.g., "decorative laminate" type, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 320.2. Subject matter comprising an unspecified number, greater
than two, of sheets bonded together, each sheet being of similar
material to the others and having at least one negligible dimension,
each sheet having once been porous but having lost its porosity
by being impregnated with a fluid material before or after assembly
of the stack.
| | (1)
Note. The impregnant usually is a nonfully, polymerized resin
and the bonding usually includes completion of polymerization, i.e.,
curing, of the resin. |
| | (2)
Note. The products usually are "decorative laminates",
such as those used for counter-tops, dishes, etc., sold under trade
names such as Formica, Melmac, etc. | |
| | |
| 323
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 221. Product which comprises at least two components, one of
which consists of or includes grains or extremely small pieces or
fragments of material claimed in terms of (1) their particular size
or shape (natural or fabricated) or (2) an orderly arrangement relative
to one another or (3) their particular interengagement within the
component, or (4) their engagement with the material of an adjacent
component.
| | (1)
Note. A web, sheet or layer claimed as having a haphazard
arrangement of its particulate constituents is not considered as
possessing an orderly arrangement of its particulate constituent
within the definition of this subclass. |
| | (2)
Note. A composite web or sheet in which its particulate constituents
are claimed as being in an orderly arrangement relative to a surface
of the web or sheet is considered to be a structurally defined web
or sheet and will be found in subclasses 98+. |
| | (3)
Note. Coated particles* are considered to be structurally
defined and therefore, a composite web in which one layer or component
contains coated particles will be placed in this or an indented
subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 304+, | for a web or sheet comprising a component embodying
porous or cellular particles so claimed. |
| 357+, | for a mass of or containing oriented or structurally
defined particles. |
| 411+, | for a nonstructural laminate incorporating particulate
material neither oriented nor structurally defined. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 149, | Explosive and Thermic Compositions or Charges,
subclasses 110+ for a product of that class (149) embodying particulate
material of a certain size(s). |
|
| | |
| 324
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 323. Product in which the particles* comprises any of
the group of mineral silicates commonly called "mica".
| | (1)
Note. The term "mica" will be construed as
connoting flakes of flat configuration and therefore structurally
defined unless the disclosure clearly contradicts such an interpretation;
see (1) Note in subclass 454. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 363, | for a mass or single layer of or containing mica
flakes. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 106, | Compositions: Coating or Plastic,
subclasses 415+ for a composition of that class (106) including
mica. |
| 252, | Compositions,
subclass 378 for a composition containing exfoliated or intumesced
material. |
|
| | |
| 325
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 323. Product wherein the particles are of material made from
clay*, usually by the agency of fire.
| | (1)
Note. Included under this definition of ceramic* are
those materials termed as glass*, pottery, enamel, cement,
refractories*, porcelain* or quartz. | |
| | |
| 326
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 323. Product wherein the particles comprise carbohydrate material
derived from the structural matter of plant life, usually from the
stems thereof.
| | (1)
Note. This carbohydrate is commonly termed cellulose* and
may be further treated to yield esterified, modified or regenerated
substances such as rayon* or viscose*. | |
| | |
| 327
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 323. Product in which the particles comprise an organic substance
which is synthetically produced by union (polymerization or condensation)
of a large number of molecules of one or more relatively simple
compounds.
| | (1)
Note. Particles of naturally occurring polymeric material
or reaction products thereof, e.g., carbohydrate, polypeptides and
cellulosic products, are excluded from this definition of polymer
and will be found in other subclasses on other features, e.g., subclass
326 for carbohydrates, etc. | |
| | |
| 328
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 323. Product in which the particles comprise (1) a free metal* having
a specific gravity or density greater than 4, or (2) the free metal* aluminum or
(3) a compound having the metal* of either (1) or (2) above
in its molecule. |
| | |
| 329
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 328. Product wherein the metal is iron or aluminum and is present
as the oxide. |
| | |
| 330
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 323. Product in which the particles comprise a metal* selected
from the group consisting of Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Mg, Ca, Sr and Ba
(i.e., the alkali or alkaline earth metals) in either the free form
or combined with other elements and forming either an inorganic
or organic compound. |
| | |
| 331
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 323. Product in which the particles comprise the element silicon
(Si) in either its free or combined form. |
| | |
| 332
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 221. Product in which the size of an element, constituent, or
component of a web or sheet is claimed.
| | (1)
Note. The difference between 212+ and this subclass
and indents (332+) is that in the former the thickness
of two components* are recited, while in the latter the thickness
of only the base or layer is specified. Where the dimensions of
two components* are specified so that one can be compared
to another, classification in 212+ is indicated. |
| | (2)
Note. In this and the indented subclasses a size in units
of length must be specified in the claim. A recitation of weight
per unit area is excluded from this group of subclasses and will
be found in subclasses 340+ below. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 212+, | for a composite web or sheet in which the thickness
of two components is claimed either in terms of their relative thickness
or in absolute dimensions. |
| 220, | for a product in which the absolute dimension of
a web* or sheet* is claimed. |
| 340+, | for a recitation of a weight per unit area which
can be calculated to yield a physical dimension, if another parameter,
such as density, is known. |
|
| | |
| 333
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 332. Product in which the claimed size is defined in terms of
molecules of the material or of wave length of light.
| | (1)
Note. Included within this definition are recitations setting
forth (1) a certain number (one or more) molecules thick or (2)
a portion of a wave length of any color of light. | |
| | |
| 334
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 332. Product in which the absolute physical dimension specified
is the thickness of a coating layer* and which does not
exceed 5 mils or the equivalent thereof.
| | (1)
Note. Examples of equivalents are: 1 mil=.001 inch=.0254
mm (milli- ter)=25.4 u or mu(micron)=254,000 A (Angstroms). |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 332, | for a product in which a coating layer is recited
in a range which starts at less than 5 mils but transcends this figure
(e.g., 4-17 mils, etc.). |
|
| | |
| 335
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 334. Product in which the thickness does not exceed 3 mils or
its equivalent. |
| | |
| 336
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 335. Product in which the thickness does not exceed 1 mil or
its equivalent. |
| | |
| 337
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 332. Product in which the absolute size of the base* or
substrate* of a composite web or sheet is claimed.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 220, | for a web or sheet in which the size of the entire
sheet or web is claimed. |
|
| | |
| 338
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 332. Product consisting of a single layer of material in which
the dimension of an element (e.g., particle*, etc.) is
claimed.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 220, | for a product in which the absolute size of the
web or sheet is defined. |
|
| | |
| 339
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 332. Product in which there is a component comprising a man made
resin or polymer. |
| | |
| 340
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 221. Product in which is recited the weight of a material related
to its area.
| | (1)
Note. The "material" may be a web, sheets
component, base*, coating, layer or element. |
| | (2)
Note. Some examples of terms used are: pounds per square
meter, grams per square centimeter, pounds per square foot, grams
per quire of certain size paper, etc. |
| | (3)
Note. This is excluded from subclasses 332+ even
though the thickness can be calculated if the density of the material be
known. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 332+, | for an element or component recited in terms of
its actual physical dimension in units of length (e.g., mils, inches,
microns, etc.). |
|
| | |
| 341
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 340. Product in which it is the weight of a coating over a given
area which is specified. |
| | |
| 342
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 341. Product in which the specified coating is on the surface
of a cellulosic* material. |
| | |
| 343
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 221. Product comprising a composite* web or sheet in
which an outermost layer is capable of sticking to a surface to
which it may be applied or of being activated to have such capability.
| | (1)
Note. The adhesive layer need not be applied to an extraneous
surface; it could be applied to and caused to adhere to itself or
to another portion of the composite* web or sheet, as in
heat sealable packaging films. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 40+, | for a product which comprises at least two layers
or components, one of which must be removed to expose an adhesive
coating. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 442, | Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or
Cloth, etc.),
subclasses 59+ for a product comprising mechanically interengaged
strands or strand portions, etc., having an adhesive coating or
impregnation associated therewith. |
|
| | |
| 344
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 343. Product in which the adhesive layer is adjacent a metal* layer. |
| | |
| 345
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 343. Product in which at least one of the components of the composite
sheet has been subjected to a source (1) of ultraviolet radiation,
especially wavelengths of 250-300m u, or (2) energy transmitted
by various mediums.
| | (1)
Note. Examples of irradiation or wave energy devices are:
light or electron emitters, sonic devices, electric glow discharges,
etc. and the term wave energy includes radiations, electromagnetic
waves, neutron, proton, deutron and other corpuscular radiations. | |
| | |
| 346
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 343. Product in which the adhesive is caused to become capable
of adhering to a surface by virtue of having been contacted with
a material which causes at least a portion of the adhesive to be
dissolved or otherwise activated, or by having its temperature increased,
usually by contact with a heated surface. |
| | |
| 347
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 346. Product in which the adhesive is caused to adhere by increase
in temperature.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 200, | for a product which comprises a nonuniform (i.e.,
differential or discontinuous) coating and in addition an adhesive
layer which is caused to either adhere or delaminate by means of
increase in temperature. |
|
| | |
| 348
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 347. Product in which the adhesive contains a compound which
is described as a wax (e.g., beeswax or paraffin, etc.) or having
the physical characteristics of a wax or is a recognized wax* (e.g.,
carnauba, etc.). |
| | |
| 349
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 347. Product in which the adhesive contains a man-made resin
or polymer. |
| | |
| 350
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 346. Product in which water is the material which contacts the
adhesive to cause it to adhere to another surface. |
| | |
| 351
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 343. Product in which a component has been made hydrophobic or
less hydrophilic (i.e., waterproof or moistureproof or resistant). |
| | |
| 352
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 343. Product which contains an additional layer or component
of such characteristics that it does not permanently adhere to a
surface (which may be another layer of the product) with which it
may come into contact.
| | (1)
Note. A release or anti-stick coating such is that under
this definition is usually provided on the side of the base* opposite
that which supports the adhesive, in order to prevent adherence
when stacked or rolled. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 40+, | for a product in which a release layer is removed
to expose another layer or component having an adhesive coating
thereon. |
|
| | |
| 353
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 343. Product comprising a three layered product in which there
is a layer between the adhesive and the substrate, which layer is
used to increase the cohesiveness between the adhesive layer and
the substrate.
| | (1)
Note. The intermediate layer may be called by various names,
e.g., primer or bonding layer, or anchor coat, etc. | |
| | |
| 354
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 343. Product in which three or more layers are claimed either
in the form of plural coatings on a substrate or a laminate of two
or more layers having an adhesive layer therebetween. |
| | |
| 355
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 343. Product in which the adhesive composition is recited.
| | (1)
Note. For classification in this or the indented subclass,
at least one of the ingredients of the adhesive must be recited
specifically, for example as "gum arabic", "linseed
oil", etc., not nominally, as for example, "oil", "gum",
etc. | |
| | |
| 356
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 355. Product in which an ingredient of the adhesive composition
comprises (1) rubber* from a natural source or (2) a metal* in
either its free or combined state.
| | (1)
Note. The term "reclaimed" rubber is considered
to be natural for purposes of this subclass unless it is clear from
the disclosure that a synthetic rubber is intended, in which case
classification in subclass 355 is indicated. |
| | (2)
Note. If it is not clear whether natural or synthetic rubber
is intended from either the disclosure or claims, then classification
is in subclass 355 on the basis of synthetic rubber, with a cross
reference, if necessary, to subclass 356. | |
| | |
| 357
|
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product containing, or consisting of, at least one strand*,
strand-portion*, macroscopic fiber*, grain, small
bit of matter, cell*, particle* or any other substance,
claimed in terms of (1) a particular size or shape (natural or fabricated),
(2) a plurality of such elements* claimed in terms of an
arrangement relative to one another, (3) a particular interengagement of
a plurality of such elements* or (4) a coating associated
therewith.
| | (1)
Note. The molecular orientation or crystalline structure
of a product is considered a mere manifestation of the nature of
the material thereof; accordingly, the recitation of either is not
considered structure within the meaning of that word as used in
this subclass. |
| | (2)
Note. A patent directed to a single layers or mass* of
a particular composition which is further defined as "cellular", "particulate" or "porous" (by
name only), will be placed in the appropriate composition class
in the absence of defined structure (see above clauses in the definition
of this subclass). |
| | (3)
Note. A patent to a structurally defined particle will be
placed in this, or the appropriate indented subclass as a subcombination
of the subject matter provided for herein, unless specifically provided
for elsewhere. |
| | (4)
Note. Excluded from this or indented subclasses is a rod,
strand, fiber or filament which is merely impregnated with or has
associated therewith a material, without any specified indication
as to the depth of the impregnation, or without any other recited
structure; such a combination is classified on the basis of the composition,
e.g., for Classes 106, 260, 520, etc. |
| | (5)
Note. The term "sizing" or "sized" will be
construed to be a coating for this group of subclasses unless it
is clear that only an impregnation is intended; see (4) Note above. |
| | (6)
Note. A mass of fibers merely bonded together with no recitation
of structure, is excluded from this Class 428 and will be found
in the appropriate composition class; see search notes below. |
| | (7)
Note. The term "flake" is construed as structure,
indicating a flat piece of matter. |
| | (8)
Note. Included under this definition of "significant
size" is any recitation of a measurable extent, no matter
how wide (e.g., up to 0.5 mils, etc.). |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 221, | for a web* or sheet* of fibers
or filaments* which are claimed as being bonded at their
intersections. |
| 292.1+, | for a composite* web or sheet in which
one component* contains fibers. |
| 323+, | for a composite* web or sheet in which
one component contains particles which are structurally defined. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 106, | Compositions: Coating or Plastic, appropriate subclasses, for a composition provided
for in that class (106) which may include structurally defined particles
or fibers; and see II Note under the class definition of that class
(106) with regard to the elements, per se, for use in such composition;
and see (4) Note above. |
| 149, | Explosive and Thermic Compositions or Charges,
subclasses 21 and 110+ for an explosive or thermic composition
or charge including structurally characterized particles. |
| 252, | Compositions,
subclass 378 for a composition containing exfoliated or intumesced
material. |
| 427, | Coating Processes, appropriate subclasses, for coating a rod, strand
fiber or particle, or for coating with flakes, granules or particulate
matter. |
| 442, | Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or
Cloth, etc.), for a textile*, cloth* or fabric* in
which the strands, fibers, or other constituents* thereof
are structurally defined, as set forth therein. |
| 492, | Roll or Roller, for a roll, per se, not elsewhere provided for, especially
subclass 48 for a roll cover, per se, and see the notes thereunder. |
| 520, | Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers, for a synthetic resin or natural rubber composition
containing an ingredient which may be coated, impregnated, or has
a defined size or shape. |
| 521, | Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers,
subclasses 50+ for a synthetic resin composition (or single layer)
in cellular form. |
| 588, | Hazardous or Toxic Waste Destruction or Containment,
subclasses 249 through 260for permanent containment of hazardous or toxic
waste. |
|
| | |
| 358
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 357. Product comprising a substantially U-shaped groove or slot.
| | (1)
Note. Many of the patents herein disclose weatherstripping
of strand* form having a U-shaped groove in which a pane
of glass usually fits. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 85+, | especially subclasses 89 and 95 for a channel shaped
product including pile structure and acting as window pane channel. |
|
| | |
| 359
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 357. Product comprising a fiber which is approximately 1 1/2
to 2 inches in length, (i.e., the usual staple length).
| | (1)
Note. A claim which recites a "staple" fiber
or "staple" length fiber will be classified in
this subclass; a claim which calls for "short" or
other similar term, which, by sole disclosure, is staple length
will be classified in this subclass. | |
| | |
| 360
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 359. Product comprising a plurality of staple length fibers which
are intertangled and which are bonded only at their cross-over or
contact points.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 197, | for a textile* or cloth* product
comprising knitted strands*, filaments* or strips* and
which are bonded to each other only at selected points. |
| 221, | for a web* or sheet* comprising fibers* or
filaments which are bonded at their intersections only. |
| 292.1+, | for a composite web* or sheet* in which
one component comprises fibers* which are structurally
defined in some manner and which may be bonded at their intersections
only. |
|
| | |
| 361
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 359. Product in which the staple length fiber is permeated, saturated,
or covered with an extraneous material. |
| | |
| 362
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 359. Product in which the longitudinal direction of the staple
length fiber follows a curvilinear or multi-directional path.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 369+, | for a fiber of greater than staple length which
is nonlinear. |
|
| | |
| 363
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 357. Product comprising a grain or small bit of material (i.e.,
particle*) which is a flat platelet of any of the group
of mineral silicates commonly called "mica"*
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 454, | for a nonstructural laminate including mica* in
nonflake form (i.e., as ground or pulverized). |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 106, | Compositions: Coating or Plastic,
subclasses 415+ for a product provided for in that class (106)
embodying shells, scales, micaceous material or similar lamellate
material. |
|
| | |
| 364
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 357. Product comprising a rod, strand, fiber or filament*.
| | (1)
Note. A solid rod, fiber or strand product of uniform circular
cross-section and extending in a straight line without deviation
will not be considered for placement in this or an indented subclass.
However, such a product, when coated will be considered as sufficient
for subclass 375 even in the absence of structure. An impregnated
fiber, strand, strand-portion, etc., unless qualified by structure
(e.g., size, shape, etc.) will be considered as composition for
the appropriate class (e.g., 106, 520, etc.; see (4) Note in subclass
357 and (2) Note below. |
| | (2)
Note. A patent to a rod, strand or fiber distinguished solely
by its composition will be placed in the appropriate composition
class. See particularly Class 106, Compositions: Coating or Plastic;
see also; Class 520, Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers, for a
synthetic resin or natural rubbers filament. For the purpose of patent
placement in this subclass, the recitation of molecular orientation
or crystalline structure in a fiber is not regarded as a structural
limitation and patents claiming such fibers with no additional structure
will be placed in the appropriate composition class. Also, a patent
for a fiber where the presence of structure or the degree thereof
is a mere manifestation of the composition will be placed in the
appropriate composition class. A fiber defined in terms of its properties
or other descriptors (e.g., tensile strength, per cent elongation)
is not considered a structurally defined fiber. |
| | (3)
Note. A patent directed to a rod, wire or filament of indeterminate
length will be placed in Class 204, Chemistry: Electrical and Wave
Energy, where a process under the definition of Class 204 appears to
be a necessary limitation to the product. A product of a 157.15+ process
will be classified as in the (2) Note above. |
| | (4)
Note. A patent for a strand consisting of woven constituents
is provided for in subclasses 383+ of Class 139, Textiles: Weaving
and a patent claiming a strand consisting of knitted constituents
is provided for in subclasses 169+ of Class 66, Textiles:
Knitting; however, a patent for a composite strand including either
of such strands in combination with another unlike constituent (e.g.,
knit core with woven sheath) will be placed in this subclass 364
where not provided for elsewhere. |
| | (5)
Note. A patent for a composite rod or strand reciting or
claiming at least one twisted or twined constituent will be placed
in Class 57, Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, or Twining, but where
said constituent is a preformed coiled spring element, the patent
will be placed in subclasses 369+ below. See section VI Relation
to Certain Other Classes, in the main class definition, reference
to Class 57 for guide lines relating to placement of "yarns", "cords",
etc. |
| | (6)
Note. Excluded from this and indented subclasses are patents
to one or more transparent elongated structures (e.g., rods, fibers
or pipes) used to transmit light rays from one point to another within
the confines of their outer surface, and involving internal reflections
or modal transmission. |
| | (7)
Note. See (1) Note in the definition of subclass 36 for the
distinction between a hollow strand, fiber or filament and a conduit
type article. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 34.1+, | for an article* (e.g., 3 dimensional or of
substantial size) which is a cylinder or a conduit open at both
ends and disclosed to conduct fluids and, disregarding the size,
may be similar to a hollow fiber, filament or strand. |
| 544+, | for corresponding metallic* stock-material*. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 2, | Apparel,
subclasses 256+ for strand or elongated rod-like element used as a
stiffening or stay means for garments. |
| 8, | Bleaching and Dyeing; Fluid Treatment and Chemical
Modification of Textiles and Fibers, appropriate subclasses, for a monofilament of fiber which
is the product of an operation provided for in that class. |
| 14, | Bridges,
subclass 22 for cable peculiar to the suspension of a bridge. |
| 15, | Brushing, Scrubbing, and General Cleaning,
subclasses 208+ for an implement which includes rods, strands or
fibers having particular shape, size or arrangement. |
| 19, | Textiles: Fibers Preparation, appropriate subclasses for drawing, carding or other
fiber preparations involving no twisting. |
| 26, | Textiles: Cloth Finishing, appropriate subclasses for treatment of the constituents
of a textile subsequent to fabrication of the product to obtain
a better marketable condition. |
| 28, | Textiles: Manufacturing, appropriate subclasses for methods and apparatus for
the mechanical interengagement of fibers. |
| 52, | Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclasses 831 through 857for an elongated rigid member specialized to use
as or in in situ erected structures. |
| 57, | Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining,
subclasses 200+ for a product reciting twisted or twined rod(s), strand(s)
or fiber(s) and see (5) Note above. |
| 66, | Textiles: Knitting,
subclasses 169+ for a knitted product not elsewhere provided for. |
| 84, | Music,
subclasses 199 and 297+ for a musical instrument string. |
| 87, | Textiles: Braiding, Netting, and Lace Making,
subclasses 1 through 13for a product embodying braided, knotted or intertwisted
strands. |
| 104, | Railways,
subclass 240 for railway traction cable. |
| 106, | Compositions: Coating or Plastic, appropriate subclasses for a structurally defined
fiber strand as provided for in that class (106) and see II under the
class definition note of that class (106). |
| 112, | Sewing,
subclass 400 for a sewn strand (e.g., strand with stitches along its
length). |
| 131, | Tobacco,
subclass 331 for stock material specified as being a filter
and of indeterminate shape (e.g., mass) or approximating the shape
(e.g., coil, tube, cylinder, rod) of the article or appliance with
which it is intended to be used, requiring no further treatment
than tearing or cutting to proper size; stock material of any other shape,
recited so that some shape modification is required is classified in
Class 428. |
| 139, | Textiles: Weaving,
subclasses 383+ for a web or sheet claimed in terms of the particular
arrangement or material(s) of the warp and/or weft; subclass
395, for a woven chenille strand; subclasses 457+ for method
and apparatus for weaving a tubular or circular fabric; and subclasses
420+ for a woven textile possessing a certain texture resulting
from the nature or form of the strands or fibers employed in the
manufacture thereof. |
| 204, | Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy, especially
subclasses 450+ for electrophoretic or electro-osmotic processes.
Also, see the (3) Note above. |
| 205, | Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein,
and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclasses 76+ , 138+, and 152+ for a rod, wire,
or filament formed by electrolytic coating processes. |
| 249, | Static Molds,
subclass 213 for tie rods. |
| 260, | Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, appropriate subclasses, for a rod, strand or fiber,
by name only, of a particular composition provided for in that class
(260) and see (1) and (2) Notes of this subclass. |
| 277, | Seal for a Joint or Juncture,
subclasses 536+ for a dynamic seal of fibrous composite construction
contained or compressed by a gland member in a packing box, subclass 937
for a seal made of a composite material including glass particles
or filament, or subclas 938 for a seal made of a composite material
including cartoon or graphite particle or filament. |
| 313, | Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices,
subclass 357 for an electrode in the form of a rod. |
| 385, | Optical Waveguides, appropriate subclasses for light transmitting rod, fiber,
or pipe, of the type provided for in that class. |
| 401, | Coating Implements With Material Supply, appropriate subclasses for a rod or strand which is adapted
to coat or leave a mark on a surface by virtue of its shape (e.g.,
point or taper, etc.), whether or not the rod or strand itself is
coated. For example, a pencil having a paper wrapping therearound
is in Class 401, whereas a similar rod or strand with a paper wrapping,
but with no coating implement feature would be proper for
subclass 377 below. |
| 431, | Combustion,
subclass 325 for a strand structure employed as a burner wick. |
| 474, | Endless Belt Power Transmission Systems or Components, particularly
subclasses 237+ for a friction drive belt which may be formed of
or include strand structure. |
| 606, | Surgery,
subclasses 228+ for filamentary material used as a suture or ligature.
See section VIA5 of this definition. |
|
| | |
| 365
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 364. Product which comprises textile*, cloth* or fabric*.
| | (1)
Note. The textile*, cloth of fabric may be in the
form of a tubular cover for a core or may itself be covered with another
material or may be the only element claimed, in which case it must
be structurally defined. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 222, | for a sheet* or web* of textile*, cloth* or
fabric* which is, or has a component* which is,
helically wound either around itself or another component*. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 442, | Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or
Cloth, etc.), for textile*, cloth*, or fabric* in
the form of a sheet* or web*. |
|
| | |
| 366
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 364. Product in which the rod, strand, filament or fiber comprises
the element boron in either the free or combined state.
| | (1)
Note. Excluded from this subclass is a rod, strand, filament
or fiber which is composed of steel or other alloy or an intermetallic
compound having boron as a constituent thereof; such products of sheet
or other alloy will be found in subsequent subclasses on other features
(see especially subclasses 379+). This subclass 366 is
intended to be the locus for the high modulus boron filament or fiber. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 423, | Chemistry of Inorganic Compounds,
subclasses 276+ for a process of making free boron or a compound
thereof or the product, per se, which does not claim structure enough
to be placed in this Class 428. |
|
| | |
| 367
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 364. Product in which carbon, as either the element or as a compound
thereof, comprises the rod, strand or fiber or filament or is present
as a covering on a rod, strand, fiber or filament of another material.
| | (1)
Note. Excluded from this subclass is a product in which the
carbon or its compound is a minor constituent of steel or other
alloy; fibers, filaments, etc., of steel or other alloy will be
found in other subclasses below on other features (see subclasses
379+). This subclass 367 is intended to be the locus for
the high modulus carbon fiber or filament. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 423, | Chemistry of Inorganic Compounds,
subclasses 414+ for a process for making free carbon or a compound thereof
or the product, per se, (e.g., rod, fiber, etc.) where no significant structure
is recited. |
|
| | |
| 368
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 367. Product in which the free carbon or the compound thereof
forms a covering for a rod, strand, filament or fiber. |
| | |
| 369
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 364. Product wherein the longitudinal axis of the rod, strand
or fiber, considered as a unit, follows a curvilinear or multi-directional
path.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 32, | for a 3 dimensional object part of which has a winding
or coil or braid of a strand, usually for decorative purposes, as
for example, on the hilt or scabbard of a sword. |
| 37, | for a product comprising a spirally flatwound strand
or strip, e.g., in the form of a braided rug. |
| 108, | for a product in which strands or strand-portions
in a plurality of layers* are angularly related to one another
and in which the longitudinal axis of the strands or strand-portions follows
a multi-directional or curvilinear path. |
| 222, | for a composite* web* or sheet* in which
one of the components* is helical. |
| 292.1+, | for a composite* web* or sheet* in which
one of the components* comprises structurally defined fibers which
may be nonlinear in extent (e.g., crimped or coiled). |
| 362, | for a fiber of staple length which is nonlinear
in extent. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 8, | Bleaching and Dyeing; Fluid Treatment and Chemical
Modification of Textiles and Fibers, appropriate subclasses, for a fiber or monofilament with
nonlinear shape wherein said shape is disclosed as resulting from one
or more of the bleaching, dyeing, fluid treatment or chemical modification
operations provided for in that class (8);
subclass 114.5 for a product with differential creping, and subclass 117
for a wool-like or crinkled article. |
| 140, | Wireworking, appropriate subclasses, for a methods or apparatus for
the working of wire products, especially
subclass 105 which is directed to the forming of crimps or kinks
in wire or wire fabrics. |
| 174, | Electricity: Conductors and Insulators,
subclass 69 for a conduit, cable or conductor which is nonlinear
to render the product extensible; and subclasses 108+ for
a conductive strand or other elongated conductive element applied
spirally about one or more insulated conductors. |
| 289, | Knots and Knot Tying,
subclass 1.2 for a strand(s) with a portion(s) thereof intertwined
and forming or cooperating to form a knot. |
| 313, | Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices,
subclass 341 for a filament with a nonlinear axis designed to
be heated by the flow of electric current, and especially indented
subclass 344 for a coiled filament. |
|
| | |
| 370
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 369. Product in which the filament of fiber is made up of at
least two different compositions of matter, (e.g., polyester-cotton,
cellulose-polyamide) (polyamides of different compositions, etc.). |
| | |
| 371
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 369. Product in which the curvilinear or multi-directional path
comprises a helix- i.e., made by a point rotating around an axis
while advancing along the axis.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 370, | for a product comprising a composite or bifilar
or collateral filament in the form of a spiral or helix or coil. |
|
| | |
| 372
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 364. Product having in addition particulate matter (e.g., chips,
powder, granules, small grains, etc.) which is defined in some structural
manner (e.g., shape, size, arrangement, etc.).
| | (1)
Note. See definition of subclass 357 for meaning and intent
of "structurally defined". |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 87, | for a pile or nap type product including particulate
matter which may be structurally defined. |
| 143+, | for a sheet* or web* which has
a continuous but nonuniform surface finish caused by particulate
matter which may be structurally defined. |
| 195+, | for a web* or sheet* which has
a discontinuous or differential coating, impregnation or bond and
which may contain particulate matter, and especially subclasses
206+ for a product as above and also having as part thereof particulate
matter which may be structurally defined. |
| 292.1+, | and 323+, for a composite* web* in which
one component* includes structurally defined fibers which
may be small enough to qualify for particles and structurally defined
particles, respectively. |
| 306+, | for a composite* web* or sheet* in which
a component* includes particles which may or may not contain adhesive. |
| 403+, | for coated particulate matter. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 106, | Compositions: Coating or Plastic, appropriate subclasses, especially
subclasses 400+ for composition of particles, grains, etc., as
provided for therein. |
| 132, | Toilet,
subclass 93 for a strand impregnated with an abrasive material (e.g.,
dental floss). |
| 139, | Textiles: Weaving,
subclass 425 for a woven fabric including metal particles in
the texture. |
| 174, | Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, appropriate subclasses for a conduit, cable or conductor
insulated with powdered or granular material. |
| 451, | Abrading,
subclasses 526+ for a strand including an abrasive material. |
|
| | |
| 373
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 364. Product comprising a plurality of fibers or filaments which
have been simultaneously formed by being forced through separate
openings in a die or spinneret, and in which (1) the individual fibers
or filaments are side-by-side with a connecting web therebetween
or (2) one fiber or filament is substantially enclosed in the other (sheath-core
type).
| | (1)
Note. The fibers are usually of different composition so
that on cooling or heating the crimp or nonlinearity may be controlled
due to the differing rates of expansion or contraction. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 370, | for a composite, bifilar, conjugate or collateral
fiber or filament whose longitudinal axis follows a curvilinear
or multidirectional path (e.g., helical, crimped, etc.). |
|
| | |
| 374
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 373. Product in which the axis of the fibers or filaments do
not coincide, i.e., one is laterally spaced from the other. |
| | |
| 375
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 364. Product in which the rod, strand, fiber or filament is (1)
partially or completely covered with a material or (2) is structurally
defined as set forth in the definition of subclass 357 and, in addition,
may also be partially or completely saturated or permeated with
a material or adhered to another material or strand, fiber or filament
or rod or contain a central portion.
| | (1)
Note. A patent directed to a product including a wrapped
constituent* will be placed in this subclass; however,
a patent directed to such product will be placed in subclasses 139+ of
Class 57, Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining, where it is
claimed that said constituent is wrapped progressively along the
length thereof (i.e., coiled). |
| | (2)
Note. A patent for a strand formed by a knitting or weaving
operation and coated, impregnated or covered after completion of
said operation will be placed in this subclass. |
| | (3)
Note. A patent directed to a strand including a twisted or
twined constituent and further including an encircling sheath formed
by an extrusion process will be placed in this subclass (375). |
| | (4)
Note. The term "sized" or "sizing" will be
construed as a coating and will be placed in this group of subclasses,
unless it is clear than only an impregnation is intended. |
| | (5)
Note. Attention is directed to section V of the class definition:
Guidelines for Placement of Patents Having no Significant Structure.
A patent having a claim to a coating material and also a claim
to a product of a rod, strand or fiber coated with this material
and in which the product claim includes details of the coating material,
is classified in the appropriate composition or compound class in
the absence of recited structure (e.g., dimension, shape, etc.).
Cross-referencing into this Class 428 of such patents from the appropriate
compound or composition class (e.g., Class 106, Class 260, etc.) has
been kept to a minimum. For a complete search, the other pertinent
class should be considered. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 98+, | and 221+, especially the subclasses so entitled
for a coated or impregnated web* or sheet* comprising
rods, strands or fibers or for coated rods, strands or fibers forming
elements* of a web or sheet. |
| 615+, | for corresponding metallic* stock-material*. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 8, | Bleaching and Dyeing; Fluid Treatment and Chemical
Modification of Textiles and Fibers, for a fiber product of a process provided for in that class
and especially
subclasses 114+ and 115.51+ for a product of the chemical
modification of a textile or organic fiber; subclass 115.6 for such product
which further includes a coating, size or lubricant, and subclasses 495+ for
a fiber dyed and impregnated. |
| 57, | Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining, 258+ especially
subclasses 258+ for a coated or impregnated rod or strand comprising
a twisted or twined constituent (as claimed) and including such
product regardless of whether the constituents thereof are coated
or impregnated before, during or after assembly thereof to form
the product. |
| 87, | Textiles: Braiding, Netting, and Lace Making,
subclass 1 for a strand product of that class, whether the
constituents thereof are coated or impregnated before, during or
after the braided strand with a core. Also See section VI A 1 a
(3) of this definition. |
| 132, | Toilet,
subclass 93 (dental floss), for strand structure impregnated
with an abrasive material(s). |
| 174, | Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, for a product which conducts electricity and is
coated or covered with a dielectric, where the product includes
(1) some structure of the conductor specifically designed to conduct
electricity or (2) some structure of the dielectric especially designed
to space conductor either from ground or from a device of different
electric potential. |
| 204, | Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy,
subclasses 450+ for electrophoretic or electro-osmotic processes.
Also, see section VI, B, of the class definition of Class 428. |
| 277, | Seal for a Joint or Juncture,
subclass 537 for a dynamic seal of composite construction, having
a distinct sheath or covering, contained or compressed by a gland
member in a packing box, or subclasses 652+ for a static
contact seal for other than internal combustion engine, or pipe,
conduit or cable having a distinct sheath or covering. |
| 313, | Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices,
subclass 345 for a coated filament or electrode; and subclasses 352+ for
a cored, coated or laminated composite electrode. |
|
| | |
| 376
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 375. Product having a central or inner portion which contains
one or more voids.
| | (1)
Note. The void or voids may be either coextensive or noncoextensive
with the longitudinal extent of the central portion. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 34.1+, | for a tube type or cylindrical article* open
at both ends, similar in form, but of substantially greater size
than the hollow products of this subclass 376. |
|
| | |
| 377
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 375. Product having (1) a central or inner portion which is wound
about itself or (2) a layer* or material wound or wrapped
about a central or inner portion, both (1) and (2) being in the form
of a spiral or helix.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 32, | for an article* having as an ornamental
portion thereof, a strand which is wound, woven or braided around
a part. |
| 37, | for a spirally flat-wound strand or strip (e.g.,
braided rug, etc.). |
| 222, | for a web* or sheet* including
a helical component*. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 57, | Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining,
subclasses 200+ for similar strand products in which there is a layer
of material wound or wrapped about a core portion but in which the core
or wrapping also is twisted or plied or doubled, as required by
the class definition thereof. |
| 242, | Winding, Tensioning, or Guiding,
subclasses 159+ for a storage package of material made particular
by the manner by which it is wound. |
|
| | |
| 378
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 375. Product comprising a plurality of rods, strands, fibers
or filaments, each of which is (1) permeated or saturated with,
(2) covered with or (3) bonded to, an extraneous material. |
| | |
| 379
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 375. Product in which either (1) the fiber, strand, filament
or rod or (2) a coating or impregnation or bond or core therefor,
comprises a free metal* or an alloy or a compound of a
metal.
| | (1)
Note. The metal compound may be organometallic. |
| | (2)
Note. See (4) Note of subclass 375 above for placement of
patents having no significant structure. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 621+, | for stock-material* having adjacent metal
components in addition to a nonmetal (including a metal compound)
component. |
|
| | |
| 380
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 379. Product in which the fiber, filament, rod or strand has
a least two distinct coating layers thereon.
| | (1)
Note. At least the substrate or one of the plural coating
layers must comprise a metal, alloy or a compound of the metal. | |
| | |
| 381
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 380. Product in which at least one of the coating layers comprises
free metal or an alloy. |
| | |
| 382
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 380. Product in which at least one of the coating layers contains
a latex* from a natural source. |
| | |
| 383
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 380. Product in which the plural coating layers comprise man
made resins* or polymers*, each of which differs
from at least one other in composition (e.g., polyester, polyamide,
polyolefin, etc.). |
| | |
| 384
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 380. Product in which at least one of the plural coating layers
comprises (1) a fused mixture of the silicates of the alkali and
alkaline earth or heavy metals, (2) fused or burned clay* or
(3) the compound formed by the union of oxygen and a metal.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 389, | and 390, for a rod, strand, fiber or filament with
a coating containing silicic material or a metallic oxide. |
|
| | |
| 385
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 379. Product in which the substrate is a free metal and the coating
therearound comprises a composition which affects the seam formed
when two pieces of metal are joined by heating or melting the substrate
and permitting it to flow into the joint between the metals (i.e.,
fusion welding).
| | (1)
Note. When welding is performed, the molten metal tends to
oxidize and therefore the seam or joint is weakened. The coating
composition around the weld rod metal tends to prevent this oxidation
by (1) generating a gaseous atmosphere around the fusion bond, (2)
producing a slag which will not oxidize, etc. It is in this manner
that the coating "affects" the weld to form a
better joint or seam. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 75, | Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclass 302 for a welding rod or electrode defined by composition
only and without significant structure. |
| 219, | Electric Heating,
subclasses 145.1+ and 146.1+ for similar welding rods defined
by structure and not merely as a coated rod or by the composition. |
|
| | |
| 386
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 385. Product in which the coating contains the element titanium
in either its free or combined state. |
| | |
| 387
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 385. Product in which the coating contains the element silicon
in either its free or combined state.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 390, | for a rod, strand fiber or filament having a coating
which does not modify a weld, but which may contain silicic material. |
|
| | |
| 388
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 379. Product comprising a substrate of the (1) fused mixture
of the silicates of the alkali and alkaline earth or heavy metals
(glass composition) or (2) free element silicon or its compounds, such
substrate being in the form of a fiber or filament, and a coating
of a free metal or alloy coating on the substrate.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 392, | for a fiber or filament of glass, which may be structurally
defined or which may have a coating thereon of other than free metal
or an alloy. |
|
| | |
| 389
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 379. Product comprising a fiber, rod, filament or strand of any
character having thereof a layer* of metal* or
a compound thereof.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 381, | and 384, for a rod, strand, fiber or filament having
plural coatings, at least one of which may include a metal or alloy
thereof, or metal oxide, respectively. |
|
| | |
| 390
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 379. Product comprising a rod, fiber, filament or strand and
a layer* thereof of natural latex* or synthetic
rubber*, free silicon or a compound thereof or the carbohydrate
known as cellulose (whether natural or modified).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 384, | for a rod, strand, fiber or filament having plural
coatings, at least one of which contains a silicic material (e.g., glass
or ceramic, etc.). |
| 387, | for a metal rod, strand, fiber or filament which
is coated with a weld modifying composition including a silicic
material. |
|
| | |
| 391
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 375. Product in which the coating comprises (1) a compound similar
to hydrocarbon in which tetravalent silicon replaces the carbon
atom as Si H4 monosilane or silicomethane,
(2) an elastomer in which the carbon linkages of a polymerized hydrocarbon
are replaced by Si-O linkages or (3) any of a class of compounds that
contain alternate silicon and oxygen atoms in either a linear structure
(as H3Si(O Si H2)nO Si
H3) or a cyclic structure as H2(Si
O)n and that may also contain methyl, phenyl
or other organic radicals in place of some or all of the hydrogen
atoms and are made by hydrolysis of chlorosilanes or alkoxy-silanes.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 405, | for particulate matter which is coated with silane,
silicone or siloxane. |
| 429, | for a silicone, silane or siloxane layer next to
quartz or glass. |
| 447, | for a layer of silicone, silane or siloxane next
to a layer of any other composition. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 442, | Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or
Cloth, etc.),
subclasses 81 and 99 for a fabric which has an organosilicon
coating or impregnation thereon. |
|
| | |
| 392
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 375. Product comprising a substrate of fiber or filament which
is coated or is structurally defined - which fiber or filament is
not a natural product, but is man made.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 388, | for a glass or silicic fiber or filament with a
coating of free metal thereon. |
| 415, | 417 and 426+, for a nonstructural laminated
product in which one layer is glass or quartz. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 442, | Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or
Cloth, etc.),
subclass 180 for a coated or impregnated glass fiber fabric. |
|
| | |
| 393
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 392. Product in which the synthetic fiber or filament comprises
cellulose (e.g., rayon, viscose, etc.). |
| | |
| 394
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 392. Product in which the synthetic fiber or filament comprises
a man-made resin or polymer.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 383, | for a rod, strand, fiber, filament or fiber containing
plural coatings, each being a different polymer or resin. |
| 405, | 412, 413+, 421+, 423+,
430+, 435, 436+, 441+, 447, 451, 458+,
460, 461, 473.5, 474.4+, 480+, 494+,
and 500+ for nonstructural laminated products, in which
one layer* comprises a synthetic resin or polymer. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 442, | Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or
Cloth, etc.),
subclasses 164+ for a coated or impregnated synthetic organic fiber
fabric (e.g., nylon, etc.). |
|
| | |
| 395
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 394. Product in which the resin or polymer comprises (1) a polymeric
compound containing amide groups through which the monomers are linearly
linked and includes the reaction products of polyamines and polybasic
acids or the polymer of amino acids (e.g., nylon, peptides and protein)
or (2) a polymeric compound containing ester groups through which
the monomers are linearly linked to one another.
| | (1)
Note. Urea-aldehyde is not considered to be a polyamide or
polyimide for purposes of classification in this schedule and will
be found in the subclass providing for condensation products of
aldehyde and ketone. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 327, | for a product comprising a composite web or sheet
including a second component which contains structurally defined
particles of polymetic or resinous material which may be polyamide
or polyester particles. |
| 430+, | 435, 458, 473.5, 474.4, and 480+, for a
nonstructural laminate in which one layer includes polyamide, polyimide or
polyester. |
|
| | |
| 396
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 375. Product in which the fiber, strand, rod or filament is either
partially or completely saturated with an extraneous material.
| | (1)
Note. Excluded from this subclass is a rod, strand, fiber
or filament which is merely impregnated with or has associated therein
or therewith a material without any specified indication as to the depth
of impregnation or other structure; such a combination is classified
on the basis of the composition e.g. for Classes 106, 520, etc. | |
| | |
| 397
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 364. Product claimed in terms of the particular shape of a section
transverse to the longitudinal axis thereof or wherein the particular
shape or arrangement of the constituent thereof is claimed and wherein
the transverse section is other than circular and of uniform diameter.
| | (1)
Note. See (1) Note under subclass 364 for placement of a
coated rod, strand, fiber, etc. |
| | (2)
Note. A rod, filament or fiber with surface deformities,
e.g., ridges, furrows, etc., is included under this definition and will
be found in subclass 400. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 373+, | for a conjugate or composite or collateral fiber
or filament of side-by-side or other nonuniformly circular configuration. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 8, | Bleaching and Dyeing; Fluid Treatment and Chemical
Modification of Textiles and Fibers, for the process provided for in that class for preparing a
fiber or monofilament of particular cross section;
subclass 112 for the process of treating a strand or fiber to improve
its felting properties; subclasses 114+ for a process of
treating a rod or strand to produce an ornamental effect (e.g.,
creping, etc.); subclasses 115.51+ for the process of chemically
modifying a fiber and the corresponding product and subclass 130.1
for the process of swelling or plasticizing a synthetic strand or
fiber and the corresponding product. |
| 106, | Compositions: Coating or Plastic, appropriate subclasses for a structurally defined
rod or fiber product provided for in that class (106). |
| 174, | Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, for a conduit, cable or conductor of noncircular
cross-section. |
| 474, | Endless Belt Power Transmission Systems or Components, particularly
subclasses 237+ for a friction drive belt which may be in the form
of a strand having a particular cross section. |
|
| | |
| 398
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 397. Product containing one or more voids which are either coextensive
or noncoextensive with the longitudinal extent of the product.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 34.1+, | for a similar, hollow rod or strand which however
is of much larger size usually and is disclosed as being used to
conduct a fluid. |
| 376, | for a rod, strand, fiber or filament (1) coated,
(2) impregnated or (3) with core wherein the constituents of the product
form one or more tubular passageways lengthwise therein. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 57, | Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining, appropriate subclasses for a tubular rod or strand
wherein at least one constituent thereof is either twisted or wound,
as claimed. |
| 87, | Textiles: Braiding, Netting, and Lace Making,
subclass 9 for a tubular braided strand. |
| 138, | Pipes and Tubular Conduits, for a tubular product which has claimed structure
relating the product to its use as a conduit; e.g., specific inner
and outer wall composition, (particular seams, etc.). In the absence
of claimed limitations as to wall structure, such a tubular stock
material is classified in Class 428. |
| 139, | Textiles: Weaving,
subclasses 387+ for a woven tubular strand or fabric. |
| 313, | Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices,
subclass 356 , for a tubular or hollow sleeve type electrode. |
|
| | |
| 399
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 397. Product wherein the cross section of a rod, strand or fiber
changes along the length thereof either dimensionally or in shape.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 411, | Expanded, Threaded, Driven, Headed, Tool-Deformed,
or Locked-Threaded Fastener,
subclasses 442+ for a string of connected impact driven fasteners (e.g.,
nails, staples, etc.). |
|
| | |
| 400
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 397. Product wherein an exposed face thereof or region immediately
adjacent said face, has a particular claimed physical property or
structure.
| | (1)
Note. A product including grooves extending longitudinally
thereof is included in this subclass. |
| | (2)
Note. Included under this definition is a variation in the
composition in the surface region of the product. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 141+, | for a web* or sheet* having small indentations
or crevices in a surface thereof. |
| 372, | for a rod, strand or fiber having structurally defined
particulate matter. |
| 409+, | for a web, sheet or block having a particular surface
property or characteristic. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 106, | Compositions: Coating or Plastic, appropriate subclasses for a delustered product
provided for in that class (106). |
|
| | |
| 401
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 364. Product, which is claimed to be of specified size in at
least one direction or whose constituents are of specified size
(absolute or relative).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 220, | for a web* or sheet* whose overall physical
dimension is recited. |
| 332+, | for a composite* web or sheet* wherein
the physical dimension of a component* or constituent* is claimed. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 106, | Compositions: Coating or Plastic, appropriate subclasses for a dimensioned rod or
fiber product provided for in that class (106). |
|
| | |
| 402
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 357. Product comprising structurally defined or coated small
grains or bits of matter.
| | (1)
Note. A patent reciting a coated or encapsulated material
with claimed utility (ies) or solely disclosed utility is classified
with the composition classes. A similar patent with (a) multiply
disclosed utilities or (b) undisclosed utility is classified in
this Class 428, subclasses 402.2+. However, in the latter
two cases (a) and (b) above, when the coating or encapsulating material
stabilizes a compound against physical or chemical degradation,
classification is appropriate for and subject to the limitations
set forth in one of the compound (element) classes. The order of
superiority of the composition classes are listed below under SEARCH
CLASS. Those classes with an asterisk after the description are
not composition classes but deemed appropriate for further search. |
| | (2)
Note. The recitation of any term, e.g., encapsulation, microencapsulation, sphere,
microsphere, capsule, microcapsule, etc. which describes or gives
evidence for a microencapsulated product is adequate for placement
herein. Lacking such description or evidence the particle will
be considered a "coated" particle and therefore
appropriate in this class, subclass 403. For example, a patent reciting
the encapsulated product of eugenol with dextrinized corn starch
is sufficient for placement in this subclass. However, a "clathrate" of
the some product would be classified in Class 536, subclass 103.
(See (3) Note, below on clathrates and intercalates). |
| | (3)
Note. Clathrates and intercalates (inclusion compounds), per
se, are classified hierarchically and subject to the limitations
set forth in the compound (element) classes based both on the encapsulant
and encapsulate. See the section, LINES WITH OTHER CLASSES, subsection
D. CLATHRATES AND INTERCALATES, for examples. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 504, | Plant Protecting and Regulating Compositions, (see
subclass 100 for seeds coated with agricultural chemicals other
than fertilizers.) |
| 424, | Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating Composition,
subclasses 16+ for coated, impregnated or layered feature. |
| 426, | Food or Edible Material: Processes, Compositions,
and Products,
subclasses 89+ . |
| 71, | Chemistry: Fertilizers, (see
subclass 64.11 for slow release forms.) |
| 149, | Explosive and Thermic Compositions or Charges,
subclasses 3+ for a coated component. |
| 430, | Radiation Imagery Chemistry: Process, Composition,
or Product Thereof,
subclass 138 for a microcapsule. |
| 252, | Compositions,
subclasses 9+ . |
| 44, | Fuel and Related Compositions, see, for example,
subclass 6 , coated or impregnated material. |
| 148, | Metal Treatment,
subclasses 22+ for composition and 31.5 for a coated stock-material. |
| 252, | Compositions, (special uses or functions) to
subclass 194 . |
| 502, | Catalys, Solid Sorbent, or Support Therefor: Product
or Process of Making,
subclasses 60+ and 527.11-527.24. |
| 252, | Compositions, (special uses or functions),
subclass 478 and those following, except subclasses 302+,
363.5, 372+, and 378. |
| 8, | Bleaching and Dyeing; Fluid Treatment and Chemical
Modification or Textiles and Fibers,
subclass 526 for a dye in specified form other than mere powder. |
| 429, | Chemistry: Electrical Current Producing Apparatus,
Product, and Process, for pertinent subclass(es) as determined by schedule
review. |
| 204, | Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy, for pertinent subclass(es) as determined by schedule
review. |
| 106, | Compositions: Coating or Plastic, for a filler or pigment for a coating composition which
may include size or structure of the constituent particles or fibers
which recitation does not serve to exclude from Class 106. See especially
subclasses 31.14 (invisible inks), 36, 84, 97+, 103, 108,
117, 235, 241, 251, 253+, 266, 272, 275, 276, 280, 281+,
288+, and 308 (coated material) in Class 106. See also
Relation to Material or Composition Classes, above in definition. |
| 501, | Compositions: Ceramic, for pertinent subclass(es) as determined by schedule
review. |
| 51, | Abrasive Tool Making Process, Material, or Composition, e.g.,
subclass 295 for impregnating or coating an abrasive tool. |
| 75, | Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures, (Alloys). |
| 420, | Alloys or Metallic Compositions, for pertinent subclass(es) as determined by schedule
review. |
| 75, | Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures, (rest of class). |
| 520, | Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers, see, for example, Class 523,
subclass 161 , invisible ink composition and 200+ for
a composition containing product in the form of surface-coated, impregnated,
encapsulated or surface-modified materials. |
| 260, | Chemistry of Carbon Compounds,
subclasses 709+ . |
| 208, | Mineral Oils: Processes and Products, for pertinent subclass(es) as determined by schedule
review. |
| 252, | Composition, (nonspecial uses or functions i.e.,
subclasses 302+ , 363.5, 372+, and 378). |
| 585, | Chemistry of Hydrocarbon Compounds, (mixture subclasses). |
| 118, | Coating Apparatus,
subclass 303 for apparatus for spray coating particulate material.* |
| 264, | Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes,
subclasses 4+ for processes or encapsulating liquid core materials.* |
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclasses 213.3+ for processes of encapsulation solid core materials.* |
|
| | |
| 402.2 | Microcapsule with fluid core (includes liposome): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 402. Subject matter wherein the microcapsule is comprised of
a Fluid core (at ambient temperatures) encapsulated by a solid wall
or shell.
| | (1)
Note. Liposomes are formed of mesomorphic walls (i.e., a
state of matter intermediate between crystalline solid and normal
isotropic liquid) and are classified here based on their solid characteristics. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 264, | Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes,
subclasses 4.1+ , for the process of encapsulating a liquid. |
| 521, | Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers, in particular
subclass 76 , preparing a cellular product or precursor thereof utilizing
a stated ingredient which is a solid particle containing a fluid
encapsulated therein. See also (4) Note under subclass 50 in conjunction
with this. |
|
| | |
| 402.21 | Solid-walled microcapsule from synthetic polymer: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 402.2. Subject matter wherein the microcapsule wall contains at
least one synthetic polymer (see Class 520, subclass 1 for a definition
to synthetic polymer).
| | (1)
Note. The chemical modification of a natural product does
not constitute a synthetic resin, e.g., the reaction of cellulose with
toluene diisocyanate, etc. However, the addition of certain specified
reactants, e.g., a polyol to the cellulose and a diisocyanate would
constitute a synthetic resin. See Class 527, subclass 100 for a definitive
explanation. | |
| | |
| 402.22 | Addition polymer from unsaturated monomers only: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 402.21. Subject matter wherein the synthetic polymer is derived
only from ethylenically unsaturated reactants.
| | (1)
Note. The term "ethylenically unsaturated" includes
acethlenic-type compounds but excludes homocyclic aromatic compounds,
i.e., benzene-type compounds. Compounds, such as pyridine, diazine,
pyrrole would be ethyienically unsaturated. | |
| | |
| 402.24 | Microcapsule with solid core (includes liposome): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 402. Subject matter wherein the microcapsule contains solid core,
e.g., a microcapsular opacifier containing titanium dioxide encapsulated
with urea-formaldehyde polymer shell, etc.
| | (1)
Note. Liposomes are formed of mesomorphic walls (i.e., a
state of matter intermediate between crystalline solid and normal
isotropic liquid) and are classified here based on their solid characteristics. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclasses 213.3+ for solid encapsulation, e.g., microencapsulating
a solid with a microcapsule wall derived from a synthetic polymer,
etc. However, if the core material is disclosed to be an expanding
(blowing) agent see Class 521, subclass 50, (4) Note for limitations
to those subclasses. |
|
| | |
| 403
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 402. Product comprising small pieces of matter, granules, grains
or the like with a coating thereon.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 75, | Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclasses 255+ for a loose composition containing metal particles. |
| 106, | Compositions: Coating or Plastic, appropriate subclasses, especially
subclasses 400+ for a compositions including coated particulate
matter provided for in that class. |
|
| | |
| 404
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 403. Product in which the particulate matter comprises (1) silicon
or (2) a material containing a metal* from Group IV B,
V B or VI B of the periodic system, known as refractory metals and
consisting of Ti, Zi, Hf, V, Nb, Ta, Cr, Mo and W.
| | (1)
Note. The silicon or the refractory metal* can be
present as either the free element or as a compound containing the element. |
| | (2)
Note. The silicic or refractory material can be present as
either the base* (substrate*) or the coating. | |
| | |
| 405
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 404. Product in which the coating comprises (1) a compound similar
to hydrocarbons in which the tetravalent silicon replaces the carbon atom,
as Si H4- monosilane or silicomethane, (2) an elastomeric in which
the carbon linkages of a polymerized hydrocarbon are replaced by Si-O
linkages or (3) any of a class of compounds that contain alternate
silicon and oxygen atoms in either a linear structure (such as H3 Si
(O Si H2) O Si H 3) or
a cyclic structure as H2(Si O)n and
that may also contain methyl, phenyl or other organic radicals,
in places of some or all of the hydrogen atoms and are made by hydrolysis
of chlorosilanes or alkoxy-silanes.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 391, | for a rod, strand, fiber or filament which is coated
with a silane, siloxane or silicone. |
| 429, | for a laminated structure comprising a layer of
glass* or quartz* next to silane, siloxane or
silicone. |
| 447, | for a laminated product including a layer of silane,
siloxane, or silicone. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 442, | Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or
Cloth, etc.),
subclasses 81 and 99 for a fabric which has organosilicon coating
or impregnation thereon. |
|
| | |
| 406
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 404. Product in which the particulate matter comprises pieces
of the fused mixture commonly known as glass* and as defined
in subclass 426.
| | (1)
Note. The glass* particles or spheres may have been
enlarged or foamed or may contain channels or voids. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 312, | for a composite product in which one component is
either porous or cellular and may comprise glass* foam. |
| 404, | for particulate matter in which glass* is
present as the coating thereon. |
|
| | |
| 407
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 403. Product in which the particulate matter comprises a man-made
resin or polymer, either as the substrate* or as the coating.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 394+, | for a rod, strand, fiber or filament make of a synthetic
resin or polymer and having a coating thereon. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 442, | Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or
Cloth, etc.),
subclasses 164+ for a coated or impregnated synthetic organic fiber
fabric (e.g., nylon, etc.). |
|
| | |
| 408
|
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product which comprises a web*, sheet* or
shape retaining body of free carbon in any of its allotropic forms
and which is saturated, permeated or covered with extraneous material.
| | (1)
Note. Typical of the products found herein is a carbon brush
for an electric motor or a carbon rod for an arc lamp, which rod
may be permeated or impregnated with an extraneous material and not
structurally defined as set forth in the definition of subclass
357. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 367+, | for a structurally defined or coated fiber, rod,
strand, filament of carbon. |
|
| | |
| 409
|
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product comprising a web*, sheet* or block* in
which an exposed area of the product or the region immediately adjacent
thereto has a particular claimed physical property or structure.
| | (1)
Note. The surface characteristic must not be that of a web,
sheet or component* of different composition applied as a
layer* or coating or laminate; the characteristic must
be due to treatment of the surface of a material of generally the same
composition throughout so that if the superficial outermost area
is removed, the result is a product of the same composition, but
of different surface characteristic. |
| | (2)
Note. Treatment of the surface by a chemical (e.g., etching,
etc.) or by wave or other form of energy which yields the desired
characteristic is placed in this or the indented subclass; however
treatment by a coating which reacts with and forms a layer of totally
different composition is excluded and will be found below on other
features, such as composition of the layers, (see especially subclass
420). |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 40+, | for a product comprising a plurality of separable
parts, at least one of which must be removed to expose an adhesive
coating. |
| 141+, | for a web or sheet which has a continuous but nonuniform
or irregular finish which may be a coating and need not be on the
outermost surface. The main difference between subclasses 141 and
409+ is that in the latter, the surface characteristic
is that obtained by treating or modifying the surface without adding
a layer. The superficial surface must have the same composition
as the remainder of the sheet; in the former the finish may be due
to a coating. In subclasses 141+ the surface must be textured
or irregular; in subclasses 409+ the surface can be smooth
but must have some characteristic not present in the remainder,
e.g., smoothness, hardness, temper, etc. |
|
| | |
| 410
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 409. Product comprising the composition commonly known as glass* in
which the surface has been treated and so altered to yield a physical
proper different from the portion adjacent thereto.
| | (1)
Note. Examples of surface modifications are: tempering or
strengthening, crystallizing, etc. | |
| | |
| 411.1
|
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Stock material comprising plural layers* or surfaces,
adhered or cohered to each other, identified by the composition
of the layers*, and not elsewhere provided for.
| | (1)
Note. Each and every layer disclosed, whether considered
in the document as a base* layer* or an adhesive
layer, is construed to be a separate layer for purposes of placement
in this or indented subclasses. No distinction is made in consideration
of whether a layer is an adhesive, prime coat, thin film or base*; each
is considered to be an individual layer. For a detailed explanation
of the principles used as the basis of classification of the group,
i.e., the "layer-pair" concept see section IV
of this definition of this class (428). |
| | (2)
Note. A claimed pair of layers is read in the light of the
disclosure. A patent claiming merely metal* adhered to glass*,
and disclosing that the metal* and glass* are
actually bonded by an epoxy* resin, is placed on the basis
of the two pairs, glass* -epoxy* and metal* -epoxy*.
Thus, the "original" copy of this patent is
placed in subclass 415 and a copy is cross-referenced in subclass 416. |
| | (3)
Note. In each of the indented subclasses, the layer is identified
by an ingredient, sole or otherwise; i.e., such layer includes,
but need not be solely composed of, the material by which the layer is
identified. |
| | (4)
Note. A disclosure of a layer* which is comprised
of copolymerized material is placed in the first appearing subclass
in the schedule which provides for the polymer, e.g., a patent claiming
a laminate of a copolymer of styrene (addition polymer from unsaturated
monomers*) and alkyd* (polyester*) is
placed under polyester*. A patent to a laminate including
a layer containing mixtures is placed as an original on the basis
of the ingredient provided for in the first appearing subclass and
cross-referenced in all other subclasses which provide for the other
ingredients. |
| | (5)
Note. In this group of subclasses, the "original" copy
of a patent claiming several pairs will be placed in the first appearing
subclass providing for a claimed pair and other copies cross-referenced
to all other subclasses providing for other claimed pairs. In the
case of disclosed but not claimed pairs, only those disclosures
which add to the broad general concept of a particular subclass will
be cross-referenced to that subclass. As an example of this discretionary
use of cross-references, a disclosure of phenol-formaldehyde* next
to paper* (admittedly old) would not be cross-referenced
in subclass 531, but a disclosure of a resin comprising 83% phenol-formaldehyde
and 17% cresol-formaldehyde next to paper would be cross-referenced in
subclass 531 (provided it was not known that a disclosure of the
specific layer* pair already existed therein). |
| |
Briefly, the basic principles which determine placement of
the original copy of a patent in this or an indented subclass are:
(1) only claimed subject matter is relied upon when comparing coordinate "first-line
indent" subclasses (e.g., subclasses 98 and 411) of this
class; (2) such original copy will be placed in the first-occurring "first-line
indent" subclass which provides for the claimed subject
matter; however, where such "first-line indent" subclass
has a further indented subclass which specifically provides for
more specific claimed subject matter, the original copy will be
placed in the further indented subclass; (3) an original copy containing,
for example, two claims where one such claim is provided for in
a subclass which is indented under a superior subclass which provides
for the other claim, will be placed in such superior and generic
subclass (since it is first occurring) and crossed into the indented subclass;
(4) as between coordinate subclasses (e.g., subclasses 435 and 436) which
are indented under the same "first-line indent" subclass,
the original copy of a patent will be placed in the first-occurring
of the coordinate subclasses which provides for the claimed subject
matter. Once placement of the original copy of a patent has been
determined, a cross-reference copy of the patent is mandatory in
every subclass in this group (411+) (or in any other class) which
provides for other separately claimed subject matter. Cross-reference copies
may be placed in any subclass where the disclosed subject matter
is considered to render the patent a useful reference, for example
in subclasses superior to subclass 411 in this class. |
| | (6)
Note. To be considered a "laminate" for inclusion
in this class at least two layers of surfaces must be indicated
by name or composition. The laminate may include surfaces which
are bonded solely by molecular attraction as e.g., vinylidene chloride
to another material or to a second layer of vinylidene chloride,
provided an interface can be detected. Where a particular "layer" of
the composite is identified in the claims in only functional terms,
e.g., only as a "substrate", the patent is classified
as an original in the first appearing subclass provided for a material
named in the claims, and may be cross-referenced to those subclasses
providing for materials only disclosed and not claimed; see the rule
of thumb elaborated on in (5) Note. above. |
| | (7)
Note. Exceptions to the general scheme of the nonstructural
schedule are: (a) urea-aldehyde is not classified with polyamide* but
with aldehyde or ketone condensation product*. See notes
to subclasses 474+ and 524. (b) a patent directed to a
laminate of pyroxylin* (which usually is plasticized with
camphor and/or castor oil) is placed as a cellulosic* or
broadly carbohydrate* layer rather than natural oil or
natural gum*. See notes to subclasses 497 and 532. (c) an
acetal of polyvinyl alcohol is both an addition polymer from unsaturated monomers* and
an aldehyde condensation product* and consequently is classified
in the subclass which appears first in the schedule. A patent to
a laminate including a layer of an acetal of polyvinyl alcohol will
be placed in the appropriate first appearing subclass directed to an
addition polymer from unsaturated monomers* or to an aldehyde
or ketone condensation* product as explained in (4) Note
above. |
| | (8)
Note. All layers or surfaces as claimed in the patents of
these subclasses (411+), are coextensive. If a layer is
claimed in terms of sized relative to another layer, such limitation
is regarded as structural, so that the patent will be placed in
the appropriate subclass above; (see especially subclasses 44+,
77+, 189+, 195+, and 212+). |
| | (9)
Note. In the subclasses directed to papers, indented under
this subclass (411 nonstructural laminates), the product is a laminate
which incorporates as the paper* layer a finished paper* product.
For purposes of placement in the indented subclasses, the term
paper*, standing alone and without further elaboration,
in a patent will be construed to mean a self-sustaining layer of
cellulosic* fibers*, as exemplified by paper,
per se, cardboard, pasteboard or water laid wood pulp. This class
(428) has the same residual relation to Class 162, Paper Making
and Fiber Liberation, as it has to other stock material classes.
Thus, a patent to a paper-including laminate, produced by a process
provided for in Class 162, will be placed in that class. |
| | (10)
Note. A patent to a web, sheet or single-layer product, of
material described in nonstructural terms, is placed in the appropriate
material or composition class. This rule holds even where a single
layer of one material is completely impregnated with a second material,with only
a few exceptions. (See subclasses 539.5, 540 and 541 of this class
428). Relative thereto, alloys and other compositions of free metal
are found in Classes 75 and 420; Inorganic chemical compounds and
nonmetal elements such as carbon fabric are found in Class 423; hydrocarbon
products are found in Class 585; Synthetic Resins are found in Classes
520-529; other organic (carbon) compounds are found in Class 260
and its daughter Classes 530-570; other coating and plasted compositions
are in Classes 106 and 501; medicinal or biocidal or hair or skin
treating compostions are found in Class 424; compositions of general
use are found in Class 252. The superiority of these and other
material or composition classes is set forth in (2) Note under the
class definition of Class 106. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 77+, | 189+, 195+, and 614, for a laminate comprising
layers that are not coextensive and see (8) Note above. |
| 85+, | for a laminate including a layer a layer or component* which
has a pile or nap or flock surface. |
| 98+, | for a laminate stock material that is claimed in
terms of its structure. |
| 221+, | for a laminate stock material that is claimed in
terms of the structure of one of its components* or textile*. |
| 304.4+, | for a composite having a porous layer. |
| 615+, | for a composite having two or more adjacent layers
of free metal. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 33, | Geometrical Instruments,
subclass 567 for plural layer product disclosed solely for use
as a gauge block*. |
| 106, | Compositions: Coating or Plastic, appropriate subclasses for a coating composition. |
| 156, | Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture,
subclasses 325+ for the use of a particular adhesive in laminating
process. |
| 162, | Paper Making and Fiber Liberation, especially
subclasses 100+ for a laminate including paper*, which
laminate is produced by a process provided for in that class (162);
and see Search Class note under IV in the class definition of this
class (161) and (9) Note above. |
| 252, | Compositions, appropriate subclasses, for a single layer or mass of a composition
of general use; and especially
subclasses 9+ for a lubricant; subclass 62 for an insulating
composition; subclass 62.3 for a barrier layer composition; subclass
478 for an X-ray shield composition; and subclasses 301.2+ for
a fluorescent or phosphorescent composition; and see (12) Note above. |
| 403, | Joints and Connections, appropriate subclasses for a connection or seal between
two members at substantially a single locus, where the structure
or shape (e.g., ring, flange, angular) relation of at least one
of the members is specifically recited. |
| 427, | Coating Processes, appropriate subclasses for the method of coating
a base* with a nonpreformed layer. |
| 442, | Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or
Cloth, etc.), appropriate subclasses for a laminate including
a fabric layer. |
| 520, | Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers, for a resin or natural rubber adhesive or composition
containing same used as an adhesive in a laminate, and see the (11)
Note, above. |
|
| | |
| 412
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which at least one layer contains linearly recurring
diester linkages of carbonic acid and a polyhydric alcohol.
| | (1)
Note. The linearly recurring ester linkages of carbonic acid
require that at least a single carbonyl oiety (C=O) be
linked to two different oxygen atoms, each of which is further linked
to carbon atoms. The term "diester" used here,
does not include the reaction product of two carbamic acid molecules
with a glycol (i.e., the term does not include polyurethane*).
The reaction product of carbamic acid and a glycol is considered
a poly (amido ester*) and a patent claiming a laminate
comprising such a product will be placed in subclass 190 below. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 423+, | for a laminate comprising a layer including poly
(amido ester*) e.g., esters of carbamic acid; and see (1) Note
above. |
|
| | |
| 413
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which one layer contains a resin produced by
polymerization of an epoxide (e.g., vic-alkylene oxide or epichlorohydrin) with
a dihydric compound.
| | (1)
Note. Epoxy resins are usually thermosetting characterized
by good adhesiveness, resistance to chemicals and are generally
made from a diphenol, as bis phenol A. |
| | (2)
Note. A patent in which a layer of a laminate is disclosed
as an "epoxy", epoxy resins, or the glycidyl ether
of bis phenol A will be placed in this or an indented subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 156, | Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture,
subclasses 60+ , for a process of laminating using an epoxy resin
as adhesive; and especially subclass 330. |
| 520, | Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers, appropriate subclasses for an epoxy resin or natural
rubber, per se, or for an epoxy resin containing composition. |
|
| | |
| 414
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 413. Product comprising at least three layers, the epoxy ether
resin layer lying between the other two. |
| | |
| 415
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 414. Product in which one of the other two layers contains glass* or
quartz*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 426, | for definition of glass or quartz. |
|
| | |
| 416
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 414. Product in which one of the other two layers contains free
metal*. |
| | |
| 417
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 413. Product in which the layer, contiguous with the epoxy ether
layer, contains quartz* or glass* (both defined
in subclass 426). |
| | |
| 418
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 413. Product in which the layer, contiguous with the epoxy ether
layer, contains metal*. |
| | |
| 419
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which one layer comprises a compound which contains
a plurality of C-S-C linkages in the molecular chain.
| | (1)
Note. A layer containing polysulfide synthetic rubber (e.g.,
the reaction product of dihaloalkylene and alkali polysulfides)
is considered a polythioether and a patent claiming a laminate of
such a layer will be placed in this subclass. | |
| | |
| 420
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product comprising three layers in which the inner layer
is disclosed as the inter-reaction product of the other layers.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 148, | Metal Treatment,
subclasses 240+ for processes of reactive coating of a metal substrate
wherein an external agent combines with a component in the metal
substrate to form a coating thereon containing a component of the metal
substrate. |
|
| | |
| 421
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which a layer includes an (addition polymer from
unsaturated monomers*) which contains fluorine.
| | (1)
Note. The fluorinated addition polymer is usually obtained
from fluoro-alkenes and fluoro-halo alkenes e.g., difluoro-chloro-ethylene. |
| | (2)
Note. Patents claiming a laminate containing a layer of a
halogenated addition polymer from unsaturated monomers, where no
fluorine is present, will be placed in the appropriate subclasses directed
to addition polymer from unsaturated monomers. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 442, | 463 and 514, e.g., and other appropriate subclasses
below for a laminate containing a layer of a halogenated addition
polymer from unsaturated monomers, where no fluorine is present. |
|
| | |
| 422
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 421. Product in which the unsaturated monomers are completely
saturated with halogen.
| | (1)
Note. Two or more halogens may be present in the polymer,
at least one of which must be fluorine.Thus, examples of polymers
found in this subclass are: tetrafluorethylene, trichlorofluorethylene,
etc. | |
| | |
| 422.8 | Of polyisocyanurate: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which one layer contains a polymer derived from
an isocyanurate, that is, a cyclic trimmer of an isocyanate having
the generalized formula
| | (1)
Note. If the connecting chain between the isocyanurate rings
also contains ester linkages, the patent should be cross-referenced
to subclasses 423.1+. | |
| | |
| 423.1 | Of polyamidoester (polyurethane, polyisocyanate, polycarbamate,
etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which one layer contains a polymer characterized
by both amide and ester linkages in the polymer chain in any combination
or ration.
| | (1)
Note. A patent claiming a laminate including a layer containing
polyurethane, or the polymerized reaction product of isocyanates
and alcohols, will be placed in this subclass or its indents. |
| | (2)
Note. Polyamidoester includes Polyimidoester. |
| | (3)
Note. The term polyisocyanate is sometimes used to designate
polyurethanes and it is not always clear what is intended by the
term in some patents. The use of any of the following terms: polyisocyanate,
polyurethane, urethane resin, polycarbamate or the disclosure of the
reaction products of disocyanate with any glycols, diamines, amino
alcohols, amides, or esters will be deemed a sufficient disclosure
of polyamidoester or polyisocyanate to meet the definition of this
subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 71, | 158+ and 310+, for other products containing
a foamed material as a component thereof, especially urethane. |
| 474.4+, | for a product having a layer of polymer comprised
solely of amide linkages in the polymer chain, including a polyamide
with ester linkages in a side chain. |
| 480+, | for a product having a layer of polymer comprised
solely of ester linkages in the polymer chain, including a polyester
having amide linkages in a side chain. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 442, | Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or
Cloth, etc.),
subclasses 59+ for a coated or impregnated fabric which may include
a polyamidoester coating. |
|
| | |
| 425.9 | Particulate metal or metal compound-containing: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 423.1. Product wherein the polyamidoester layer contains a particulate
metal or a metal compound, e.g., metal oxide, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 900, | for a collection of patents directed to stock materials
having a magnetic feature. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 252, | Compositions,
subclasses 62.51+ for a magnetic composition and nonstructured products,
e.g., "a tape," etc., having a magnetic coating
on an unnamed substrate. |
|
| | |
| 426
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which at least one layer contains fused silica
(i.e., quartz), or a mixture of (1) fused silica, and (2) alkali
and alkaline silicates, commonly known as glass.
| | (1)
Note. The glass may be in the form of fibers or as a fiber
glass mat. |
| | (2)
Note. Such materials as waterglass, isinglass and plexiglass
are not considered as glass. |
| | (3)
Note. Vitreous enamel or vitreous ceramic, per se, is considered
to be glass. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 38, | for stained glass elements in an aperture or frame. |
| 49, | for a unilayer of plural glass sections extending
in both lateral and longitudinal directions. |
| 174+, | for corrugated fiber glass web or sheet. |
| 312, | 317, 325, 392, 406+, 415, and 417, as appropriately
entitled, for other products containing glass, in the form of particles,
a layer, foam, or fibers. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 65, | Glass Manufacturing, appropriate subclasses, for glass making. |
| 403, | Joints and Connections, appropriate subclasses, for a connection or seal between
two members at substantially a single locus where the structure
or shape (e.g., ring, flange, angular relationship, etc.) of at
least one of the members is specifically recited, and one of the
members is glass or quartz. |
| 442, | Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or
Cloth, etc.), appropriate subclasses for a glass fiber fabric in a laminate
and
subclass 180 for a coated or impregnated glass fiber fabric. |
| 501, | Compositions: Ceramic,
subclasses 11+ for glass compositions capable of forming lamina. |
|
| | |
| 427
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 426. Product in which a second layer contiguous with the quartz
or glass layer contains boron in either its free or chemically combined
state.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 366, | for a rod*, strand* filament* or
fiber* including boron or a compound thereof either as
a coating or as the fiber*. |
| 902, | for a cross-reference art collection of high modulus
filaments* or fibers* which may be of or include
boron. |
|
| | |
| 428
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 426. Product in which a second layer contiguous with quartz or
glass contains the element silicon in either the free or chemically
combined state.
| | (1)
Note. A patent claiming a second glass layers in which there
is a difference in the glasses (e.g., composition or physical properties)
such as to indicate two different glass layers, will be placed
in this subclass. | |
| | |
| 429
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 428. Product in which the second layer comprises (1) a compound
similar to a hydrocarbon in which the tetravalent silicon replaces
the carbon atom, as SiH4n monosilane or silicomethane,
(2) an elastomeric in which the carbon linkages of a polymerized
hydrocarbon are replaced by Si-O linkages or (3) any of a class
of compounds that contain alternate silicon and oxygen atoms in
either a linear structure (such as H3Si (O
Si H2)n O Si H3) or a cyclic
structure as H2(Si O)n and that may also contain
methyl, phenyl or other organic radicals in place of some or all
of the hydrogen atoms and are made by hydrolyses of chlorosilanes
or alkoxy-silanes. |
| | |
| 430
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 426. Product in which a layer contiguous with quartz or glass
contains polyester*. |
| | |
| 431
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 430. Product in which some of the acid and/or the alcohol
moieties, from which the polyester is derived are at least trifunctional,
permitting a cross-linking of the linear polyester chain.
| | (1)
Note. A patent claiming a laminate including a polyester
layer derived from an acid(s), which is at least tri-basic, or from
an alcohol(s), which is at least tri-hydric or in which either the
poly basic acid or polyhdric alcohol is unsaturated, will be placed
in this subclass. | |
| | |
| 432
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 426. Product in which a layer adjacent the glass or quartz contains
a metal* either in the free or combined state. |
| | |
| 433
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 432. Product in which the metal* is in the free or elemental
state or in the form of an alloy*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 630+, | for a glass laminate which includes a pair of adjacent
metal layers. |
|
| | |
| 434
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 433. Product in which the metal* comprises silver, gold,
platinum, pallodium, mercury, iridium, rhodrium, ruthernium or osmium,
that is, those metals* which are not easily oxidizable
and are recognized as the "noble" metals*. |
| | |
| 435
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 426. Product in which the layer adjacent the quartz or glass
contains a polyamide* or polyimide*.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass provides for placement of patents claiming
glass glued to other surfaces or adhered directly to nylon* or
protein*, e.g., a gelatin* layer. |
| | (2)
Note. Urea-aldehyde is not considered polyamide for purposes
of classification is this schedule and patents claiming glass-to-urea-aldehyde
laminates are placed in subclass 436. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 436, | for quartz or glass next to a layer containing a
urea-aldehyde condensation* product; and see (2) Note above. |
|
| | |
| 436
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 426. Product in which a layer Next to the quartz or glass contains
an aldehyde or ketone condensation product*. |
| | |
| 437
|
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 436. Product in which a layer contiguous with the quartz or glass
contains the di-ether reaction product of an aldehyde with the hydroxy groups
of an (addition polymer from unsaturated monomers)*, e.g.,
acetal of polyvinyl alcohol.
| | (1)
Note. The usual source of polyvinyl alcohol is a hydrolyzed
polyvinyl ester. Such terms as the reaction of an aldehyde with
polyvinyl acetate -- or the reaction of an aldehyde with hydrolyzed polyvinyl
acetate -- will be sufficient to place a patent in this subclass. | |
| | |
| 438 | Next to cellulosic |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 426. Product in which a layer Next to the quartz or glass contains
a cellulosic* material.
| | (1)
Note. The majority of patents claiming safety glass
in which cellulosic material is an inner layer, or in which
glass is bonded to an inner layer by cellulosic material, will
be placed in this and the indented subclass. |
| | (2)
Note. Patents claiming significant polarizing structure
or composition of a layer or laminate will be placed in Class 359, Optical:
Systems and Elements, subclasses 483.01 through
494.01. Patents claiming significant optical
filtering structure will be placed in Class 359, subclasses
885+. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 34, | for coextensive light-transmissive sheets* which
are hermetically sealed at their edges and confine a gas therebetween. |
| 38, | for a laminated plural layer* sheet* including
glass, but which has an opaque frame or border over at
least a portion. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 359, | Optical: Systems and Elements,
subclasses 483.01 through 494.01for a laminated polarizer and subclasses 885+ for
optical filters. See (2) Note above. |
|
| | |
| 439 | Cellulosic ester |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 438. Product in which the cellulosic material has been esterfied
by reaction with an acid.
| | (1)
Note. A patent claiming glass laminated to nitro-cellulose
or cellulose nitrate, cellulose chromate or cellulose sulfate, as well
as cellulose acetate, butyrate etc., will
be placed in this subclass. | |
| | |
| 440 | Next to natural rubber, gum, oil, rosin, wax, bituminous or tarry residue |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 426. Product in which a layer Next to the quartz or glass contains
natural rubber*, natural gum*, natural
oil*, rosin*, wax* or (bituminous
or tarry residue*).
| | (1)
Note. A patent claiming a laminate containing a
layer comprising a synthetic rubber will usually be found in the
subclass directed to an addition polymer from unsaturated monomers* or
the indented subclasses or, in the case of polysulfide
synthetic rubber, will be found in the polythioether subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 419, | for polysulfide synthetic rubber next to glass and
see (1) Note above. |
| 441+, | for synthetic rubber next to glass; and see (1) Note
above. |
|
| | |
| 441 | Next to addition polymer from unsaturated monomers |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 426. Product in which a layer Next to quartz or glass contains
an (addition polymer from unsaturated monomers*).
| | (1)
Note. A patent claiming a layer of glass next to
one of vinyl, acrylic or a polyalkylene compound or isoprene
or neoprene rubber, will be placed in this or the indented
subclass. | |
| | |
| 442 | Ester, halide or nitrile of addition polymer |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 441. Product in which the addition polymer is an ester, halide
or nitrile.
| | (1)
Note. The addition polymer may be derived from monomers
which include esters, halides or nitriles or the addition polymer
may be treated to introduce ester, halide or nitrile radicals. |
| | (2)
Note. The ester moieties are pendant, i.e., in
a long chain polymer, the ester groups branch out from
the main chain and the chain is not linked through a plurality of
ester linkages. If the chain were linked through the ester
groups, as in alkyd or polyethylene terephthalate, a patent
claiming such laminate would be placed in subclass 430 or 431. |
| | (3)
Note. Patents claiming partially hydrolyzed polyvinyl
ester next to glass will be placed here. If, however, the
ester is completely hydrolyzed the patent will be placed in subclass
441 unless an acetal if formed therefrom, in which latter
case the patent would be placed in subclass 437. The word "hydrolyzed", without qualification
in a patent will be deemed to mean completely hydrolyzed. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 421, | for glass next to a fluorinated addition polymer
of unsaturated monomers. |
| 430, | for glass next to a layer of units linked together
through the ester moities; and see (2) Note
above. |
| 437, | for glass next to an acetal of hydrolyzed polyvinyl
alcohol; and see (3) Note above. |
| 441, | for glass next to a completely hydrolyzed polyvinyl
ester; and see (3) Note above. |
|
| | |
| 443 | Of asbestos |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which at least one layer includes a fibrous mineral
of a magnesium, calcium or iron silicate (e.g., amphibole, serpentine
and anthophyllite, etc.).
| | (1)
Note. For the purposes of this subclass, the
following terms, as well as the word "asbestos*" itself, are
deemed to be definitive of a layer as asbestos - containing:
uralite, tremolite actinolite crocidolite, chrysotil
amosite or pyrozene. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 442, | Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or
Nonwoven Textile or Cloth, etc.),
subclass 137 for a coated or impregnated asbestos fabric and
appropriate subclasses for a laminate comprising fabric made from
inorganic fibers such as asbestos. |
|
| | |
| 444 | With metal layer |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 443. Product in which there is a layer of metal* in the
free state in addition to the layer of asbestos*. |
| | |
| 445 | With cellulosic layer |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 443. Product in which there is a layer of cellulosic* material (either
natural or modified) in addition to the layer of asbestos*. |
| | |
| 446 | Of silicon containing (not as silicon alloy) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product with at least one layer having as an ingredient
a material which contains the element silicon in any form, i.e., elemental
or in a compound.
| | (1)
Note. A product comprising an alloy or an intermetallic
compound which has silicon as an element thereof is excluded from
this definition and will be found in subclasses 457+. |
| | (2)
Note. This subclass and its indents, especially
subclass 454 will take a patent to a nonstructural laminate claiming clay*, cement*, sand* or
vitreous* substances which do not fit the definition of glass*, but
are silicon containing. |
| | (3)
Note. A patent claiming mica* (as
a constituent of a second layer) will normally be considered
to claim mica flakes (flat) and as such is considered
to define structure of such flakes and will be placed in subclass
324. If the mica is disclosed as ground or pulverized
and is a constituent of a second layer, and structurally
defined, such a patent will also be placed in subclass
324. If no structure of the ground or pulverized mica
recited, a laminate containing such mica will be placed
in subclass 454. |
| | (4)
Note. Special exception in regard to silicon and
metallic stock material in Class 29. For purpose of Class
29, subclasses 180+ silicon is considered to be
a metal. See also class definition, Glossary, for nonstructural
terms or Composition-definition of Metal and Relation
to Other Classes, B, reference to Class 29. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 144+, | and 149+, for a product comprising
a continuous, but nonuniform or irregular surface made
by a layer of particulate matter which could be a silicon containing
material such as crushed stone, etc., or
as a coating on particulate matter. |
| 204, | 206+, 308, 331, 387, 404+, and
428, for other products containing silicon in elemental
or compound form, either in the form of particulate matter, (e.g., pigment, etc.) or
as glass, or as a coating or impregnant, as appropriately
titled. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 106, | Compositions: Coating or Plastic,
subclasses 39+ for silicon-containing material adapted
to form a lamina. |
| 427, | Coating Processes, appropriate subclasses, especially those
having "silicon", "glass" or "vitreous" in
their title for the process of making a silicon containing multi-layer
product by a process of that class. |
| 526, | Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers,
subclass 279 for a silicon-containing resin, per
se. |
| 528, | Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers,
subclasses 10 through 43for silicon-containing resin, per
se. |
|
| | |
| 447 | As siloxane, silicone or silane |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 446. Product in which the silicon comprises (1) a compound
similar to hydrocarbons in which the tetravalent silicon replaces
the carbon atom, as Si H4 monosilane
or silicomethane, (2) an elastomeric
in which the carbon linkages of a polymerized hydrocarbon are replaced
by Si-O linkages, or (3) any
of a class of compounds that contain alternate silicon and oxygen
atoms in either a linear structure (such as H3Si(O
Si H2)nO Si H3 ) or
a cyclic structure as H2(Si O)n
and that may also contain methyl, phenyl or other organic
radicals in place of some or all of the hydrogen atoms and are made
by hydrolysis of chlorosilanes or alkoxy-silanes.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 391, | 405, and 429, for other products
in which silane, silicone or siloxane is contained in a
coating or impregnant. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 442, | Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or
Nonwoven Textile or Cloth, etc.),
subclass 81 and 99 for a fabric which has an organosilicon
coating or impregnation thereon. |
|
| | |
| 448 | As intermediate layer |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 446. Product in which the silicon containing layer lies in between
and adjacent to two other layers.
| | (1)
Note. In many of these patents, the intermediate
layer comprises sodium silicate which acts as an adhesive. | |
| | |
| 449 | Paper as both adjacent layers |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 448. Product in which each of the other layers comprises paper*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 453, | for a product in which sodium silicate is next to
a cellulosic layer and may act as an adhesive therefor. |
|
| | |
| 450 | Next to metal |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 446. Product in which a layer, contiguous with the silicon-containing
layer, contains metal*.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 148, | Metal Treatment,
subclasses 33+ for electrically semiconductive stock under the
Class 148 definition which is essentially homogeneous and has at least
two contiguous layers differing in the number of unbound electrons and/or
differing in energy gap levels, which exhibit a junction
between the layers. |
| 257, | Active Solid-State Devices (e.g., Transistors, Solid-State
Diodes), appropriate subclasses for such devices, wherein
the solid-state material is typically a semiconductor. |
| 438, | Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process, particularly
subclasses 570+ for methods of making a Schottky contact to a semiconductor and
subclasses 597+ for methods of making an ohmic contact
to a semiconductor. |
|
| | |
| 453 | Sodium silicate |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 452. Product in which the silicon-containing layer comprises
sodium silicate.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 448+, | for a composite product in which sodium silicate
may be the intermediate layer and especially subclass 449 in which
sodium silicate, as the intermediate layer is the adhesive
between two paper layers. |
|
| | |
| 454 | Sand, clay or mica (silica excluded) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 446. Product in which the silicon ingredient is sand*, clay* or
mica*.
| | (1)
Note. A patent claiming mica (as a constituent
of a layer) will normally be considered to claim mica flakes* (flat) and will
be placed in this class, subclass 324. Patents
to a laminate of ground or pulverized mica will be placed in this
subclass 454, unless the ground or pulverized mica is structurally
defined to indicate placement in subclass 324. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 145, | and 149+, for a product comprising
a continuous but nonuniform or irregular surface, made
by a layer of particulate matter which could be sand, silica
or clay. |
| 324, | for a laminate comprising mica flakes; and
see (1) Note. above. |
|
| | |
| 455 | Of cork |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which at least one layer contains the bark of
the cork oak.
| | (1)
Note. Bark of trees other than the cork oak is considered "cellulosic*", thus
patents claiming a laminate of bark will be placed in the appropriate
cellulosic subclasses, especially subclasses 532+. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 532+, | for a laminate including a layer containing bark
not specified as cork and see (1) Note above. |
|
| | |
| 456 | Including natural oil or gum or rosin (e.g., linoleum, etc.) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Product in which the cork is admixed with (natural
oil, natural gum or rosin*).
| | (1)
Note. Linoleum usually is a composition comprising
cork and linseed oil. Unless it is clear than the term
is distorted in a patent, the word linoleum, in
the description of a laminate or layer thereof, will be
sufficient to place a patent to such laminate in this subclass.
An obvious distortion would be the use of the word linoleum for
vinyl floor covering. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 500+, | for a vinyl containing laminate which is similar
to linoleum; and see (1) Note above. |
|
| | |
| 457 | Of metal |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which at least one layer contains metal*.
| | (1)
Note. For inclusion here, a disclosure need
not limit the entire composition of a layer to metal or alloy; an
elemental metal or an alloy, among constituents of such
layer, is sufficient. |
| | (2)
Note. Steel, solder, Wood’s
metal - etc., are considered metals, and
may be present as a sheet or foil or as filler in some other substance. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 49, | for a unilayer of metal sections extending both
laterally and longitudinally. |
| 148, | 408, 209, 312, 313, 317, 328, 330, 344, 356, 379+, 416, and
418, for a product which includes a metal layer, metal
foam, metal particle, or a fiber including a metal
which may be a coating thereon as appropriately titled. |
| 416, | for a product comprising a metal laminated to a
layer comprising epoxy ether either by itself or as a mixture. |
| 553+, | for stock-material* having metal
particles in a component next to a nonparticulate metal component. |
| 621+, | for corresponding stock-material* having
a second metal component adjacent a first metal component. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 2, | Apparel,
subclasses 260+ for a laminated stay, one layer of which
is metal. |
| 148, | Metal Treatment,
subclass 33 for a semiconductor stock material, especially
a metal-silicon or a metal-germanium laminate. |
| 338, | Electrical Resistors, appropriate subclasses for a laminate including
a metal layer and other resistor structure such as spaced lead or
terminals, at the minimum. |
| 442, | Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or
Nonwoven Textile or Cloth, etc.), appropriate subclasses for a fabric including a free
metal or alloy constituent. |
|
| | |
| 461 | Next to addition polymer from unsaturated monomers |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 457. Product in which a layer adjacent the metal layer contains
an (addition polymer from unsaturated monomers*).
| | (1)
Note. This is the locus for products in which the
addition polymer is substituted with heterocyclic or nitrogeneous radials, but
see (2) Note below. Included under this
definition are acrylamide, coumarone or vinyl pyridine
polymers and patents claiming a layer of such material will be classified
here. |
| | (2)
Note. A laminate of metal and a nitrile of an addition
polymer from unsaturated monomers is classified with the ester and halide. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 463, | for a laminate of metal and a nitrile of an addition
polymer from unsaturated monomers; and see (2) Note
above. |
|
| | |
| 462 | Including polyene monomers (e.g., butadiene, etc.) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 461. Product in which the addition polymer is derived from monomers
which include polyunsaturated monomers (e.g., butadiene
or cyclopentadiene).
| | (1)
Note. A patent which claims metal next to "a
synthetic rubber" (e.g., polymerized
or copolymerized butadiene rubber, neoprene or G. R. S.*) will
be placed in this subclass; unless the synthetic rubber is
a thio rubber for which see (3) Note below. |
| | (2)
Note. A layer claimed as "rubber" will be
considered natural rubber, unless the disclosure indicates
other than a natural rubber is intended. |
| | (3)
Note. Thio rubber is considered polythioether and
a patent to a laminate including thio rubber will be placed in subclass
419. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 419, | for metal next to a "thio" synthetic rubber
and see (3) Note above. |
| 465+, | for metal next to natural rubber; and see (2) Note, above. |
|
| | |
| 463 | Ester, halide or nitrile of addition polymer |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 461. Product in which the addition polymer is an ester, halide
or nitrile.
| | (1)
Note. The addition polymer may be derived from monomers
which include esters, halide or nitrile or the addition polymer
may be treated to introduce ester, halide or nitrile radicals. |
| | (2)
Note. Addition polymers of unsaturated monomers
which contain fluorine are unique in properties, differing
from the other halogenated polymers and patents claiming such laminates
are collected in subclasses 421+. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 421+, | for a fluorinated addition polymer of unsaturated
monomers next to metal; and see (2) Note
above. |
|
| | |
| 465 | Next to natural rubber |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 457. Product in which a layer adjacent the metal layer contains
natural rubber*.
| | (1)
Note. Synthetic rubber is usually derived from polymerized
dienes and acrylonitriles and patents claiming these in a metal
laminate are collected in subclasses 462 or 463. Patents
claiming metal next to polysulfide synthetic rubber are collected
in subclass 419. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 419, | for metal next to polysulfide rubber; and
see (1) Note above. |
| 462, | for metal next to chloroprene, neoprene, polymerized
butadiene or G. R. S.* rubber; and
see (1) Note above. |
| 463, | for metal next to acrylonitrile rubber; and
see (1) Note above. |
|
| | |
| 466 | With natural rubber next to second layer of natural rubber |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 465. Product in which a natural rubber* containing layer
is disposed between and adjacent both a metal containing layer and
a natural rubber* containing layer.
| | (1)
Note. The two rubber layers must be different in
some physical or chemical aspect, e.g., degree
of vulcanization, other ingredients including vulcanizers or
accelerators; or a rubber containing layer may be treated
on the surface. |
| | (2)
Note. A patent claiming a rubber layer, treated
so as to form a surface of rubber hydro-chloride and which
is laminated with a metal containing layer, will be placed
here. |
| | (3)
Note. A patent to a laminate in which the two rubber
layers are on the opposed faces of a metal layer will not be placed here.
Such a patent will be placed in subclass 465. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 465, | for a metal layer with two single rubber layers
on each of opposed surfaces. |
|
| | |
| 467 | Next to natural gum, natural oil, rosin, lac or wax |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 457. Product in which a layer adjacent the metal containing layer
contains natural gum*, natural oil*, rosin*, lac* or
a wax*.
| | (1)
Note. Patents claiming painted metal stock in which
linseed oil is the vehicle will be placed in this subclass. |
| | (2)
Note. Paints with an alkyd base or the synthetic
rubber commonly known as "latex base" are not
considered to contain natural oil* or gum* unless
so disclosed and a patent to metal with a layer of any of these
paints will not be placed here; see search notes below. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 458, | for metal stock painted with an alkyd paint. |
| 461, | for metal stock painted with a synthetic rubber
base called "latex base" paint. |
|
| | |
| 469 | Next to metal salt or oxide |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 457. Product in which a layer contiguous with the metal comprises
a salt or a compound of a metal and oxygen.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 450, | for a metal next to a silicon salt. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 205, | Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions
Used Therein, and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclasses 316+ for metallic stock which is coated with a salt
or metal oxide as a result of a process of that class. |
|
| | |
| 470 | Organo-metallic salt |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 469. Product in which the contiguous layer comprises a compound
made by the combination of a metal and an organic acid.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 260, | Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, for definition of organic acid. |
|
| | |
| 471 | Alkali or alkaline earth metal oxide |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 469. Product in which the contiguous layer comprises the compound
formed by the combination of oxygen with a metal from Groups I A
or II A of the periodic system (i.e., Lithium, Sodium, Potassium, Rubidium, Cesium, Magnesium, Calcium, Strontium
and Barium). |
| | |
| 472 | Refractory metal salt or oxide |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 469. Product in which the contiguous layer comprises a compound
formed by the combination of an inorganic acid or oxygen with a
metal from Groups IV B, VB or VI B of the periodic system (i.e., Titanium, Zirconium, Hafnium, Vanadium, Niobium, Tantalum, Chromium, Molybdenum, Tungsten).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 386, | for a rod*, strand* or
fiber* coated with a titanium compound. |
| 404, | for a particle* coated with the oxide of
a refractory metal (i.e., Ti, Zr, Hf, V, Nb, Ta, Cr, Mo, W). |
| 432, | for a laminate of glass* or quartz* next
to a metal or a compound thereof which metal may be a refractory. |
| 457+, | for a laminated product including a metal which
may be a refractory metal. |
| 539, | for a laminated product which may include a layer
of a refractory metal compound. |
| 920, | and 921, for art collections of a product
which has a fire, flame or heat protection feature and
which may include a refractory metal or a compound thereof. |
|
| | |
| 472.1 | Formed in situ: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 472. Product in which the contiguous layer is formed in situ
by reaction with the metal of the metal layer.
| | (1)
Note. The compound maybe formed by a reactive coating
process classified in Class 148, Metal Treatment, subclasses 6+. | |
| | |
| 472.2 | Aluminum or iron salt or oxide formed in situ: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 469. Product in which the contiguous layer comprises an aluminum
or iron solt or oxide formed in situ by reaction with the metal
of the metal layer.
| | (1)
Note. The salt or oxide maybe formed by a reactive
coating process classified in Class 148, Metal Treatment, subclasses
6+. | |
| | |
| 472.3 | Phosphorus containing metal salt formed in situ: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 469. Product in which the contiguous layer comprises a phosphorus
containing metal salt formed in situ by reaction withe the metal
of the metal layer.
| | (1)
Note. The phosphorus containing metal salt maybe
formed in situ by a reactive coating process classified in Class
148, Metal layer. | |
| | |
| 473 | Of animal membrane or skin |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which one layer comprises at least an integral
portion of a layer of animal origin which existed in the layer or
film form; see (2) Note below.
| | (1)
Note. Patents claiming a laminate including glue* or
gelatin* in a film form are not included in this subclass because
neither exists in the animal as a layer or foil. A patent
claiming a glue* or gelatin* laminate would be
placed in subclasses 474.4+. |
| | (2)
Note. Animal skin in which the fur remains intact
is considered pile or nap type and patents to a laminate including such
skin will be placed in subclasses 85+. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 85+, | for a fur laminate and see (2) Note above. |
| 151, | for a web or sheet made to simulate leather grain
surface. |
| 474+, | for a laminate including a film manufactured from
animal protein*; and see (1) Note
above. |
| 540, | for a single layer of animal skin (e.g., leather, etc.) which
is impregnated or saturated with an extraneous material. |
| 904, | for a cross-reference collection of artificial
leather products. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 76, | Metal Tools and Implements, Making,
subclasses 81+ for leather laminates in the form of a strop. |
| 359, | Optical: Systems and Elements,
subclasses 885+ for an optical filter system comprising more than
plural layers defined merely by the composition of the layers. |
|
| | |
| 473.5 | Of polyimide: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which a layer contains a polymer having an imide
group, as illustrated below, in the polymer chain.
|
| | |
| 474.4 | Of polyamide: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which a layer contains a polymeric compound, comprising
recurring amide groups, as illustrated below, through
which the monomer residues are linearly linked, except urea-aldehyde
| | (1)
Note. A patent claiming a laminate comprising a
layer of the reaction product of a polyamine and a polybasic acid (e.g., nylon), or
other condensation polymer of an amino acid such as caprolactam, will be
placed in this or an indented subclass. |
| | (2)
Note. Urea-aldehyde condensation products
are significantly different from other polyamide resins and are
similar in spatial structure to phenol-aldehydes. Hence, patents
claiming a laminate of only urea-aldehyde are collected
with aldehyde or ketone condensation* products in subclasses
477.4 and 524+ and see the subclasses referred
to in the notes to subclass 524. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 395, | for a coated fiber, filament, rod
or strand made of polyamide. |
| 435, | and 458, for a laminate of polyamide next
to quartz or glass or metal, respectively. |
| 473.5, | for a laminate having both polyamide and polyimide, in
the same or different layers. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 442, | Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or
Nonwoven Textile or Cloth, etc.),
subclass 168 for a coated or impregnated synthetic polyamide
fiber fabric and subclass 291 for a fabric with a preformed polyamide
sheet or film. |
|
| | |
| 475.5 | Nylon type: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 474.4. Product in which the polyamide is a polycarbonamide having
a chain of four or more carbon atoms between each of its carbonamide groups, e.g., etc., where
X=2 or more and a molecular weight in excess of 100,000.
|
| | |
| 476.6 | Natural source-type polyamide: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 476.3. Products where the polyamide is or is similar in structure
to a polyamide from a natural source, e.g., gelatin, etc.
| | (1)
Note. See the definition of subclass 478.2
for a description of the structure of polyamides from natural sources. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 478.2, | for natural source-type polyamides next
to other than addition polymers. |
|
| | |
| 478.4 | Next to cellulosic: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 478.2. Product wherein the natural source-type polyamide
is next to a layer containing cellulose (including modified
or regenerated) such as wood. |
| | |
| 478.8 | Paper: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 478.4. Product wherein the cellulose layer is a sheet of unwoven
water-laid cellulose fibers.
| | (1)
Note. The term "paper"* includes
cardboard, kraft paper, etc. | |
| | |
| 479.3 | Next to cellulosic: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 474.4. Product in which the polyamide layer is adjacent to a layer
containing cellulose, including modified or regenerated
cellulose. |
| | |
| 479.6 | Paper or wood: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 479.3. Product in which the cellulosic material is wood* or
a sheet of unwoven water-laid cellulose fibers.
| | (1)
Note. The term paper* is construed to include
cardboard, pasteboard, and water-laid
wood pulp; and see (9) Note under subclass
411. | |
| | |
| 480 | Of polyester (e.g., alkyd, etc.) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which a layer comprises a polymeric compound
containing ester groups through which the monomers are linearly
linked to each other.
| | (1)
Note. To be considered polyester*, the chain
of units must be attached to each other through ester linkage, such
as the product formed by esterification of a polyhydric alcohol
with a polybasic acid or the polymeric self-esterification
of a hydroxy acid. A polymer which has multiester groups
and whose units are not linked through these ester groups but by means
of some other method (e.g., reaction
of double bonds) is not considered polyester. thus, a
patent claiming a polyvinyl acetate or a poly methyl acrylate laminate
will be found in subclasses 500+. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 26, | for an artificial flower or flower petal which may
be made of polyester. |
| 395, | for a rod*, strand*, filament* or
fiber* having a coating thereon or being structurally defined
and made of polyester. |
| 430, | and 458, for a laminate including a layer
of polyester next to quartz* or glass*, or
metal* respectively. |
| 500+, | and especially 514, 520 and 522 for a laminate
of an addition polymer from unsaturated monomers which is an ester; and
see (1) Note, above. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 442, | Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or
Nonwoven Textile or Cloth, etc.),
subclass 164 for a coated or impregnated polyester fiber fabric
and subclass 395 for a fabric with a preformed polyester sheet or
film. |
|
| | |
| 481 | Next to cellulosic |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 480. Product in which a layer adjacent the polyester-containing
layer comprises a cellulosic* material. |
| | |
| 482 | Of cross-linked polyester |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 480. Product in which some of the acid and/or the alcohol
moieties, from which the polyester is derived, are
at least trifunctional, permitting a cross-linking
of the linear polyester chain.
| | (1)
Note. A patent claiming a laminate comprising a
polyester layer derived from an acid which is at least tribasic
or an alcohol which is at least trihydric or in which either the
poly basic acid or polyhydric alcohol is unsaturated, will
be placed here. | |
| | |
| 485 | Next to cellulosic: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 484.1. Subject matter for product in which a layer adjacent
the wax or waxy layer comprises a cellulosic* material.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclasses 416 and 443 for a coating process for producing a wax
layer on a base which may be a cellulosic material. |
|
| | |
| 487 | Glassine paper |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 486. Product in which the paper is made from well beaten chemical
wood pulp, is highly calendered, and is hard, thin
and almost transparent. |
| | |
| 489 | Of bituminous or tarry residue |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which at least one layer contains (a bituminous
or tarry residue*).
| | (1)
Note. The residue from distillation of mineral oil
and/or coal and from the destructive distillation of wood
is considered to be a pitch; and a patent claiming a laminate
including a layer of such material will be placed in this subclass. |
| | (2)
Note. The mere identification in the disclosure, of
a material in a layer as an asphalt, tar, pitch
or bitumen will be sufficient for placement of a patent in this subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 141+, | and especially 143+ for a product, usually
a roofing material which includes a layer or component saturated
or coated with a bituminous or tarry material (including
asphalt). |
| 440, | and 468, for a layered or composite product
comprising bituminous or tarry material next to quartz or glass, or
metal respectively. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclasses 138+ for a process of coating a pavement or the earth
with asphalt, tar, bitumen or oil, subclasses
186+ for a process of producing a roofing element, usually including
asphalt and subclass 443 for a process of coating, utilizing
asphalt, bitumen, oil or wax. |
| 442, | Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or
Nonwoven Textile or Cloth, etc.),
subclasses 258 , 282, and 298 for a fabric including
a bituminous material layer. |
|
| | |
| 491 | Paper |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 490. Product in which the cellulosic layer is paper*.
| | (1)
Note. The term paper* is construed to include
cardboard, pasteboard and water laid wood pulp; and
see (9) Note under subclasses 411.1+ | |
| | |
| 492 | Of natural rubber |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which at least one layer contains natural rubber*.
| | (1)
Note. The rubber may be modified by chemical treatment
and/or admixed with other natural or with synthetic, resin(s). |
| | (2)
Note. A patent claiming a laminate comprising a
layer of rubber, without indication of a synthetic origin, will
be placed here. |
| | (3)
Note. Synthetic rubber is usually derived from addition
polymers of polyene monomers and, unless the synthetic rubber
is disclosed as a polysulfide rubber, laminates containing
such a layer will be classified with addition polymers. "Thio" or
polysulfide rubber is considered polythioether. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 310+, | for a composite* web* or sheet* in which
one component* is porous or cellular and is made of foamed
or expanded material, which may be natural rubber and subclass
316, for a similar composite* web* or
sheet* in which the porous component* may be natural
rubber. |
| 356, | for a composite* web* or sheet* having
an outer layer of adhesive material and in which natural rubber
is part of the adhesive composition. |
| 382, | and 390, for a rod*, strand*, fiber* or filament* in
which natural rubber is a coating, either as one of plural
coatings or as a single coating. |
| 419, | for a laminate which contains a polysulfide synthetic
rubber and see (3) Note above. |
| 440, | and 465, for a natural rubber layer next
to quartz or glass or metal, respectively. |
| 500+, | for a laminate which contains synthetic rubber (other
than polysulfide) and see (3) Note above. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 442, | Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or
Nonwoven Textile or Cloth, etc.),
subclasses 84 , 90, 100, and 159 for
a coated or impregnated fabric that contains natural oil, gum, or
rosin. |
|
| | |
| 493 | Next to second layer of natural rubber |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 492. Product in which adjacent layers, each containing
natural rubber*, are disclosed or claimed to differ
in composition or properties.
| | (1)
Note. The rubber layers may "differ" in degree
of vulcanization, kind or relative amounts of vulcanizers, accelerator
or additives or in other disclosed physical properties. |
| | (2)
Note. A patent claiming plural layers of rubber, identical
in composition, directly adhered to each other (e.g., by
molecular attraction or static electricity) and in which
an interface can be detected, will be placed in subclass
492. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 492, | for plural layers of rubber, identical
in composition and physical properties, which are directly
adhered to each other and see (2) Note above. |
|
| | |
| 494 | Next to aldehyde or ketone condensation product or addition polymer from unsaturated monomers |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 492. Product wherein a layer adjacent the rubber containing layer
comprises either an (aldehyde or ketone condensation product*) or
an (addition polymer from unsaturated monomers*).
| | (1)
Note. Polyvinyl acetal, being an aldehyde
condensation product, a patent claiming such acetal next
to rubber will be placed here. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 500+, | for a laminate including a layer of (addition
polymer from unsaturated monomers) and especially subclasses 501+ for
a layer of (aldehyde or ketone condensation product) next
to the (addition polymer from unsaturated monomers). |
| 524+, | for a laminate including a layer of an (aldehyde
or ketone condensation product). |
|
| | |
| 495 | Including polyene monomers |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 494. Product in which the addition polymer is derived from monomers
which include polyunsaturated monomers, e.g., butadiene
or chloroprene.
| | (1)
Note. Patents to a laminate of natural rubber and
synthetic rubber (e.g., ABS*, butadiene, or
GRS*) will be placed in this subclass. | |
| | |
| 497 | Of natural gum, rosin, natural oil or lac |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which at least one layer contains a (natural
gum or oil, rosin or lac*).
| | (1)
Note. A patent which claims a laminate comprising
a layer of, or containing, mineral oil, shellac, oil
based paint, gum arabic, cottonseed oil etc., will
be placed here. |
| | (2)
Note. Modification of a natural drying oil, e.g., boiled
linseed oil, will be considered natural oil. |
| | (3)
Note. Pyroxylin* has a minor amount of camphor
and/or castor oil as a plasticizer, but for purposes
of classification in this schedule is considered a cellulosic* material. Thus, patents
claiming a laminate of pyroxylin will be placed in appropriate subclasses
of this class based upon the presence of a cellulosic layer. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 205, | for a composite web or sheet in which a translucent
layer of natural gum, lac, rosin or oil covers
a layer which is discontinuous in extent. |
| 440, | 456 and 467, for natural gum, rosin, natural
oil or lac as a layer or associated with glass, cork or
metal, respectively. |
| 484+, | for a product comprising a layer comprising wax* or
waxy* material combined with a natural gum, rosin, natural
oil or lac; many of the products in subclasses 484+, especially subclasses
485+ combine a wax and a gum, lac, rosin
etc., as a coating on a cellulosic base. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 442, | Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or
Nonwoven Textile or Cloth, etc.),
subclasses 84 , 90, 100, and 159 for
a coated or impregnated fabric that contains natural oil, gum, or
rosin. |
|
| | |
| 499 | Natural oil |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 498. Product in which the layer next to the cellulosic material
comprises an oil which occurs in nature. |
| | |
| 500 | Of addition polymer from unsaturated monomers |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which at least one layer contains a compound
which is an (addition polymer from unsaturated monomers*).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 26, | for an article resembling a natural flower or flower
petal and which may be made of chemically plastic matter such as
an addition polymer. |
| 147, | 159, 315, 327, 339, 349, 373+, 383, and
407, for products comprising an addition polymer from unsaturated monomers
used as a coating, impregnation or bond, as part
of a composite* web* or sheet* or as
a synthetic fiber* or filament*, as appropriately titled.
See below for more specific notes. |
| 355+, | for a product including an adhesive outer layer
and in which the adhesive composition includes an addition polymer
from unsaturated monomers, and especially subclass 349
in which the polymer is heat sealable. |
| 413+, | for a composite product in which one layer comprises
an epoxy ether which may be mixed with an addition polymer from
unsaturated monomers. |
| 421, | for a laminate including a layer of fluorinated
addition polymer from unsaturated monomers. |
| 437, | and 441+, for a laminate including
a layer of an addition polymer from unsaturated monomers, next
to a glass* layer. |
| 451, | for an addition polymer from unsaturated monomers
next to a silicon containing layer. |
| 461+, | for an addition polymer from unsaturated monomers
next to a metal* layer. |
| 494+, | for an addition polymer from unsaturated monomers
next to a natural rubber* layer. |
|
| | |
| 501 | Next to an aldehyde or ketone condensation product |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 500. Product in which a layer adjacent to the layers of addition
polymer from unsaturated monomers, comprises an (aldehyde
or ketone condensation product*).
| | (1)
Note. An acetal of polyvinyl alcohol is an (aldehyde
or ketone condensation product); hence, a
patent claiming a product of such an acetal next to another layer
which comprises an addition polymer from unsaturated monomers will
be placed in this subclass. | |
| | |
| 502 | Melamine-aldehyde |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 501. Product wherein the condensation product is the reaction
product of melamine and an aldehyde. |
| | |
| 503 | Impregnated or coated cellulosic material |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 502. Product wherein the melamine-aldehyde condensation
product is incorporated within the interstices or applied to the
surface of a material comprising cellulose* or a derivative thereof, and, if
on the surface, is contiguous to the addition polymer. |
| | |
| 504 | Amide-aldehyde |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 501. Product in which the condensation product is one resulting
from the reaction between an amide and an aldehyde. |
| | |
| 506 | Phenol-aldehyde |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 501. Product in which the condensation product is one resulting
from the reaction between an aldehyde and a hydroxy benzene (i.e., a
compound containing one or more hydroxyl group attached to an aromatic
or carbon ring and commonly known as a phenol). |
| | |
| 508 | Regenerated or modified cellulose |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 507. Product in which the cellulosic material is chemically modified (e.g., esterified, etc.) or precipitated
from a solution (i.e., regenerated).
| | (1)
Note. Examples of modified or regenerated cellulose
are: viscose*, cellophane*, cellulose*, acetate, cellulose* nitrate
and pryoxylin*. | |
| | |
| 509 | Addition polymer of hydrocarbon(s) only |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 508. Product wherein the addition polymer is made from one or
more monomers in which only carbon and hydrogen appear, (e.g., polyethylene*, polyproxylene, polystyrene, butadiene
styrene copolymer (SBR)*, ethylenepropylene
copolymer, etc. |
| | |
| 510 | Where addition polymer is an ester or halide |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 508. Product wherein the addition polymer is an ester or a halide.
| | (1)
Note. The addition polymer may be obtained from
a monomer which includes an ester or a halogen or the addition polymer
itself may be treated to introduce an ester or a halide radical. | |
| | |
| 513 | Monoethylenically unsaturated |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 512. Product wherein the hydrocarbon monomer(s) contain
a single ethylenic group, illustrated below, not
a part of an aromatic ring, e.g., polyethylene*, polypropylene, polystyrene, ethylene-propylene
copolymer, etc.
|
| | |
| 514 | Ester, halide or nitrile of addition polymer |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 511. Product in which the addition polymer is an ester, nitrile
or halide.
| | (1)
Note. The addition polymer may be obtained from
monomers which include an ester, halide or nitrile; or
the addition polymer may be treated to introduce ester, halide
or nitrile radicals. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 421+, | for a laminate of fluorinated addition polymer of
unsaturated monomers next to paper or wood. |
|
| | |
| 515 | Next to second addition polymer from unsaturated monomers |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 500. Product comprising a plurality of contiguous layers, each
of which is an addition polymer from unsaturated monomers, with
the respective layers disclosed as differing in some respect.
| | (1)
Note. The "differing" may be in
degree of polymerization, kind or amount of additive, vulcanization, or
physical property. |
| | (2)
Note. Two identical layers which are fused together
so as to eliminate the interface are considered as constituting
a single layer and, in the absence of any claimed structure
a patent claiming such a layer will be placed in the appropriate composition
class. |
| | (3)
Note. Two identical layers of addition polymer which
cohere through molecular attraction or other bonding force, e.g., static
electricity, are not considered to differ. Thus, patents
claiming such layers will be placed in subclass 500. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 212+, | for layers or components having the same physical
characteristics in differing degree. |
| 500, | for plural layers of addition polymer, identical
in composition and physical properties, which are directly
cohered to each other; and see (3) Note
above. |
|
| | |
| 516 | Monoolefin polymer |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 515. Product wherein at least one layer contains a polymer of
one or more aliphatic, open chain, monoethylenically
unsaturated (i.e., monomers
of the formula CnH2n). |
| | |
| 517 | Next to polyene polymer |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 516. Product wherein a layer next to the olefin polymer-containing
layer comprises a polymer derived from a poly-unsaturated
monomer (e.g., butadiene, etc.). |
| | |
| 518 | Next to vinyl or vinylidene chloride polymer |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 516. Product in which the olefin polymer layer is next to a layer
of a polymer of one or monomers selected from the class of vinyl
chloride and vinylidene chloride.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 421+, | for a laminate including a layer of fluorinated
addition polymer of unsaturated monomers. |
|
| | |
| 519 | Including polyene monomers |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 515. Product in which at least one of the contiguous addition
polymer layers is derived from a poly-unsaturated monomer (e.g., butadiene, cyclopentadiene, etc.). |
| | |
| 520 | Ester, halide or nitrile of addition polymer |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 515. Product in which at least one of the contiguous addition
polymer layers contains an addition polymer from an unsaturated
monomer which is in the form of an ester, a nitrile, or
a halide.
| | (1)
Note. The addition polymer* may be derived
from a monomer which includes an ester, halide or nitrile; or
the polymer* itself may be treated to introduce an ester, halide, or
nitrile radical. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 421+, | for a laminated product including a layer of fluorinated
addition polymer of unsaturated monomers. |
|
| | |
| 522 | Ester, halide or nitrile of addition polymer |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 500. Product in which the addition polymer from unsaturated monomer
is an ester, halide or nitrile.
| | (1)
Note. The addition polymer may be derived from a
monomer which includes an ester, halide or nitrile; or
the polymer itself may be treated to introduce an ester, halide
or nitrile radical. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 421+, | for a laminated product including a layer of fluorinated
addition polymer of unsaturated monomers. |
|
| | |
| 524 | Of aldehyde or ketone condensation product |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which at least one layer comprises a resin resulting
from the reaction of an aldehyde or a ketone and a polyfunctional
active hydrogen containing compound, which, with
the elimination of water, produces a chain of alkylidene
units alternating with the residue of the hydrogen supplying compound.
| | (1)
Note. Phenol formaldehyde, urea formaldehyde, polyamino (e.g., melamine) formaldehyde, and
furfural are exemplary of compounds within the scope of the term, "Aldehyde
or ketone condensation product*. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 26, | for an article* resembling a flower or flower
petal made of an aldehyde or ketone condensation product. |
| 355+, | for a product including an adhesive outer layer
in which the adhesive may contain an aldehyde or ketone condensation
product in its composition. |
| 436+, | 451, 460, and 494, for
an aldehyde or ketone condensation product as a coating or layer
of a composite* web* or sheet*. |
| 501+, | for an (addition polymer from unsaturated
monomers*) next to an aldehyde or ketone condensation
product. |
| 442, | Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or
Nonwoven Textile or Cloth, etc.), subclasses 160+ and
176+ for a coated or impregnated fabric that includes an aldehyde
or ketone condensation product. |
|
| | |
| 525 | Next to second aldehyde or ketone condensation product |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 524. Product in which adjacent layers, each comprising
an aldehyde or ketone condensation product, are disclosed
to differ in some aspect.
| | (1)
Note. The two layers may contain different condensation
products, or the same condensation product with different
additives or physical properties. |
| | (2)
Note. Two identical layers of an aldehyde or ketone
condensation product directly cohered to each other, but
with an interface which is detectable, are nor considered
to differ. Thus, a patent claiming such a laminate
will be placed in subclass 524. Such layers may cohere through, e.g., molecular
attraction or static electricity. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 212+, | for layers or components having the same physical
characteristic in differing degree. |
| 524, | for plural layers of an aldehyde or ketone condensation
product, identical in composition and physical properties, which
are directly cohered to each other; and see (2) Note
above. |
|
| | |
| 526 | Next to cellulosic |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 524. Product in which a layer adjacent the condensation-product
layer comprises a cellulosic* material. |
| | |
| 527 | Modified or regenerated cellulose |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 526. Product in which the cellulosic material is chemically modified (e.g., esterified) or
precipitated from a solution.
| | (1)
Note. Viscose, cellophane, cellulose acetate, cellulose
nitrate and pyroxylin are exemplary of modified or regenerated cellulose. | |
| | |
| 528 | Wood |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 526. Product in which the cellulosic material is wood*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 541, | for a block or single layer of wood which has been
impregnated or permeated with a substance. |
|
| | |
| 529 | Phenoplast |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 528. Product in which the aldehyde or ketone is condensed with
a phenolic compound. |
| | |
| 530 | Paper |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 526. Product in which the cellulosic material is paper.
| | (1)
Note. The term paper is construed to include cardboard, pasteboard
and water laid wood pulp; and see (9) Note
under the definition of subclass 411.1. | |
| | |
| 531 | Phenoplast |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 530. Product in which the aldehyde or ketone is condensed with
a phenolic compound. |
| | |
| 532 | Of carbohydrate |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in which at least one layer contains either a polyhydroxy
mono-aldehyde or a polyhydroxy mono-ketone, generally
having the formula i.e., Cn(H2O)n
or one of the multi-unit anhydrides which are hydrolizable
to such aldehyde and/or ketone.
| | (1)
Note. Patents claiming a laminate including a layer
of starch*, glycogen, dextran*, lignin, etc., will
be collected here. |
| | (2)
Note. Pyroxylin has a minor amount of camphor and/or
castor oil as a plasticizer, but for purposes of classification
is considered carbohydrate (specifically cellulosic*) rather
than a natural gum or oil, and patents claiming a laminate
of such a layer will be placed in this and indented subclasses. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 26, | for a three dimension imitation or treated natural
product resembling a flower and made of paper. |
| 50, | for a single layer of cellulosic sections arranged
in both lateral and longitudinal directions. |
| 84, | for a paper sheet having specific perimeter or corner
structure. |
| 146, | for a surface containing carbohydrate particles
to give a textured feel. |
| 153+, | for a web* or sheet* comprising
crinkled or creped paper. |
| 165, | for a composite* web* or sheet* in which
one of the layers* or components* varies in thickness
and at least one component* comprises cellulosic material. |
| 191, | for a web* or sheet* comprising
plural components*, noncoextensive laterally and
in which one component is cellulosic material. |
| 211, | for a paper sheet* having a discontinuous
or differential coating, bond or impregnation. |
| 314, | for a composite*, web* or
sheet*, one component* of which is porous
or cellular* and is made of expanded or foamed material
and is adjacent to a cellulosic layer. |
| 318, | for a similar composite*, web* or sheet* in
which the porous or cellular* component* contains
fiber* and as paper. |
| 326, | for a composite*, web* or
sheet* in which one component* contains structurally
defined particles* of cellulosic material. |
| 342, | for a web* or sheet* in which
the weight of a coating on a cellulosic substrate is recited in
terms of an area covered thereby. |
| 393, | for a coated or structurally defined rod* strand*, fiber* or
filament* of cellulosic material. |
| 411+, | appropriate subclasses with cellulosic or carbohydrate
set out in the titles for a composite* web* or
sheet* including a cellulosic or carbohydrate component. |
| 455+, | for a laminated product including cork* (the
outer bark of cork oak). |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 442, | Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or
Nonwoven Textile or Cloth, etc.),
subclass 153 for a coated or impregnated cellulosic fiber fabric
and subclass 257 for a fabric including a wood or cork layer. |
|
| | |
| 535 | Wood or paper |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 534. Product in which at least one of the cellulosic layers is
paper* or wood*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 541, | for a single layer of wood which has been impregnated
or permeated with a substance. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 162, | Paper Making and Fiber Liberation, for a multilayer paper web or sheet which is produced by
a process of that class; and see (9) Note
under the definition of
subclass 411.1 of this class (428). |
|
| | |
| 536 | Regenerated or modified |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 534. Product in which at least one of the adjacent cellulosic
layers is chemically modified or precipitated from solution.
| | (1)
Note. Patents claiming a laminate of cellulose acetate, cellulose
nitrate, cellulose ether or pyroxilin* will be
collected here. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 439, | for cellulosic ester next to glass and subclass
527 for modified or regenerated cellulose next to an aldehyde or ketone
condensation product. |
| 535, | for a product in which regenerated or modified cellulose
may be adjacent to a layer of wood or paper. |
|
| | |
| 537.5 | Of paper: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 532. Product in which the carbohydrate layer is paper.
| | (1)
Note. Cardboard, pasteboard and water-laid
pulp are considered exemplary of paper. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 162, | Paper Making and Fiber Liberation, for a multi-ply paper web or sheet which is produced
by a process of that class; and see (9) Note, under
the definition for
subclass 411.1 of this class (428). |
|
| | |
| 539.5 | METAL CONTINUOUS PHASE INTERENGAGED WITH NONMETAL CONTINUOUS PHASE |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Products in which a continuum (matrix or continuous
phase) of elemental metal is interengaged with a continuum
of nonmetal material.
| | (1)
Note. These products are most usually obtained by
the impregnation of a metal or nonmetal composition, having
an interconnected void structure, with a nonmetal or metal
composition, respectively, in a fluent form. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 540, | for products having interengaged nonmetal continuous
phases. |
| 545, | for the product which results when a consolidated
metal powder material having an interconnected void structure is
only partially impregnated with a nonmetal. |
| 550, | for the product which results when a consolidated
metal powder material having an interconnected void structure is
impregnated with a different metal material. |
| 566, | for consolidated metal powder stock-material* having
an interconnected void structure. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 75, | Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and
Loose Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclasses 314+ for a consolidated composition containing free metal
that is to be used as a charge for a metallurgical process and subclasses 230+ for
consolidated metal powder compositions containing a nonmetal ingredient. |
| 419, | Powder Metallurgy Processes,
subclass 27 for processes of sintering powdered metal followed
by impregnation. |
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclasses 440+ for immersion-type coating processes which
may result in the impregnation of coating material into the pores
of a substrate. |
| 442, | Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or
Nonwoven Textile or Cloth, etc.),
subclasses 228+ and 376+ for a fabric including a free
metal or alloy constituent. |
| 501, | Compositions: Ceramic, for ceramic compositions containing metal particles
in a nonmetal matrix without a continuous metal phase. |
| 520, | Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers, in particular, classes 523 and 524 for
a synthetic resin or natural rubber composition containing a nonreactant material, but
without a continuous metal phase. |
|
| | |
| 540 | IMPREGNATED NATURALLY SOLID PRODUCT (E.G., LEATHER, STONE, ETC.) |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Product comprising a block* or other solid mass*, or
a single layer*, sheet* or web* which
is found in nature in substantially the same form and is saturated
or permeated with an extraneous material substantially throughout.
| | (1)
Note. If recited to specify a specific depth of
penetration of the saturating material so that a definite interface
can be determined, classification is above this subclass
on other features such as for example 212+ or 411.1+. |
| | (2)
Note. Where no specifically recited depth of penetration
is recited as for example, 1/4 inch, half-way
through, etc., the product will be considered
to be impregnated substantially throughout and will be placed in
this subclass. |
| | (3)
Note. Where a claim includes a solid block or piece
of wood, and alternatively wood pulp or wood flour or wood
chips and no structure of the particles, the original classification
will be in this or the indented subclass with a cross reference to
the appropriate composition or other classes, e.g., 106, 162, 252, 260, etc. |
| | (4)
Note. Unless disclosed otherwise, wood and
leather will be considered as in the solid-state and proper
for this or the indented subclass. |
| | (5)
Note. Rubber is not a natural solid and is excluded
from this group of subclasses. |
| | (6)
Note. Unless otherwise described or identified (as
for example as particles*, chips, etc.) cork
will be considered to be a natural solid and will be classified
in subclass 541 indented hereunder. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 473, | for a plural layer product in which one of the layers
is leather or other animal skin. |
| 511+, | 528+, 535, and 537, for
plural layer products in which one layer may be a wood product. |
|
| | |
| 542.2 | DECORATIVE ARTICLE: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter comprising a fully shaped article which has
as its only utility merely the adornment, or embellishment
of a place or thing and not provided for elsewhere.
| | (1)
Note. When any function other than mere appearance
is ascribed to an article in the specification or claims of a patent, the
patent is placed in the class and subclass which provides for that
other function. |
| | (2)
Note. See Designs Classes D1 to D99 for inventions
in the decorative appearance of articles of commerce which have a
main function other than that of being decorative. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 3, | through 31, for ornaments characterized
by special structural features, or times, or places
of use, particularly the definition of subclass 7 for the location
of decorations and ornaments classified elsewhere; subclass
12 for a hanging ornament; and subclass 17 for a treated
piece of wood which looks like wood. |
| 156+, | for a sheet, or web having decorative or
informative elements embossed therein. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 2, | Apparel,
subclass 175.3 for a decorative trimming for a hat and subclasses 244+ for
decorative trimming for other clothing. |
| 40, | Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting,
subclass 427 for a display having an enhanced visual effect. |
| 52, | Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclasses 311.1+ for an ornamental building component and subclasses 718.01+ for
a decorative trim strip for a building, or building component. |
| 362, | Illumination,
subclasses 362+ for a decorative housing for an illuminating device, e.g., a
globe for an electric lamp, etc. |
| 430, | Radiation Imagery Chemistry: Process, Composition, or
Product Thereof,
subclasses 9+ for a chemically defined photograph. |
| 434, | Education and Demonstration,
subclasses 81+ for inventions in teaching, or demonstrating
visual arts and crafts, especially subclasses 83 for a model
made of filaments and 86 for an animal, or human body model
having movable parts. |
| 446, | Amusement Devices: Toys,
subclasses 115+ for a sculpture designed to be handled, or
manipulated frequently. |
|
| | |
| 542.4 | Trophy or memento (e.g., preserved
artifact, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 542.2. Subject matter the appearance of which is designed to call
to mind a person, or event.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 913.3, | for a collection of patents drawn to memorial plaques. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 52, | Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclasses 103+ for a land marker, or monument, and
subclass 134 for a mausoleum. |
|
| | |
| 542.6 | Constructed from filamentary or flat sheet material: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 542.2. Subject matter deriving its appearance mainly from originally
flat sheet material and/or wire, cord, slender
rods, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 34.1+, | for a hollow article, e.g., a
container defined only in terms of the composition from which it
is made, etc. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 52, | Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclasses 633+ for an openwork building component. |
|
| | |
| 542.8 | ARTICLE OF INTERMEDIATE SHAPE (E.G., BLANK, PARISON, PREFORM, ETC.): |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter comprising a fully shaped article which is
not suitable for functional use in the claimed condition, but
must be subjected to one or more further significant shaping steps to
do more than merely occupy space.
| | (1)
Note. The following operations have been regarded
as not involving a further significant shaping:
| | (a)
Assembling, or uniting the article with other parts. |
| | (b)
Distorting the article during an assembly operation to cause
the article to conform to discrepancies in the size, or shape
of a coacting part. |
| | (c)
Bonding, or distorting those portions of the article
which are to function as means for fastening the article to a coacting
part, as, for example, the bending of ears, or
tabs. |
| | (d)
Completely destroying the identity of the article as by disintegrating, melting, etc. | |
| | (2)
Note. See the main definitions of this class (428), section
VI, A, 2, for a listing of classes of
subject matter which provide for their own blanks. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 43+, | and 571, for a series of blanks connected
together by a weakened portion intrinsic to the material of which the
blank is made. |
| 81, | for a sheet having a defined perimeter structure. |
| 105, | for a plural component web having grain elements
in an angular relationship. |
| 577+, | for an intermediate article which is all metal or
has adjacent metal layers. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 83, | Cutting,
subclass 55 for a blanking process. |
| 264, | Plastic or Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, appropriate subclasses for methods of deforming
nonmetal blanks. |
| 359, | Optical: Systems and Elements,
subclasses 838+ for a mirror or portion of same. |
|
| | |
| 543 | MISCELLANEOUS (E.G., TREATED SURFACES, ETC.) |
| | Product or stock material not provided for in any preceding
subclass in this class or where no other classification exists.
| | (1)
Note. Examples of products found in this subclass
are: a mass of filaments of no definite structure, mixtures
of strands or strips of no definite structure, etc. |
| | (2)
Note. A surface modified so as to form a chemical
composition or compound is classified in the appropriate compound or
composition class, e.g., 106
or 260. |
| | (3)
Note. No patent should be placed in this subclass
before consulting the "Index to U.S. Patent
Classification" for a more appropriate class and subclass. |
| | (4)
Note. The search notes below indicate classes and
subclasses frequently overlooked in mistakenly deciding that an article
is "miscellaneous". |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 409+, | for a web, sheet or block claimed in terms
of a surface characteristic. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 16, | Miscellaneous Hardware,
subclass 110 .1 for a handle, per se, and
the definitions thereto for the location of other handles. |
| 24, | Buckles, Buttons, Clasps, etc.,
subclass 225 for the loop-type eye of a hook-and-eye
fastener. |
| 106, | Compositions: Coating or Plastic, for a single-layer material for building construction, claimed
in terms of its composition, even though described or nominally
claimed as an "article". |
| 116, | Signals and Indicators,
subclasses 63+ for a street traffic marker. |
| 135, | Tent, Canopy, Umbrella, or
Cane,
subclass 65 for a handle for a cane or umbrella. |
| 164, | Metal Founding,
subclasses 235+ for a patterned mold for molten metal or a part
of such mold. |
| 169, | Fire Extinguishers,
subclass 50 for a means for isolating a person or nonburning
thing from a fire, e.g., a fire-barrier, or
shield. |
| 174, | Electricity: Conductors and Insulators,
subclasses 32 through 397for anti-inductive structures, especially subclass
350 for devices which shield or protect structures from magnetic
or electrical interference. |
| 215, | Bottles and Jars,
subclasses 200+ for a closure for a bottle. |
| 219, | Electric Heating,
subclasses 201+ for an article containing an electric heating wire, or
other element for heating the article. |
| 228, | Metal Fusion Bonding,
subclass 44.1 for a holder, or pusher for a metal part to
be welded to another part by fusion bonding. |
| 237, | Heating Systems,
subclass 79 for a radiator heat shield. |
| 248, | Supports,
subclasses 637+ for a machinery support. |
| 249, | Static Molds,
subclasses 187+ for an element for such a mold. |
| 250, | Radiant Energy,
subclasses 515+ for devices, e.g., shields
for absorbing invisible radiation. |
| 267, | Spring Devices,
subclasses 136+ for a device for absorbing shocks, e.g., a resilient
dunnage element, etc. |
| 273, | Amusement Devices: Games,
subclass 146 for a game playing die, and subclasses
293+ for a game playing card or tile. |
| 294, | Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements,
subclass 27 for a receptacle handle, subclass 61 for
spears and subclass 131 for shields. |
| 296, | Land Vehicles: Bodies and Tops,
subclasses 187.01 through 30for a land vehicle body wall or a component thereof. |
| 361, | Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices,
subclass 600 for a potted electrical device. |
| 403, | Joints and Connections,
subclass 30 for a joint between two objects having different
coefficients for expansion. |
| 411, | Expanded, Threaded, Driven, Headed, and
Tool-Deformed or Locked Threaded Fasteners,
subclasses 378+ for an externally threaded fastener. |
| 430, | Radiation Imagery Chemistry: Process, Composition, or
Product Thereof,
subclass 5 for a mask to be used in photography. |
| 521, | Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers,
subclasses 50+ for a single layer of foamed synthetic resin claimed
in terms of its composition; even though described, or
nominally claimed as an "article". |
|
| | |
| 544 | ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Subject matter drawn to stock-material* or
an intermediate-article* which is metallic* or
to a shaped metal configuration designed for melting.
| | (1)
Note. The article or stock-material* may also
contain nonmetal material when it meets the requirements of this
subclass for containing spatially distinct portions of different
metals or distinct forms of a metal, contiguous to each
other. |
| | (2)
Note. Metallic* products made up of a mere
random mixture of ingredients, whether or not such ingredients
are structurally defined, are generally considered to be
compositions, and are classified in the appropriate composition class (including
Class 148 "stock"). However, where
the product is characterized by its dimensions, as in subclasses 606+ or
by a particular internal structure, due to a particular
interrelationship among its elements, or in subclasses
566 and 605 it is considered to be a stock-material*. See
the definition of this class. |
| | (3)
Note. A manufacture which comprises an indefinite
series of articles, whether intermediate or finished, still
joined to each other, as their precursor material was joined
in the workpiece from which the manufacture was made, is
generally considered to be a stock-material* and such
manufactures coming within the scope of this mainline subclass are
generally found in indented subclasses 571 to 575. See
also the class definition of this class (428), section
VI, A. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 30, | Cutlery,
subclass 345 for cutlery implements in which the invention lies
in the material from which made, subclass 346.54, directed
specifically to razor-blade material, and subclass 350, directed
to the metallurgical features of a blade. |
| 51, | Abrasive Tool Making Process, Material, or
Composition, particularly
subclass 309 for a process of making or material for making
a metallic abrasive tool. |
| 52, | Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclasses 712+ for sheet or wire ties. |
| 57, | Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining,
subclasses 200+ for strand structures of that class, and
subclass 362 for wire-rope-making processes. |
| 72, | Metal Deforming,
subclasses 362+ for processes of changing the size or shape of
self-sustaining metal work. |
| 74, | Machine Element or Mechanism,
subclass 588 for connecting rods fabricated from sheet metal. |
| 76, | Metal Tools and Implements, Making,
subclasses 101.1+ for blanks for processes of that class. |
| 109, | Safes, Bank Protection, or a
Related Device,
subclass 78 for safes, safe walls and safe plates
which may be made of metal. |
| 123, | Internal-Combustion Engines,
subclass 90.51 for the composition of a tappet of that class, and
subclasses 188.1+ for valves of that class which may
be made of metal. |
| 139, | Textiles: Weaving,
subclass 425 for a fabric of that class which includes metal. |
| 200, | Electricity: Circuit Makers and Breakers,
subclasses 262+ for contacts of that class which are of specific materials, e.g., metal-containing. |
| 204, | Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy,
subclasses 292+ for electrodes having a free-metal-containing composition, useful
for carrying out the processes of that class. |
| 205, | Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions
Used Therein, and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclasses 76+ for an electroforming process directed to the production
of sheets, webs, wires, and filaments. |
| 238, | Railways: Surface Track,
subclass 4 for metallic highway track, subclass 26
for longitudinal metal rail-supporting beams, subclasses
30+ for railway ties which may be metal, subclass
111 for a pot-type rail support made of cast metal, subclass
112 for a wrought plate support, subclass 150 for materials
for rails, subclasses 269+ for cast rail seats, and
subclasses 272+ for wrought rail seats. |
| 249, | Static Molds,
subclass 213 for a mold adjunct in the form of a sheet-metal tie
for maintaining mold elements in spaced relation. |
| 280, | Land Vehicles,
subclass 28 for a device of that class in which the sliding
portion of a base is claimed. |
| 403, | Joints and Connections,
subclasses 271+ for a molded joint comprising metal fusion material. |
| 413, | Sheet Metal Container Making,
subclasses 1+ for processes and machines for shaping and seaming
sheet metal hollow articles and machines for forming and compressing
the seams of roofing sheets. |
| 416, | Fluid Reaction Surfaces (i.e., Impellers),
subclasses 223+ for specific impeller blade structures, e.g., shapes, materials, etc. |
| 451, | Abrading,
subclass 553 for a metallic abrading tool. |
| 474, | Endless Belt Power Transmission Systems or Components, appropriate subclasses for a friction or positive drive
pulley, guide roll, or belt which may be formed
of cast or sheet metal. |
| 623, | Prosthesis (i.e., Artificial
Body Members), Parts Thereof, or Aids
and Accessories Therefor, appropriate subclasses for miscellaneous articles animal
body parts, elements and accessory to such parts which
may be used of metal. |
|
| | |
| 545 | Component of composite having metal continuous phase interengaged with nonmetal continuous phase |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter directed to composite (e.g., multilayer) material
in which a component (e.g., a
single layer) has a continuum (matrix or continuous
phase) of elemental metal and also a continuum of nonfluent
nonmetal interengaged or interenmeshed with the metal continuum.
| | (1)
Note. To be included within the definition of interengaged, the
two phases must be related in an interlaced, reticulated, interwoven, etc., fashion. |
| | (2)
Note. A mere dispersion of particles in a matrix
does not come within the purview of this subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 539.5, | for noncomposite (e.g., single
layer) stock-material* having a metal
continuum interengaged with a solid nonmetal continuum. |
| 548+, | for composite metallic stock which contains metal
particles. |
| 615+, | for composite metallic stock in general. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 75, | Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and
Loose Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclasses 230+ for a consolidated metal particle composition containing
nonmetal. |
| 200, | Electricity: Circuit Makers and Breakers,
subclass 264 for a contact comprising an infiltrated porous
substance. |
| 419, | Powder Metallurgy Processes,
subclass 28 for processes of mechanically working particulate
metal subsequent to sintering. |
| 442, | Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or
Nonwoven Textile or Cloth, etc.),
subclasses 228+ and 376+ for a fabric including a free
metal or alloy constituent. |
|
| | |
| 546 | Having metal particles |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter which contains free (elemental) metal
particles.
| | (1)
Note. This and its indented subclasses include stock-material* made
by sintering, that is, a process in which a portion of
a metal particle is alloyed, bonded, brazed, coalesced, partly
fused or welded to a portion of an adjacent metal particle due to
the application of heat, or heat and pressure.
Reference: Everhart, J. L., et
al, "Mechanical Properties of Metals and Alloys", Circular
of the National Bureau of Standards, C447, 1943, p, 16. |
| | (2)
Note. The particulate metal component may contain
particles of nonmetal material and a component is deemed to contain
metal particles if made from a starting mixture of metal and nonmetal particles, even
though all of the metal may have melted in the process.
Thus, "cemented" carbides are assumed
to contain metal particles. |
| | (3)
Note. In this and its indented subclasses, the
particulate nature of the metal in the product may not always be
explicit. When the product is manufactured from metal
powder, it is presumed that some of the particulate nature
of the starting material is preserved, at least in the
grain structure of the product. This presumption holds
even where the shape of the particles is changed, e.g., from
rounded to flattened. Where the particles are disclosed
as being fully molten during the process, and solidified
in a mass, e.g., as in conventional
metal spray coating, this presumption does not hold. |
| | (4)
Note. Mere mention of the grain structure or crystalline
configuration or a metal component does not justify placement in
these subclasses (544+). |
| | (5)
Note. Mere porosity, even when a percentage
figure is claimed, or reference to an ingredient as a metal
powder, is not sufficient for classification as stock-material*, recitation
of an interconnected void structure in an article is sufficient. See
subclass 566. |
| | (6)
Note. The metal particles need not be joined, or
even adjacent, to one another; rather, when
a product is defined as having a portion or component which has
a metal matrix, that is, continuous phase of free (elemental) metal, next
to a portion or component which contains metal particles, even
in a matrix of a nonmetal, it is assumed that metal-to-metal
contiguousness exists, and the patent is properly placed
here (subclasses 546+). |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 148, | 208, 309, 328, and 330, for
a nonmetallic sheet or web containing particles which may be free
metal. |
| 403+, | for a coated particle or a mass thereof, which
particle or coating may be of free metal. |
| 570, | for a metal particle coated with a metal. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 75, | Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and
Loose Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclasses 314+ for consolidated solid treating compositions for molten
metal or consolidated charges that contain free metal, subclasses 228+ for
metal compositions made from random mixtures which include metal
powder, and subclasses 255+ for loose metal powder
compositions. |
| 100, | Presses, 266, Metallurgical Apparatus; and
425, Plastic Article or Earthenware Shaping or Treating: Apparatus; for
apparatus for forming compacts from powdered metal. For the
line between these classes, see the class definition of
Class 425. |
| 106, | Compositions: Coating or Plastic,
subclasses 403+ for pigments, fillers, and aggregate
containing metallic powder. |
| 149, | Explosive and Thermic Compositions or Charges, especially
subclasses 37+ and 108.2 for such compositions containing
particulate metals. |
| 204, | Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy,
subclass 280 for an electrode which may contain particles of
free metal. |
| 252, | Compositions,
subclass 63.2 for electrical resistance elements distinguished
only by their composition, and subclasses 181.1+ for "getter" compositions. |
| 264, | Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes,
subclasses 5+ for liquid or melt comminuting of metals, and
subclass 111 for processes of uniting metal particles without sintering. |
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclass 214 for coil retainers or slot closures which may contain
particles of free metal. |
| 419, | Powder Metallurgy Processes, appropriate subclasses for processes of making articles
from metal particles using pressure with without heating, especially
subclasses 5+ for such processes to produce composite articles which
may have plural adjacent powder or solid metal layers or components. |
| 420, | Alloys or Metallic Compositions, appropriate subclasses for elemental metal or alloys
in particulate form. |
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclasses 180+ for methods of applying solid particles or fibers
to a base, and subclasses 202+ for application
of superposed diverse coatings, one of which is particulate. |
| 442, | Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or
Nonwoven Textile or Cloth, etc.),
subclasses 228 and 376 for a fabric including a free metal or
alloy constituent which may be metal particles. |
| 501, | Compositions: Ceramic, for ceramic compositions having metal particles in
a nonmetal matrix without a continuous metal phase. |
| 520, | Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers, in particular, Classes 523 and 524 for a
synthetic resin or natural rubber containing composition containing
a nonreactant material. In these compositions, the
nonreactant material may be metal particles, which are
dispersed in a continuous nonmetal phase, without a continuous
metal phase. |
|
| | |
| 547 | Having composition or density gradient or differential porosity |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 546. Subject matter in which the porosity in one portion of the
material or article differs from the porosity in another portion
of the material or article or in which the composition or density
of the stock-material* varies gradually from being
of one composition or density to being another composition or density, without the
formation of distinct layers during the variance, or wherein
such variation takes place within a single component of a composite.
| | (1)
Note. The gradual nature of the composition or density
variation must be explicit for the patent to be classified herein
on the basis of a composition or density gradient. |
| | (2)
Note. The presence of a "diffusion layer" between
metal components does not place a patent in this subclass; such
a patent is classified on the basis of the layers. See
the definition to subclass 544. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 170, | for a nonmetallic sheet, web, or
a component thereof varying in thickness and wherein its density
also varies and which may or may not contain metal particles. |
| 305, | for a nonmetallic composite sheet or web, a
component of which has differential or varying porosity or density, which
may or may not contain metal particles. |
| 545, | for the product which results when a consolidated
metal powder material having an interconnected void structure is
only partially impregnated with a nonmetal material. |
| 550, | for the product which results when a consolidated
metal powder material having an interconnected void structure is
only partially impregnated with a different metal. |
| 610, | for nonparticulate products in which the composition
or density varies gradually within a single layer. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 109, | Safes, Bank Protection, or a
Related Device,
subclasses 80+ for wall and panel composites having composition or
density gradient or differential porosity. |
| 204, | Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy,
subclasses 471+ for processes directed to the coating of forming
of metal layers or objects by electrophoresis or electro-osmosis. |
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclasses 402+ for plural superposed diverse metallic coating
methods. |
|
| | |
| 548 | Composite; i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, etc.) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 546. Subject matter which comprises at least two different contiguous
layers or portions, which can be seen to be in different
locations, both of which are, at least to some
extent, of elemental metal, at least one of which
has a continuous metallic matrix and at least one of which contains
metal particles.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass (548) is the
locus for patents having two or more contiguous layers, all
of which are of consolidated metal powder. |
| | (2)
Note. This subclass (548) includes
a consolidated metal powder product, a portion of which
has been impregnated with one metal, and another portion
of which has been impregnated with a different metal. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 411+, | for corresponding nonmetallic* stock-materials*. |
| 615+, | for corresponding nonparticulate metallic stock. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 75, | Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and
Loose Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclasses 228+ for a consolidated composition of metal powder
and subclasses 255+ for unconsolidated metal powders. |
| 148, | Metal Treatment,
subclasses 516 through 537for processes of treating layered solid or semi-solid
metal stock or article to modify or maintain the internal physical
structure (i.e., microstructure) or
chemical properties of metal. If metal casting, fusion bonding, machining, or
working is involved, there is a requirement for significant
heat treatment as described in the Class 148 definition. |
| 378, | X-Ray or Gamma Ray Systems or Devices,
subclasses 143+ for laminated electrodes designed to generate X-rays
in which at least one layer contains metal particles. |
| 419, | Powder Metallurgy Processes, for processes of sintering powdered metal. |
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclass 191 for processes of applying metal particles to a
base to form a continuous coating, and subclasses 202+ for
processes of applying superposed diverse coatings, at least
one of which is particulate. |
|
| | |
| 549 | Fiber, asbestos, or cellulose in or next to particulate component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 548. Subject matter in which the composite contains fibrous material, whether
metal or nonmetal, asbestos or cellulose, in next
to the component which contains the metal particles.
| | (1)
Note. The metal particles may be contained within
an interengaged fibrous matrix, for example, a
textile. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 34.1+, | 47, 50+, 5+, 60+, 88+, 141, 150, 151+, 169+, 200+, 205, 209+, 220+, and
608, for other fiber, cellulose and/or
asbestos-containing stock-materials*. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 57, | Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining,
subclasses 200+ for stock-material* comprising
metal or nonmetal strand, web or sheet structures having
a claimed twisted or twined constituent and made by the machines and
processes of that class (57). |
| 75, | Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and
Loose Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclass 229 for a consolidated metal powder composition having
a fibrous component or a fibrous grain structure. |
| 245, | Wire Fabrics and Structure,
subclasses 2+ for metallic wire fabric and miscellaneous wire
fabric joints formed by bending at least one intersecting or connecting
element about the other. |
| 442, | Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or
Nonwoven Textile or Cloth, etc.),
subclasses 228+ and 376+ for a fabric including a free
metal or alloy constituent. |
|
| | |
| 550 | Porous component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 548. Subject matter in which a component has pores*.
| | (1)
Note. Included herein are those products having
pores or interconnected voids which are filled in only a portion
of the product. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 566, | for particulate metal stock-material* having
an interconnected void structure. |
| 613, | for nonparticulate porous metallic* stock-material*. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 51, | Abrasive Tool Making Process, Material, or
Composition, particularly
subclass 296 for an abrasive tool making process including the
step of forming pores or voids in the finished article, or
compositions which form pores or voids therein. |
| 74, | Machine Element or Mechanism,
subclass 434 for porous metallic rotary bodies of that class. |
| 252, | Compositions,
subclass 12 for a porous bearing containing a fluent lubricant
described by composition. |
|
| | |
| 551 | Nonmetal component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 548. Subject matter in which a component is composed of nonmetal, containing
no free metal.
| | (1)
Note. The nonmetal component is in addition to the
two contiguous metal-containing portions. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 539.5, | for single layer material having a continuous metal
phase and an interengaged or interenmeshed nonmetal phase. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 416, | Fluid Reaction Surfaces (i.e., Impellers),
subclass 241 for an impeller blade characterized by a specified structure
other than shape which is not elsewhere classifiable; or
a blade having a residual surface film, layer or continuous
deposit, or, at least, partial impregnation; or
a blade whose material composition is specifically set forth. |
|
| | |
| 552 | Entirely inorganic |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 551. Subject matter in which the nonmetal component contains
no organic material.
| | (1)
Note. Where the nonmetal component is functionally
defined and is generic to both organic and inorganic materials, e.g., "an
insulating layer", the patent is placed in subclass
551 and is not-cross-referenced here. |
| | (2)
Note. "Enamel" without a further description, is
presumed to be inorganic; "paint" is
presumed to be organic. | |
| | |
| 553 | Nonparticulate metal component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 548. Subject matter in which the product includes a component
which contains metal powder and another component which is of metal
which does not show any origin as metal particles.
| | (1)
Note. The particles in the powder portion may not
be consolidated enough to form a coherent article or material without
the presence of the nonparticulate portion. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 148, | Metal Treatment,
subclasses 240+ for processes and compositions employing agents
which react with a metal substrate to form a coating thereon. |
|
| | |
| 554 | Plural nonparticulate metal components |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 553. Subject matter having two or more components which show
no origin as metal powder.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 615+, | for composite metallic stock-material* having
no powder component. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 313, | Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices,
subclass 345 for filament and resistance-heated electrodes
which are composites. |
|
| | |
| 555 | Next to each other |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 554. Subject matter in which the plural nonparticulate components
are adjacent each other.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 313, | Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices,
subclass 355 for composite electrode and shield structures of
a plurality of laminations. |
|
| | |
| 556 | Nonmetal in particulate component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 555. Subject matter in which a particulate component, e.g., a
layer, contains nonmetal.
| | (1)
Note. The nonmetal may be the continuous phase of
the component which contains metal particles. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 219, | Electric Heating,
subclass 146 for an electric arc heating electrode, e.g., a metal
rod having a core of a fluxing composition and having more structure
than a mere stock-material*. |
|
| | |
| 558 | Nonparticulate component encloses particles |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 553. Subject matter in which the nonparticulate metal component
serves to enclose, completely or partially, the
particulate metal component.
| | (1)
Note. The metal particles often are distributed
in a nonmetal matrix of fluxing agent to make a "solder
stick". |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 208, | 328 and 330, for a plural layer nonmetallic* sheet
or web in which one layer contains metal particles. |
| 559+, | for other metallic* composites having metal
particles mixed with nonmetal fluxing components. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 75, | Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and
Loose Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclasses 303+ for flux compositions, per se, containing
metal particles, without a binder. |
| 106, | Compositions: Coating or Plastic,
subclass 1 for metal depositing, e.g., "hard
facing", compositions containing metal particles
and a nonmetal binder or carrier fluid, with or without a
fluxing component. |
| 148, | Metal Treatment,
subclass 24 for flux compositions, per se, containing
metal particles and a binder or carrier fluid. |
| 219, | Electric Heating,
subclass 146 for an electrode for arc heating of metal, having
a core of a fluxing composition. |
| 228, | Metal Fusion Bonding,
subclass 56.3 for an article adapted to be applied to work as
filler material, subclass 214 for a process of surface-bonding metallic
parts using a flux, subclass 244 for such methods using
an unfused (e.g., particulate) metal
filler, and subclasses 262.1+ for such method
wherein the work component, temperature, or pressure
is critical. |
| 376, | Induced Nuclear Reactions: Processes, Systems, and
Elements,
subclasses 412+ for nuclear fuel component structure in layered, channel
or jacketed form, encased together with a nonfuel component. |
|
| | |
| 559 | Particles discontinuous |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 553. Subject matter in which the metal particles of the particulate
component are not joined to each other.
| | (1)
Note. The particles may be loose, that
is, adjacent to each other, but not permanently
fastened to each other. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 558, | for materials similar in their ultimate composition
and functions to those contained herein and the search notes thereto. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclass 197 for processes of applying particles to localized
different areas of a base. |
|
| | |
| 560 | Separated by nonmetal matrix or binder (e.g., welding electrode, etc.) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 553. Subject matter in which metal particles are held in discontinuous
array by a nonmetal material which functions as a binder or matrix
for the particles.
| | (1)
Note. Contrary to the general rule for patent placement
in these subclasses (544+), a
patent is not placed in this subclass when the nonparticulate component
is generically claimed, if such component is disclosed
as being confined to those materials specifically provided for in
the subclasses indented hereunder. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 208, | 328 and 330, for a plural layer nonmetallic* sheet
or web in which one layer contains metal particles. |
| 556, | for a composite having plural adjacent nonparticulate
metal components and a particulate component which includes a nonmetal. |
| 558, | for materials similar in their ultimate composition
and function to those contained herein, and the search
notes thereto. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 313, | Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices,
subclasses 326+ for electrode and shield structures which are more
than mere stock materials. |
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclasses 59+ for coating processes for producing electrodes
used in electric welding, and subclass 196 for processes
of applying particles and a binder from different sources upon a
base. |
|
| | |
| 561 | Nonparticulate component has Ni-, Cu-, or Zn-base |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 560. Subject matter in which a nonparticulate component is more
than 50% nickel, copper or zinc, or a
combination of two or three of these metals.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 558, | for materials similar in their ultimate composition
and function to those contained herein, and the search
notes thereto. |
|
| | |
| 562 | Nonparticulate component has Fe-base |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 560. Subject matter in which a nonparticulate component is more
than 50% iron.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 558, | for materials similar in their ultimate composition
and function to those contained herein and the search notes thereto. |
|
| | |
| 564 | Nonmetal particles in particulate component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 553. Subject matter in which a particulate metal component contains
dispersed nonmetal particles.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 539.5, | for a metal matrix interengaged with a nonmetal
matrix. |
| 545, | for a composite having a component in which a metal
matrix is interengaged with a nonmetal matrix. |
| 556, | for a composite having plural adjacent nonparticulate
metal components and a particulate component which includes a nonmetal. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 51, | Abrasive Tool Making Process, Material, or
Composition, particularly
subclass 309 for an abrasive tool composition containing metal. |
| 75, | Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and
Loose Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclasses 230+ for a consolidated metal powder composition containing
nonmetal. |
| 188, | Brakes,
subclasses 251+ for composite brake shoes characterized by more than
the composition of the layer. |
| 219, | Electric Heating,
subclass 146 for structured electrodes of that class with fluxing
or arc-shielding means. |
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclass 201 for methods of applying plural particulate materials
to a base. |
|
| | |
| 565 | Nonmetal particles in a component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 458. Subject matter in which a component contains nonmetal particles.
| | (1)
Note. The inclusion in a component of metal particles
which themselves contain a dispersed nonmetal, e.g., steel
with carbon content, is not sufficient for placement in
this subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 556, | for a composite having plural adjacent nonparticulate
metal components and a particulate component which includes a nonmetal. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 51, | Abrasive Tool Making Process, Material, or
Composition, particularly
subclass 309 for process of making an abrading tool involving
metal or metal oxide composition. |
|
| | |
| 566 | Interconnected void structure (e.g., permeable, etc.) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 546. Subject matter specified as having pores which are interconnected
with each other and unfilled.
| | (1)
Note. Mere porosity in the product or a density
less than theoretical is not sufficient for placement of a patent
in this subclass; however, where the product is defined
as "permeable" or a porosity of greater than 40% (density
less then 60%) is claimed, it is assumed
that the product has an interconnected void structure. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 539.5, | and 567, for similar products in which the
interconnected void structure is filled with a nonmetal substance
or a different metal, respectively. |
| 547, | for a particulate metallic stock-material* in
which the porosity varies. |
| 613, | for metallic stock-material* partially or
wholly porous, which does not contain consolidated metal
powder. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 51, | Abrasive Tool Making Process, Material, or
Composition, particularly
subclass 296 for a process or tool defined thereby including
the step of forming pores of voids in the finished article, or
abrading tool compositions including one or more materials which
form pores or voids therein. |
| 210, | Liquid Purification or Separation,
subclass 510.1 for a filter in the form of a porous unitary mass
which is peculiar to that class (210). |
| 429, | Chemistry: Electrical Current Producing
Apparatus, Product and Process,
subclass 145 for a battery separator having plural layers of
defined porosity. |
|
| | |
| 567 | Continuous interengaged phases of plural metals, or oriented fiber containing |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 546. Subject matter containing elongated elements in a defined
relationship to each other (e.g., parallel) or
in which matrix or continuous phase of one metal (usually
a consolidated powder material having an interconnected "void" structure) is
interengaged with a matrix or continuous phase of a different metal.
The different metal is usually a nonparticulate, impregnating
metal.
| | (1)
Note. An elongated element is one having one dimension
significantly larger than its other dimensions, e.g., fibrous, needle-like, rod-like, etc. |
| | (2)
Note. A mere elongation of the entire product is
not sufficient for placement herein. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 539.5, | for stock-material* having a metal continuous
phase interengaged with a nonmetal continuous phase. |
| 545, | for the product which results when a consolidated
metal powder material having an interconnected void structure is
only partially impregnated with a nonmetal material. |
| 550, | for the product which results when a consolidated
metal powder material having an interconnected void structure is
only partially impregnated with a different metal. |
| 556, | for stock-material* of consolidated metal
powder having an interconnected void structure. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 29, | Metal Working,
subclass 527.2 for processes of applying or shaping of fluent
coating material upon a base with an additional mechanical manufacturing
step. |
| 75, | Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and
Loose Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclass 229 for a consolidated metal powder composition containing
elongated elements in a random disposition. |
| 205, | Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions
Used Therein, and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclass 150 for electrolytic coating processes for a metal
powder compact. |
| 419, | Powder Metallurgy Processes,
subclass 24 for processes for making articles from metal powder
using pressure and heat wherein at least some of the metal particles
are in the form of filaments or fibers. |
| 427, | Coating Processes, for impregnation processes, per se, especially
subclasses 243+ , 250+, 295, and
435+. |
|
| | |
| 568 | Nonmetal containing |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 567. Subject matter containing one of the following, in
free or combined solid form: a noble gas, a halogen, a
chalcogen (oxygen, sulfur, selenium or
tellurium), nitrogen, phosphorus, carbon
or boron.
| | (2)
Note. If, in the claims as a whole, the presence
of a nonmetal is optional, the patent is placed in another
subclass of 567+ and is not cross-referenced in
this subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 51, | Abrasive Tool Making Process, Material, or
Composition, for a tool making process involving the use of metallic
or metal compound materials. |
|
| | |
| 569 | Mo or W containing |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 567. Subject matter in which the product contains molybdenum
or tungsten.
| | (1)
Note. Where molybdenum and/or tungsten
is not necessary in all of the claims, the patent is placed
in another subclass of 567+ and is not cross-reference
to this subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 310, | Electrical Generator or Motor Structure,
subclass 231 for rotary structures of that class. |
|
| | |
| 570 | Composite powder (e.g., coated, etc.) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter comprising unconsolidated (loose) composite
metal powder.
| | (1)
Note. See the definition of subclass 615, below, for
an explanation of the term "composite". |
| | (2)
Note. While a loose mass of particles, each
of which comprises a particular metal or alloy, coated
with a different particular metal or alloy, is considered
to be a stock-material* for this class and subclass, a
consolidated mass of such particles or a mixture of such particles with
other particles is considered to be a composition, and
is classified in a composition class. See, in
particular, the definition of Class 75, subclass
251. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 403+, | for nonmetallic* coated particles. 924+, for
a collection of patents which disclose the physical dimensions of
composite metal stock-materials*, including
composite powders. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 75, | Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and
Loose Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclasses 255+ for loose metal particle compositions and the definitions
and notes thereto for the location of other patents which concern
metal particles. |
| 148, | Metal Treatment,
subclass 513 for processes of treating loose metal particles
and subclass 514 for processes of treating previously consolidated metal
particles and having no sintering of compacting step, for
purposes of modifying or maintaining the internal physical structure (i.e., microstructure) or
chemical properties of metal. |
| 205, | Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions
Used Therein, and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclasses 80+ for electrolytic coating processes. |
| 376, | Induced Nuclear Reactions: Processes,
Systems, and Elements,
subclass 411 for coated nuclear fuel particles in a jacket or
can. |
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclasses 212+ , especially 216 and 217 for methods of coating
particles. |
| 502, | Catalyst, Solid Sorbent or Support Therefor: Product
or Process of Making, for a composition composing a catalyst or sorbent, per
se, and see especially
subclasses 300+ for a catalyst which may contain a metal powder. |
|
| | |
| 571 | Having marginal feature for indexing or weakened portion for severing |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter in which the material is provided, usually
along its length, with portions of reduced tensile or fracture
resistant properties, e.g., perforations, or
with a machine-sensible configuration, at or near
an edge, to permit ready or automatic disassociation of
the material into smaller units.
| | (1)
Note. In general, claimed recitation of an
individual lead frame, per se, with or without
electrical leads/connections thereto will not be classified
herein, but in Class 257. To be classified in
Class 428, the stock material will have to be claimed either
as an individual lead frame without being labeled "lead frame", or
the lead frame structure will have to be a strip of interconnected
lead frames prior to separation into individual lead frames.
Claimed recitation of any electrical leads/connections (nominally or
in detail) in addition to the lead frame, or of
electrical components (nominally or in detail) in
addition to the lead frame, per se, will result
in the subject matter being classified elsewhere, e.g., Classes 174, 257
or 361. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 43+, | for a nonmetallic sheet, web or layer weakened
to permit separation through its thickness. |
| 131+, | for a nonmetallic sheet or web including an aperture. |
| 573, | for materials of regular variation in width or thickness
where the variations are not provided specifically for purposes
of disassociation. |
| 596, | for perforated stock where the perforations are
not provided specifically for purposes of disassociation or indexing. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 29, | Metal Working,
subclass 413 for processes of obtaining plural pieces from a
unitary piece by breaking through a weakened portion. |
| 59, | Chain, Staple, and Horseshoe
Making,
subclass 77 for staple blanks integrally connected by the metal
from which they are made, which require further significant
shaping in addition to severing to produce a single fastener. |
| 174, | Electricity: Conductors and Insulators,
subclass 536 for lead frames combined with a housing for electrical components. |
| 206, | Special Receptacle or Package,
subclass 83.5 for a set of articles put up as a mercentile unit. |
| 257, | Active Solid-State Devices (e.g., Transistors, Solid-State
Diodes),
subclasses 666+ for lead frames, per
se, or combined with active solid-state electronic
devices. |
| 361, | Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices,
subclass 421 , for lead frames with plural diverse electrical
components. |
|
| | |
| 573 | Width or thickness variation or marginal cuts repeating longitudinally |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter wherein, an indeterminate number
of times, at regular intervals, along the length
of the material, the width or thickness varies or cuts
are provided along a margin.
| | (1)
Note. The mere provision of apertures or a roughened
surface is not considered to be a variation in thickness. |
| | (2)
Note. A merely twisted structure is not considered
to have a variation in width or thickness. |
| | (3)
Note. In general, claimed recitation of an
individual lead frame, per se, with or without
electrical leads/connections thereto will not be classified
herein, but in Class 257. To be classified in
Class 428, the stock material will have to be claimed either
as an individual lead frame without being labeled "lead frame", or
the lead frame structure will have to be a strip of interconnected
lead frames prior to separation into individual lead frames.
Claimed recitation of any electrical leads/connections (nominally or
in detail) in addition to the lead frame, or of
electrical components (nominally or in detail) in
addition to the lead frame, per se, will result
in the subject matter being classified elsewhere, e.g., Classes 174, 257
or 361. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 156+, | for nonmetallic sheet or web material varying in
thickness. |
| 596, | for metallic* stock-material* having one
or more discrete through openings or cuts which may or may not be
marginal. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 30, | Cutlery,
subclass 346.56 for a toothed or waved-edge razor blade, and
355 for other toothed blades. |
| 52, | Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclass 314 for structure in which the exposed face gives the
appearance of being formed of multiple units, this effect
being gained by deformation or marking of the base material. |
| 73, | Measuring and Testing,
subclass 421 for articles of that class (73) which
are samplers or tollers. |
| 174, | Electricity: Conductors and Insulators,
subclass 536 for lead frames combined with a housing for electrical components. |
| 257, | Active Solid-State Devices (e.g., Transistors, Solid-State
Diodes),
subclasses 666+ for lead frames, per
se, or combined with active solid-state electronic
devices. |
| 361, | Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices,
subclass 421 , for lead frames with plural diverse electrical
components. |
|
| | |
| 574 | Variation in both width and thickness |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 573. Subject matter in which both the width and thickness vary
regularly.
| | (1)
Note. The width variation need not follow the same
rhythm as the thickness variation. |
| | (2)
Note. Wire or bar stock which varies regularly, along
its length, in the diameter of its cross section, is
placed in this subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 399, | for a nonmetallic* rod, strand, filament
or fiber whose cross section area varies along its length. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 29, | Metal Working,
subclasses 76.1+ for files and rasps. |
|
| | |
| 575 | Marginal slots (i.e., deeper than wide) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 573. Subject matter having along its side edges, and extending
to said edges, openings which are smaller in their longitudinal
extent than they are in another dimension.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 571, | for stock-material* having a marginal feature
designed for calculating the length of the stock-material* or
number of units into which it is to be divided, or for
facilitating such division by automatic means. |
|
| | |
| 576 | Shaped configuration for melting (e.g., package, etc.) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter drawn to articles* comprising metal, with
or without a nometal component, having a described configuration
suitable for use in a particular process where the article is melted
or fused.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 2, | for other "packages" suitable
for in toto disposal. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 44, | Fuel and Related Compositions,
subclasses 530+ for a fuel product of defined shape or structure
and subclass 541 for a bundled, covered or wrapper fuel
composition. |
| 75, | Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and
Loose Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclasses 303+ for a flux composition which may be defined in terms
of its shape, and subclasses 314+ for a consolidated
composition (e.g., a briquette) which
is to be used as a charge for a metallurgical furnace, the
composition containing free metal dispersed in a nonmetal. |
| 206, | Special Receptacle or Package,
subclass 83.5 for bales, including bales of metal scrap. |
| 228, | Metal Fusion Bonding,
subclass 56.3 for an article adapted to be applied to work as
a filler material. |
|
| | |
| 577 | Intermediate article (e.g., blank, etc.) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter comprising an intermediate-article*.
| | (1)
Note. If opposite surfaces of an article are defined
as converging toward each other at one end, the length
of the article is considered definite, for placement in this
subclass. |
| | (2)
Note. "Recited end structure" means that
a structural feature must be pointed out for at least two intersecting
thickness surfaces of the article. Where "end" structure
is recited without a recitation of "side" structure, the
defined "ends" are considered "sides". |
| | (3)
Note. See the main definitions of this class (428), section
VI, A, 2, for a listing of classes of
subject matter which provide for their own blanks. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 34.1+, | and 571, for a series of blanks connected
together by a weakened portion intrinsic to the material of which the
blank is made. |
| 542, | for nonmetallic* blanks. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 72, | Metal Deforming, appropriate subclasses for methods of deforming metal
blanks. |
| 83, | Cutting,
subclass 55 for blanking processes. |
|
| | |
| 578 | Panel having nonrectangular perimeter |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 577. Subject matter in which the article has a length and a width
each of which is greater than its thickness, has a finite
perimeter, and has a margin which is other than four straight
sides meeting each other at right angles.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 80+, | for other nonrectangular sheets. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 52, | Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclasses 656.1+ for a frame, per se. |
| 285, | Pipe Joints or Couplings,
subclass 424 for coupling stock-material* originally
in sheet form. |
|
| | |
| 579 | Disk |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 577. Subject matter in which the panel has a substantially circular
edge configuration.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 64.1+, | for other nonmetal* circular sheets. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 74, | Machine Element or Mechanism,
subclasses 434+ for structure and details of rotary bodies, per
se, constituting gearing elements. |
| 292, | Closure Fasteners,
subclass 357 for doorknob rose plates. |
| 301, | Land Vehicles: Wheels and Axles,
subclasses 5.1+ for wheels. |
| 313, | Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices,
subclasses 346 and 355 for coated or laminated electrodes or shields
having structures peculiar to Class 313. |
|
| | |
| 580 | Symmetrical |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 578. Subject matter having a plane of symmetry and a correspondence
in size, shape and relative position of parts such that
if a plane mirror is placed in the plane of symmetry, parallel
to a thickness surface or perpendicular to a nonthickness* surface
of the article, half the object, plus the mirror
image of this half, appears the same as the entire object.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 277, | Seal for a Joint or Juncture,
subclass 325 for a radially actuated segmented seal (e.g., ram
type, etc.) for a well overpressure control
device (e.g., seal for a blowout
preventer, etc.), subclass 344
for a segmented radially actuated packer (e.g., oil
saver, gas saver, etc.) for
above ground apparatus of a well, subclass 493 for a segmented
piston ring, subclass 533 for a dynamic segmented seal
having a wedging surface contained or compressed by gland member
in a packing box, or subclasses 543+ for a dynamic segmented
circumferential contact seal for other than a piston. |
|
| | |
| 581 | Only one plane of symmetry |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 580. Subject matter in which the mirror can be placed in only
one position to reveal the symmetry.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 74, | Machine Element or Mechanism,
subclass 607 for an axle and torque tube casing having structure
limited to uses of that class. |
|
| | |
| 582 | Having outward flange, gripping means or interlocking feature |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 577. Subject matter which is (1) provided with
a rim, collar or other flat projection which stands out
beyond the main body of the article, or (2) provided
with means for holding the article, e.g., during
late processing, or (3) having a configuration
which provides for interlocking among a plurality of identical articles.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 33, | for an article made of plural parts interlocking
or temporary attachment means. |
| 81+, | 121+ and 192+, for a
sheet or web having an edge feature which may be a projection. |
| 99+, | for a sheet or web having a fastener for attachment
to an external surface. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 29, | Metal Working,
subclass 428 for assembly and/or joining of metal parts by
bending of flanges, etc. |
| 174, | Electricity: Conductors and Insulators,
subclasses 73 and 74 for cables, conduits and conductors
combined with attaching means at a joint or end structure. |
| 267, | Spring Devices,
subclasses 260+ for a leaf spring having a connecting feature at
an end. |
|
| | |
| 583 | Having discrete fastener, marginal fastening, taper, or end structure |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 577. Subject matter in which (1) article is
held together by a separate and distinct mechanical fastener extending
over the edge of the article, or into a plurality of layers
of the article, or by bonding only the edges of the article, or (2) in which
the article is distinguished by a configuration, within
one-third of its either end, which differs from
its configuration in its central one-third, or (3) opposite
surfaces of the article tend to converge.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 83, | and 122, for a nonmetallic* sheet
or web with a channel-shaped edge component. |
| 88, | and 194, for a nonmetallic* sheet
or web with an edge feature, or a configured or discontinuous
surface. |
| 157, | for a nonmetallic* sheet or web wherein
the difference occurs only at, or in the area adjacent, an
edge of the sheet or web. |
| 594, | for indefinite length metallic* material
held together in the same manner. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 53, | Package Making, appropriate subclasses for methods and apparatus
for tying metal scrap into bundles. |
| 138, | Pipes and Tubular Conduits,
subclasses 156+ for longitudinally seamed tubing. |
| 206, | Special Receptacle or Package,
subclass 83.5 for bales, including bales of metal scrap. |
| 473, | Amusement Devices; Games,
subclasses 316+ for a golf club shaft. |
|
| | |
| 584 | Same structure at both ends of plural taper |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 583. Subject matter in which the end feature is qualitatively
the same at both opposite ends of the article.
| | (1)
Note. The feature need not be quantitatively the
same, e.g., both ends may taper, but
at different angles. | |
| | |
| 585 | Single taper (e.g., ingot, etc.) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 583. Subject matter in which the end feature is one in which
either the thickness surfaces or the nonthickness surfaces, or
both, of the article, approach each other towards
an end.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 582, | for ingots having a feature for interlocking with
each other. |
| 599, | for ingots which are not defined as tapering, but
which may have fluted sides or similar features. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 164, | Metal Founding,
subclasses 271+ for means to shape a metallic ingot. |
| 249, | Static Molds,
subclass 174 for container-type molding device for
forming an ingot. |
| 254, | Implements or Apparatus for Applying Pushing or
Pulling Force,
subclass 104 for a wedge, per se. |
|
| | |
| 586 | Workpiece with longitudinal passageway or stopweld material (e.g., for tubular stock, etc.) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter drawn to stock-material* which is
to be worked upon in a metal-working or similar operation, which
contains therein an empty longitudinal passageway insufficient to form
a conduit or a material, usually nonmetal, which
is resistant to bonding to the adjacent metal when subjected to
heat and/or working.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 34.1+, | and 188, for nonmetallic* stock-material* having
a longitudinal or transverse tubular or cavity. |
| 595, | for stock-material* having a channel shape. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 72, | Metal Deforming,
subclasses 54+ for effecting mechanical treatment of metal work
by the development of pressure within a granular or particulate
or soft metal material which may be confined within said metal work, e.g., a
hollow workpiece. |
| 138, | Pipes and Tubular Conduits, appropriate subclasses for tubular stock-material* and
for tube and ring blanks which are themselves tubes which can conduct
a fluid. |
|
| | |
| 587 | Workpiece mimicking finished stock having nonrectangular or noncircular cross section |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter comprising stock-material* which (a) is
of irregular cross-section, that is, not
a circle or a regular polygon, (b) is
to be modified in its cross-sectional shape by a manufacturing
operation, and (c) produces a finished
stock-material* which has a cross-sectional
shape irregular in the same fashion as the starting material.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 573+, | 598, 599, and 600+, for
other stock-material* of nonregular cross section. |
|
| | |
| 588 | Workpiece of parallel, nonfastened components (e.g., fagot, pile, etc.) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter comprising a web or sheet made of longitudinally
parallel layers or components, at least some of which are
not fastened to any other component.
| | (1)
Note. Generally a subsequent manufacturing operation
bonds the layers or component together. |
| | (2)
Note. Provision for gravity alone to hold the pile
together is not considered fastening. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 54+, | for a longitudinally arranged layer of three or
more sections, which may or may not be fastened to each
other. |
| 77+, | for a sheet facing and longitudinally noncoextensive
with a web or other sheet. |
| 105, | and 114, for a sheet or web, including elements
in different layers or components which are in angular or parallel relation
to each other and in which some of the layers or components may or
may not be fastened to each other. |
| 184+, | for a plurality of nonplanar uniform-thickness
sheets or webs which need not be fastened to each other. |
| 576, | for an article or similar stock-material* so
shaped as to facilitate melting. |
| 594, | for similar stock-material* tied
into bundles or spot-welded. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 206, | Special Receptacle or Package,
subclass 83.5 for bales, including bales of metal scrap. |
| 405, | Hydraulic and Earth Engineering,
subclasses 231+ for columnar structures of that class also called "piles". |
| 414, | Material or Article Handling,
subclass 10.5 for piles or other arrangements of articles designed
to promote efficient handling. |
|
| | |
| 589 | Arranged to avoid lateral displacement |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 588. Subject matter in which at least one component is so gripped
by one or more other component(s), usually
all along its length, that lateral displacement of the
one component (usually during subsequent processing) is
prevented or minimized.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 44+, | for a layer of three or more discrete and identifiable
parts which may or may not be fastened. |
| 54+, | for a product formed of three sections joined so
as to extend longitudinally, which may or may not be fastened. |
|
| | |
| 590 | Composite |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 588. Subject matter in which a web or sheet is made of composite* stock.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 615, | for composite* metallic stock distinguished
only by the composition of its components*. |
|
| | |
| 591 | With provision for limited relative movement between components |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter having plural components and means for one
component to move, relative to another component.
| | (1)
Note. The motion is generally limited to that necessary
to provide flexibility in the material or to prevent breakage due to
installation or temperature change in the material. |
| | (2)
Note. The means must be a physically distinct means, not
merely another component, definable merely in terms of
its composition. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 101, | for nonmetallic* stock-material* having
superposed movably attached layers or components. |
| 617, | for temperature deflectable composite* stock-material* provided
with a component, generally a layer, of temperature-expansive
characteristics such as to prevent separation of the main components. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 164, | Metal Founding,
subclass 90 for processes of that class for forming a product
having interconnected movable parts. |
| 267, | Spring Devices, appropriate subclasses for devices of that class
having parts which are relatively movable. |
| 403, | Joints and Connections,
subclasses 220+ for flexibly connected rigid members of that class. |
|
| | |
| 592 | Helical or with helical component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter which is regularly curled, twisted, or
flat-wound, or which contains a twisted or flat-wound
component, inside or outside another component.
| | (1)
Note. A mere statement that the entire stock-material* is
a "coil" is not sufficient for placement in this
subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 37, | 222, 371, and 377, for
nonmetallic* sheet, web, rod, strand, filament
or fiber that is of spiral form or includes a spirally coiled component. |
| 906, | for a collection of patents which concern coiled
stock-material*. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 5, | Beds,
subclasses 239+ , 246+ and 254+ for springs
of that class. |
| 29, | Metal Working,
subclass 20.1 for spiral cutting of flat stock, and
subclass 173 for manufacture of springs. |
| 52, | Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclass 856 for an elongated rigid structure of the sinuous
curve type and subclass 857 for an axially twisted-type
elongated rigid structure. |
| 57, | Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining,
subclasses 200+ for twisted stock-materials* of
indefinite length, made from filamentary or fibrous material, e.g., metal
fibers, filaments or wires, or stock-materials* made
by helically wrapping a cover about a filamentary or fibrous core. |
| 72, | Metal Deforming,
subclasses 135+ for processes of that class directed to forming
a helical coil or tube, and subclasses 146+ for
forming a spiral coil. |
| 87, | Textiles: Braiding, Netting, and
Lace Making, appropriate subclasses, for stock-material* made
by a process of that class, even when the braided material
is only a component of a composite; it should be noted, however, that
stock-material* which is made by a process which
goes significantly beyond Class 87, e.g., which includes
steps for bonding the braided fibers to each other or to another
component, are generally classified in this class (428). |
| 138, | Pipes and Tubular Conduits,
subclass 154 for spirally seamed tubing. |
| 174, | Electricity: Conductors and Insulators,
subclass 29 for conduits, cables and conductors of
the coaxial or concentric type with spiral spacers, subclass
108 for such materials having spirally applied conductive armor
or sheathing, and subclass 128.1 for a plural-strand
conductor. |
| 178, | Telegraphy,
subclasses 45+ for wave-transmission systems having conductors
or lines loaded with inductance coils. |
| 245, | Wire Fabrics and Structure,
subclass 6 for fabrics comprising a plurality of connected
helical coils. |
| 267, | Spring Devices,
subclasses 166+ for coil springs. |
| 313, | Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices,
subclass 344 for coiled filament or resistance-heated
electrodes. |
| 336, | Inductor Devices, appropriate subclasses, especially
subclasses 255+ for helical components of that class. |
| 338, | Electrical Resistors,
subclasses 296+ for a helical or wound-resistance element. |
| 374, | Thermal Measuring and Testing,
subclass 207 , for a bimetallic thermometer having a
helical member. |
| 492, | Roll or Roller,
subclass 43 for a roll having a spiral member, and
subclass 44 for a roll having a helical member. |
|
| | |
| 593 | Honeycomb, or with grain orientation or elongated elements in defined angular relationship in respective components (e.g., parallel, inter- secting, etc.) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter including a plurality of layers or components (a) wherein
at least two of said layers or components include substantially
parallel, narrow, elongated elements, such
as strips, strands filaments, corrugations, grain fibers, grain
crystals, etc., with such elements of
one layer or component being arranged in defined angular relationship
to those elements of the other, or (b) including
discrete elements (e.g., tubular
constituents) or component which form, or cooperate
to form, cells, including filled cells, having
longitudinal axes which are at an angle to the nonthickness surface
of the stock-material.
| | (1)
Note. Curvilinear or polygonal openings in an otherwise
integral layer of material are not considered elongated elements for
this subclass. See particularly subclasses 596+, below. |
| | (2)
Note. This subclass does not include mere plural
layers of textile material without a specific description of the angular
relationship between the fibers of the different layers or components. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 73, | and 116+, for other honeycomb-like materials. |
| 105, | for a sheet or web including grain, strips
or filamentary elements in respective layers or components in angular
relation. |
| 114, | for a sheet or web including grain, strips
or filamentary elements in different layers or components parallel. |
| 178, | for a nonplanar, uniform-thickness material
forming or cooperating to form, cells. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 52, | Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclasses 782.1 through 802.11for a composite building panel having a disparate
edging and subclasses 831-857 for a building component
having an elongated rigid structure. |
| 148, | Metal Treatment,
subclasses 400+ for a metallic* material having a grain structure
brought about by a treatment of that class. |
| 449, | Bee Culture,
subclasses 44+ for honey comb to be used in a bee hive. |
|
| | |
| 594 | Plural layers discontinuously bonded (e.g., spot-weld, mechanical fastener, etc.) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter in which at least one component or layer
has spaced areas, substantially less than the total area
of the involved surface of the layer or component, which
are joined to another layer or component by adhesion or cohesion
or by a separate and distinct mechanical connection member(s) extending
over the edges of, and/or into, a plurality
of layers or components.
| | (1)
Note. This definition is not applicable to merely
interengaged fibrous constituents which are bonded at their points
of interengagement. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 102, | and 223, for a nonmetallic* composite* web
or sheet in which a plurality of layers or components are joined
to each other by a plurality of spaced mechanical fasteners. |
| 103+, | 194 and 198, for plural-layer
nonmetallic* material in which layers are joined to each
other by discontinuous or spaced bonds. |
| 576, | for a shaped configuration or package of metal parts
designed for melting. |
| 583, | for an intermediate-article* having
a discrete fastener or marginal fastening. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 52, | Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclasses 782.1 through 802.11for a composite panel having a mechanical fastener
holding the facing sheets in assembled relationship and subclasses 848
and 849 for an elongated rigid structure comprising axially aligned sections
with a fastener at the junctions. |
| 109, | Safes, Bank Protection, or a
Related Device,
subclasses 58+ for wall and panel structures, closures
and closure adjuncts, especially subclasses 59+ and
79 for such devices including a fastening means. |
| 138, | Pipes and Tubular Conduits,
subclass 147 for subject matter of that class having mechanical
means to hold layers in contact. |
| 206, | Special Receptacle or Package,
subclass 83.5 for a bale of scrap metal, and subclass
442 for a package of bale ties. |
| 219, | Electric Heating,
subclasses 86+ for spot-bonding methods of that class. |
| 403, | Joints and Connections,
subclasses 405+ for a separate connector or fastener between two
or more members at substantially a single locus. |
|
| | |
| 595 | Nonplanar, uniform-thickness material having symmetrical channel shape or reverse fold (e.g., making acute angle, etc.) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter wherein sheet or web material of uniform
thickness is turned back upon itself through an angle of greater
than 90°, or in which equal, longitudinal
margin portions are bent perpendicular to the plane of the connecting
portion.
| | (1)
Note. The description of a stock-material* merely
as "arcuate" is not enough for placement in this
subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 121+, | for nonmetallic* sheet or web material
having a fold at its edge. |
| 603, | for metallic* stock-material* having
a V-shaped or L-shaped cross section. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 49, | Movable or Removable Closures,
subclasses 475.1+ for weatherstrip devices. |
| 52, | Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclasses 782.1+ for a composite building panel having a disparate
edging. |
| 174, | Electricity: Conductors and Insulators,
subclasses 126.1+ for conductor structure peculiar to that class. |
| 238, | Railways: Surface Track,
subclasses 56, 59+ and 62+ for a railroad tie
having a channel-shaped configuration. |
| 293, | Vehicle Fenders,
subclasses 102+ for an automobile bumper. |
| 405, | Hydraulic and Earth Engineering,
subclass 277 for sheet-piling made up of C-shaped
sections. |
|
| | |
| 596 | Having aperture or cut |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter wherein the stock-material* or
a component* thereof has one or more discrete through openings, with
the peripheral wall or walls of each opening defined by either a
line or closed loop passing through the thickness of the material
or component in a undirectional rectilinear path.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 66.6, | and 131+, for corresponding nonmetallic* material, and
the notes to subclass 131 for an explanation of the above definition. |
| 546, | 605 and 613, for porous stock-material*. |
| 609, | for metallic* stock-material* in
which an aperture in one layer is filled with material integral
with another layer. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 29, | Metal Working,
subclass 6.1 for processes of manufacturing other multiperforate
metal. |
| 30, | Cutlery,
subclass 346.61 for blades which are apertured or notched. |
| 52, | Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclasses 633 and 660+ for fabric or lattice articles, usually
used in the construction trades, especially subclass 670
for expanded metal and subclass 673 for perforated metal. |
| 72, | Metal Deforming,
subclass 325 for methods of piercing by a compound tool. |
| 83, | Cutting, appropriate subclasses, especially
subclass 30 for puncturing methods. |
| 156, | Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture,
subclasses 7+ for differential etching processes, and
subclasses 510+ for surface bonding or assembling means with
cutting, punching, piercing, or tearing
means. |
| 204, | Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy,
subclasses 283 and 284 for perforated or foraminous electrodes. |
| 205, | Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions
Used Therein, and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclass 75 for electroforming of perforated or foraminous
articles. |
| 219, | Electrical Heating,
subclass 384 for arc-type devices with perforating means. |
| 245, | Wire Fabrics and Structure,
subclasses 2+ for analogous stock-materials* made
by bending wires. |
| 429, | Chemistry: Electrical Current Producing
Apparatus, Product, and Process,
subclasses 241+ for an open mesh or perforated plate battery grid. |
|
| | |
| 597 | Struck-out portion type |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 596. Subject matter wherein the web or sheet or a component thereof, has
one or more portions which project or protrude from a nonthickness surface
of the component and form at least a part of the periphery of a
through opening therein.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 132+, | for a corresponding nonmetallic* sheet, web
or component. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 52, | Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclass 855 for a rigid elongated structure with struck-out
projections. |
|
| | |
| 598 | Having member which crosses the plane of another member (e.g., T or X cross section, etc.) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter wherein the material has a variation in thickness
representable by an alphabetical symbol having a crossbar more or
less perpendicular to another stroke of the letter, e.g., E, F, H, I, K, T, X
or Y.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 156+, | for corresponding nonmetallic* sheet or
web materials, and subclasses 397+ for rods of
particular cross section. |
| 595, | for C- or U-shaped cross-section stock. |
| 603, | for stock-material* appearing, in cross
section, like the letters, G, J, L, N, S, V, W, or
Z. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 52, | Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclasses 311.1+ especially subclass 316 for a structure of that
class having a relief or intaglio surface deformation, subclass
719 for crossed reinforcing rods with a connector, and subclass
729 for a shaft or elongated rigid structure of I-shape
cross section. |
| 72, | Metal Deforming, appropriate subclasses for processes and apparatus for
changing the shape or size of metal work mechanically, without removal
of material therefrom. |
| 138, | Pipes and Tubular Conduits, appropriate subclasses for stock-material* appearing
in cross section like the letters A, B, D, O, P, Q
and R. |
| 238, | Railways: Surface Track,
subclasses 57 and 65+ for railroad ties of I-shape cross
section, subclasses 58 and 67 for ties of T-shape
cross section and subclass 130 for T-shaped rails. |
| 405, | Hydraulic and Earth Engineering,
subclass 277 for metallic sheet-piling having I-shaped
sections. |
|
| | |
| 599 | Defined configuration of both thickness and nonthickness surface or angle therebetween (e.g., rounded corners, etc.) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter drawn to stock-material* in which
the surface configuration of at least two nonopposite surfaces or
an angle therebetween, is defined.
| | (1)
Note. Wires, rods and tubes of uniform circular
cross section are specifically excluded from this subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 177+, | for nonmetallic* rods for particular cross
section. |
| 577, | for ingots of definite length, e.g., tapered. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 76, | Metal Tools and Implements, Making,
subclasses 101.1+ for processes and blanks of that class. |
| 228, | Metal Fusion Bonding,
subclass 142 for a surface bonding process of that class involving
mitering the corners of a workpiece. |
| 419, | Powder Metallurgy Processes,
subclasses 1+ for powder metallurgy processes which include sintering. |
|
| | |
| 600 | Having variation in thickness |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter wherein the distance between the nonthickness
surfaces of the stock-material* varies or the
cross-sectional shape or area of a rod or wire varies along
its length.
| | (1)
Note. A mere outer fibrous layer is not covered
by this definition. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 156+, | for a nonmetallic* sheet or web which varies
in thickness. |
| 573, | for a metallic* stock-material* having a
thickness variation which regularly repeats longitudinally. |
| 609, | for a metallic* stock-material* in which
an individual component of a composite may vary in thickness in order
to make up for thickness variation in another component. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 29, | Metal Working,
subclass 457 for processes of mechanical manufacture involving
ribbing. |
| 30, | Cutlery,
subclasses 346+ for blades of that class. |
| 72, | Metal Deforming,
subclasses 362+ for a process which may involve varying the thickness
of metal work. |
| 156, | Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture,
subclasses 7+ and 18+ for etching processes which may
result in an article having a variation in thickness. |
|
| | |
| 601 | Discontinuous surface component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 600. Subject matter in which the thickness variation of the material
is due, at least in part, to the presence at the
surface of the material of a component which does not cover the
entire surface of the material.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass only provides for the metal
preform to be subsequently used in a printed circuit.
If such a preform is labeled a "printed circuit" in
a claim, but only the preform structure is positively recited, proper
classification is in Class 428. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 141+, | for nonmetallic* stock-material* having
a nonuniform layer or component. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 29, | Metal Working,
subclasses 846+ for methods of making a printed circuit on a planiform
insulator. |
| 174, | Electricity: Conductors and Insulators,
subclasses 250+ for structured conductors, conduits and
cables in a preformed panel circuit arrangement, and subclasses
126.1+ for conductor structures peculiar to that
class. |
|
| | |
| 602 | Longitudinally smooth and symmetrical |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 600. Subject matter devoid of irregularities (projections
or depressions) along its length, and having a
plane of symmetry.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 577, | for intermediate articles, e.g., blanks, which
are symmetrical and may be longitudinally smooth. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 76, | Metal Tools and Implements, Making,
subclasses 101.1+ for blanks and processes of that class. |
| 249, | Static Molds,
subclass 174 for an ingot-forming container-type
mold. |
|
| | |
| 603 | Nonplanar uniform thickness or nonlinear uniform diameter (e.g., L-shape) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter wherein the stock-material* or
a component thereof has nonthickness surfaces where are (a) defined
other than by two parallel flat planes and (b) equidistantly
spaced at all points or comprising a strand of uniform diameter
having portions laterally displaced from other portions.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 130, | for a nonmetallic* sheet, web
or component thereof which has a particular fold at its edge, e.g., L- shaped. |
| 174+, | for nonmetallic*, nonplanar, uniform-thickness
material. |
| 362, | and 369+, for a nonmetallic* rod, strand
or fiber which, in the longitudinal axis, follows
a curvilinear or multidirectional path. |
| 592, | for metallic strands which are curled, twisted
or flat-wound. |
| 612, | for stock-material* having a rough interface
between layers. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 52, | Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclass 631 for a component of that class which is a laminate
with a bent facing. |
| 72, | Metal Deforming,
subclasses 127+ for processes of curving or troughing material
during movement. |
| 238, | Railways: Surface Track,
subclass 58 for railroad ties having an angle cross section. |
|
| | |
| 604 | Intersecting corrugating or dimples not in a single line (e.g., waffle form, etc.) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 603. Subject matter having elongated nonplanarities which intersect, or
having projections through not all of which a single line can be
drawn.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 179+, | especially subclasses 180, 183 and 185
for nonmetallic* stock-material* having
intersecting corrugations or nonaligned dimples. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 30, | Cutlery,
subclass 355 for a blade of that class of waved configuration. |
| 156, | Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture,
subclass 462 for indefinite-length flexible webs including
corrugating means. |
| 174, | Electricity: Conductors and Insulators,
subclasses 106+ for a corrugated composite conductive armor or sheath. |
|
| | |
| 605 | Mass of only fibers |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter of overall indeterminate shape having as
its only continuum, network of flexible, narrow
elongated constituents, usually intertangled or interengaged.
| | (1)
Note. See the main class definition, section
VI, C, 2, a and VI, C, 2, b
for the locus of patents to fibrous materials having an ordered
interengagement of fibers, e.g., metal
textiles, etc. |
| | (2)
Note. Patents classified herein are not cross-referenced
to subclass 606. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 606, | for individual filaments smaller than 6 mils. |
| 608, | 611 and 614, for metallic webs or sheets
having other continual and containing fibers. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 15, | Brushing, Scrubbing, and General Cleaning,
subclass 209 for steel-wool implements of that class. |
| 29, | Metal Working,
subclass 415 for apparatus and processes for manufacturing metal
wool. |
| 267, | Spring Devices,
subclass 147 for a device of that class comprising compressed
wire mesh, and subclass 148 for a device comprising a fibrous metallic
body. |
|
| | |
| 606 | Foil or filament smaller than 6 mils |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter consisting of flexible material having a
claimed entire dimension of 6 mils (0.006 inches; 0.01524
cm; 152.4 micron; 152,400 angstroms) or
less, or greater gauge than 34. Reference:
Metals Handbook, 8th Edition, Volume 1 (1961), page
18.
| | (1)
Note. An article or material defined as a metal
foil, leaf or film, without any numerical reference
to its thickness is placed in these subclasses (606+). |
| | (2)
Note. A patent is not placed in this subclass because
of a mere component which meets the definition of the subclass. |
| | (3)
Note. See the main class definition of this class (428), section
VI, C, 2, a, for loci of other
subject matter relating to filaments. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 220, | for a nonmetallic* sheet or web where the
entire dimension is claimed for the complete product, which
may or may not be smaller than 6 mils. |
| 401, | and 903, for a structurally defined nonmetallic* filament
which may or may not be smaller than 6 mils. |
| 605, | to complete a search for metal filaments. |
| 923, | for a collection of metallic and stock-materials* having
specified dimension. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 29, | Metal Working,
subclasses 17.1+ for foil and thin sheet-metal making. |
| 126, | Stoves and Furnaces,
subclass 19 for foil or film components in an oven part. |
| 205, | Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions
Used Therein, and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclasses 76+ for electroforming of films. |
| 433, | Dentistry,
subclass 227 for a dental filling made of foil. |
|
| | |
| 607 | Composite |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 606. Subject matter in which the foil or filament is a composite.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 615+, | for composite* metallic* stock-material* which
may have a foil component. |
| 924+, | for a collection of composite* metallic* stock-material* products
in which a dimension is specified. |
|
| | |
| 608 | Embodying fibers interengaged or between layers (e.g., paper, etc.) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter which includes a layer or component comprising
fibers, strands, etc., mechanically
intertangled, interwoven, intertwined or interlooped, or
included between other layers.
| | (1)
Note. See the main class definition of this class (428) for
loci of other subject matter relating to interengaged fibers. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 85+, | 175, 190, 193, 196, 197, 222, and
365, for a nonmetallic* stock-material* in which
a component has interengaged fibers, or in which a fibrous
layer is between other layers. |
| 605, | for a mass or layer consisting entirely of interengaged
fibers. |
| 614, | for similar stock-material* where
the fibers, strands, etc., are
not interengaged, e.g., are
parallel. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 57, | Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining,
subclasses 200+ for twisted strand structures. |
| 63, | Jewelry,
subclasses 3+ for an ornament in the form of a bracelet, which may
embody metal fibers. |
| 169, | Fire Extinguishers,
subclass 42 for an article* of that class comprising
a plurality of interengaging elements held in position by a fusible
substance. |
| 174, | Electricity: Conductors and Insulators,
subclasses 128.1+ for plural-strand conductors. |
| 245, | Wire Fabrics and Structure,
subclasses 1+ for a fabric of that class. |
| 313, | Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices,
subclasses 343+ for filaments and electrodes composed of a plurality
of interengaged wires or strands. |
| 442, | Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or
Nonwoven Textile or Cloth, etc.), for a fabric containing layer. |
|
| | |
| 609 | Macroscopically anomalous interface between layers |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter comprising a plurality of layers or material
having an interface between layers which is (1) nonplanar
and noncylindrical, and (2) apparent
to the naked eye.
| | (1)
Note. Both contiguous layers or other components
must conform to the irregularity. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 138+, | for a sheet or web containing at least one apertured
component and one imperforate component. |
| 171+, | for a nonmetallic* sheet or web which varies
in thickness, and which has a component conforming to the
contours of a nonplanar surface. |
| 567, | for a stock-material* made by
impregnating a metal into a consolidated metal powder composition
having an interconnected void structure. |
| 588, | for a workpiece which may have an irregular interface
between parallel nonfastened components. |
| 612, | for similar subject matter where the irregularity
is merely a defined roughness or wave-form not apparent
to the naked eye. |
| 614, | for a metallic* stock-material* having a
component complete embedded within another component. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 109, | Safes, Bank Protection, or a
Related Device,
subclass 85 for metallic composite walls and panels of that
class, plural parts of which are secured together along
a common interface. |
| 403, | Joints and Connections,
subclasses 345+ for interfitted members of that class. |
|
| | |
| 610 | Having composition, density, or hardness gradient |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter wherein the composition of the stock-material* varies
gradually from being one composition to being another composition, without
the formation of distinct layers, or wherein such variation
takes place within a single layer of the material, or wherein
such a variation occurs in the density of the material or layer.
| | (1)
Note. The gradual nature of the composition variation
must be explicit for the patent to be classified herein. |
| | (2)
Note. In regard to a "diffusion" layer
in a metallic composite, see the definition to subclass
615, (6) Note. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 170, | for a nonmetallic* sheet, web
or component which varies in thickness and density. |
| 217, | and 218, for a nonmetallic* stock-material* product
having distinct layers of differing hardness or density. |
| 547, | for particulate metal stock having a composition, or
density gradient. |
| 941, | for a collection of patents which concern metallic
stock produced by a method which includes solid state diffusion
of metals to the disappearance of an original layer. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 51, | Abrasive Tool Making Process, Material, or
Composition, for an abrasive tool making composition comprised of
metal or metal oxide. |
| 148, | Metal Treatment, appropriate subclasses for processes of treating metal to
modify or maintain the internal physical structure (i.e., microstructure) or
chemical properties of metal and which may result in a gradual variation
in composition with or without formation of distinct layers but identified
in terms of the separate compositions. See Class 148,
subclasses 206+ , for processes of carburizing or nitriding
metal; subclasses 240+ for reactively coating
of metal; or subclasses 516 for processes of treating layered
metal stock or article. If metal casting, fusion
bonding, machining, or working is involved, there
is a requirement of significant heat treatment as described in section III, A, of
the Class 148 definition. |
|
| | |
| 611 | Having magnetic properties, or preformed fiber orientation coordinate with shape |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter in which a shaped stock-material* has
the direction of preformed fibers which have been incorporated into
the article or magnetic coordinated with its shape.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 105+, | 114 and 593, for a composite* having grain, strips
or filamentary material in different layers, or components
in an angular relation, e.g., parallel, etc. |
| 800 | through 848.9 , for magnetic recording component or stock. |
| 910, | for a collection of patents drawn to nonmetallic* materials
having molecules oriented in a particular direction. |
| 928, | for a collection of metallic* magnetic stock-materials*. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 148, | Metal Treatment,
subclasses 40+ for metal compositions of defined grain structure
or magnetic properties produced by a process of that class, subclasses
100+ for certain processes of developing, improving, modifying
or preserving magnetic properties in magnetic materials, and
subclass 404 for directionally solidified alloys which may have
precipitates in the form of long fibers. |
| 174, | Electricity: Conductors and Insulators,
subclasses 129+ for plural strand assemblies of that class, having
noncircular cross sections, and subclasses 133+ for
other noncircular strand sections. |
| 252, | Compositions,
subclass 62.55 for a nonmetal magnetic composition containing
some free metal. |
| 335, | Electricity: Magnetically Operated Switches, Magnets, and
Electromagnets,
subclasses 296+ for magnet structure. |
| 420, | Alloys or Metallic Compositions, appropriate subclasses for alloys which are defined
broadly as "magnetized" or "permanent
magnet" as well as alloys which are inherently magnetic. |
|
| | |
| 612 | Microscopic interfacial wave or roughness |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter comprising a plurality of layers of material
having an interface which is greater in area than would be obtained
by the mating of two smooth surfaces.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 609, | for an interface with macroscopic irregularities. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 156, | Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture,
subclasses 2+ for processes of etching resulting in a roughened
surface. |
| 205, | Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions
Used Therein, and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclasses 640+ for electrolytic erosion of a workpiece to change
its shape or surface configuration and subclasses 687+ for
electrolytic material treatment, in general. |
|
| | |
| 613 | Porous (e.g., foamed, spongy, cracked, etc.) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter comprising at least in part, a nonfibrous, nonparticulate
material which contains tiny openings, often microscopic, through which
certain fluids may pass. Generally the pore opening is
of such irregular direction and small dimension that light will
not pass through the porous component without distortion or diffusion.
| | (1)
Note. An originally porous material, the pores
of which have been filled, is not considered to be porous. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 155, | for a nonmetallic* sheet, web
or component which contains crevices of relatively small lateral
dimensions extending thereto, but not therethrough. |
| 158+, | for a nonmetallic* sheet or web varying
in thickness and having a foamed or cellular component. |
| 304+, | for a nonmetallic* sheet or web with a second
component that is either porous or cellular. See especially
subclasses 310+ for foamed or expanded material. |
| 539.5, | for the product which results when a metal or nonmetal
composition, having an interconnected void structure, is
impregnated with a nonmetal or metal composition, respectively, in
a fluent form. |
| 546+, | for stock-material* of or containing consolidated
metal powder, which materials often are porous, especially subclass
550 for such materials specified as having a porous component. |
| 596, | for stock-material having apertures, that
is, openings which generally permit the passage of undiffused
light. |
| 605, | for fibrous masses which generally are porous. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 51, | Abrasive Tool Making Process, Material, or
Composition,
subclass 296 for a tool making process or composition involving
pore-forming. |
| 75, | Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and
Loose Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclasses 228+ for consolidated metal powder compositions, which
compositions often are porous. |
| 106, | Compositions: Coating or Plastic,
subclasses 601+ for porous articles comprising alkali metal silicate; subclasses
672+ for porous cement, slag, and plaster
compositions; and subclass 122 for porous organic compositions
within the class (106) definition. |
| 164, | Metal Founding,
subclass 79 for a process of that class employing a pore-forming
agent. |
| 429, | Chemistry: Electrical Current Producing
Apparatus, Product and Process,
subclass 145 for a battery separator having plural layers of
defined porosity. |
| 501, | Compositions: Ceramic,
subclasses 39 and 80+ for pore-forming compositions. |
|
| | |
| 614 | Laterally noncoextensive components (e.g., embedded, etc.) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter in which at least one side edge of a layer
or component of a composite sheet or web is laterally offset relative
to a corresponding edge of a second layer or component of the product.
| | (1)
Note. The mere provision of a coating on a thickness
of the surface, as well as a nonthickness surface of bar
stock is not sufficient to place such stock-material* in
this subclass. |
| | (2)
Note. Specifically excluded from this subclass are
wires, rods and tubes of uniform circular cross section, having
a core and one or more outer layers, each outer layer, in
a cross section perpendicular to the long dimension, being
a complete, continuous annulus of uniform thickness. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 77+, | and 189+, for composite nonmetallic* stock-material* having
laterally noncoextensive components. |
| 592, | for composite materials having helical rods or filaments
embedded therein. |
| 608, | for composite material having interengaged rods
or filaments embedded therein. |
| 609, | for composite material having an apertured component
embedded therein. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 63, | Jewelry,
subclasses 26+ for articles of that class having means for holding gems. |
| 109, | Safes, Bank Protection, or a
Related Device,
subclasses 80+ for wall and panel composite structures. |
| 156, | Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture,
subclass 298 for surface bonding by embedding of a lamina within
the face of an additional lamina. |
|
| | |
| 615 | Composite; i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter which comprises at least two different, contiguous* layers
or portions, each having a matrix or continuous phase of
free metal.
| | (1)
Note. Neither a disclosure of, nor a product
claim containing a lamination to a particular process for producing
or uniting two or more metallic layers or portions will exclude
an invention from this subclass; however, see
the search notes to Classes 148 and 427, below. |
| | (2)
Note. This and the indented subclasses provide for
wire and filaments, greater than 6 mils in diameter, or
of unspecified diameter, made by joining two or more different
metals. Metal wire coated with a different metal is also
classified in this and the indented subclasses. |
| | (3)
Note. Included in this and indented subclasses are
soldered, brazed or welded joints, claimed as
joints, which are characterized only by the composition
of the metal parts joined and/or of the filler metal. Where
merely a "weld deposit" is claimed, the
claimed subject matter is considered to be merely a composition for
a composition class, e.g., Class
420, subclasses 122.1+. |
| | (4)
Note. The term "base-metal", as
used in the subclass titles indented hereunder, means a
content of a particular metal or group of metals of more than 40
percent. |
| | (5)
Note. The term "alternative", as
used in the subclass titles indented hereunder, means that
the base metal of a component may be either one of the metals or metal
groups of the title, or may be a combination of such metals. Further, the alternativeness
need not be expressed in a single claim or "Markush" group, but may
be based upon different claims; thus, a patent
having one claim to a lead-coated iron composite and another
claim to a tin-coated iron composite is proper for classification
in subclass 644 and need not be cross-referenced elsewhere on
the basis of these two claims. |
| | (6)
Note. Where a "diffusion" layer
or portion is claimed, made by interdiffusion during heat
treatment of materials from two adjacent metal layers or portions, the diffusion
layer or portion is ignored in classifying the patent. |
| | (7)
Note. Placing of original and cross-reference
patents.
| |
I. It is necessary to provide an original or cross-reference
copy of a patent in this or the subclasses indented hereunder, for, at
most, only each interface of the composite material; thus, a
two-layer composite is provided for completely in the first-appearing
subclass which provides for either layer.Where a three-layer material
is claimed (e.g., two pieces
of aluminum alloy soldered together with a tin-lead solder) and
the composition of the central layer is provided for in the schedule
ahead of the subclasses provided for the composition of either outer layer, placement
of the patent original or cross-reference in the first-appearing subclass (e.g., 643) will
suffice. |
| |
II. Where a composite not suitable for placement
in subclasses 616+, 620 or 621+ is described
in the claims only on the basis of the functional characteristics of
the components, e.g., "solder", "hard metal", etc., it
is placed as an original in subclass 686 and may be cross-referenced
elsewhere, when desired, on the basis of the disclosed
composition of its components. |
| |
III. Where the entire composite is claimed as being
deflectable by a temperature change, it is classified as
an original in subclasses 616+ and cross-referenced
below only when the subclasses indented under subclass 616 do not
specifically provide for the interfaces claimed or otherwise of
interest. |
| |
IV. Where the metal composite, in addition, has
a layer or portion composed of a nonmetal composition, that
is, a composition having a continuous nonmetal phase, it
is placed as an original in subclasses 621+ and cross-referenced
below on the basis of the metal-to-metal interface(s). |
| |
V. Where only one component of a composite is claimed
in terms of its composition, or a name which is equivalent
to a composition, e.g., "stainless
steel", the patent is placed as an original in
the first-appearing subclass which provides for that composition
and may be cross-referenced elsewhere on the basis of the
disclosed composition of the other components. | |
| | (8)
Note. This subclass (615) is the
locus for composite* stock-material* in
which one of the components* has an alkali-metal
base, that is, lithium, sodium, potassium, rubidium, cesium
or francium, or in which only a minor ingredient of a component
is identified. |
| | (9)
Note. For guidance purposes only, the Search
This Class Subclass below contains a list of elements, along
with an identification for each nonmetal, and/or the
principal subclass locations which concern locations which concern
that element. [The following elements are not included
in this subclass list - Helium (He), nonmetal; Hydrogen (H), nonmetal; Krypton (Kr), nonmetal; Fluorine (F), nonmetal; Argon, nonmetal; Astatine (At) nonmetal; Bromine (Br) nonmetal; Chlorine (Cl), nonmetal; Iodine (I), nonmetal]. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 411+, | for analogous nonmetallic* stock-material*. |
| 548, | and 553, for composite* metallic* stock-material* having
a portion derived from metal powder. |
| 570, | for metallic* composites* in form
of powder. |
| 590, | for a metallic* composite* in
the form of a workpiece of parallel nonfastened components*. |
| 607, | for a composite* metallic* foil
of filament smaller than 6 mils. |
| 615, | for Cesium (Cs) |
| 615, | Francium (Fr) |
| 615, | for Lithium (Li) |
| 615, | for Potassium (K) |
| 615, | for Rubidium (Rb) |
| 615, | for Sodium (Na) |
| 618, | 637, 647, 652, 656, 669, 671, 674+, for
Copper (Cu) |
| 619, | 638, 644, 648, 653, 656, 659, 667, 676+, 679+, 681+, for
Iron (Fe) |
| 620, | 641, for Germanium (Ge) |
| 627, | 634, for Carbon (C) nonmetal, |
| 627, | for Boron (B) nonmetal, |
| 627, | for Nitrogen (N), nonmetal, |
| 637, | 648, 652, 656, 667, 668, 675, 678, 679, for
Cobalt (Co), also see Niobium |
| 637, | 647, 652, 656, 669, 671, 672, for
Gold (Au) |
| 637, | 648, 652, 656, 667, 671, 675, 678, 679, 680, for
Nickel (Ni) |
| 637, | 648, 652, 656, 669, 670
for Osmium (Os) |
| 637, | 648, 652, 656, 669, 670
for Palladium (Pd) |
| 637, | 648, 652, 656, 669, 670
for Platinum (Pt) |
| 637, | 648, 652, 656, 669, 670, for
Iridium (Ir) |
| 642, | for Antimony (Sb) |
| 642, | for Arsenic (As) |
| 642, | for Bismuth (Bi) |
| 642, | for Gallium (Ga) |
| 642, | for Indium (In) |
| 643+, | 645, for Lead (Pb) |
| 649, | for Barium (Ba) |
| 649, | for Beryllium (Be) |
| 649, | Calcium (Ca) |
| 649, | for Magnesium (Mg) |
| 650+, | for Aluminum (Al) |
| 651, | 656, 660, 661, for Hafnium (Hf) |
| 651, | 656, 663, 664, for Molybdenum (Mo) |
| 651, | 656, 661, 662, for Niobium (Nb) [also Columbium (Cb)] |
| 651, | 656, 661, 664, 666+, for
Chromium (Cr) |
| 655, | 656, for Actinium (Ac) |
| 655, | 656, for Americium (Am) |
| 655, | 656 for Berkelium (Bk) |
| 655, | 656, for Californium (Cf) |
| 655, | 656, for Cerium (Ce) |
| 655, | 656, for Curium (Cm) |
| 655, | 656, for Dysprosium (Dy) |
| 655, | 656, for Einsteinium (Es) |
| 655, | 656, for Erbium (Er) |
| 655, | 656, for Europium (Eu) |
| 655, | 656, for Fermium (Fm) |
| 655, | 656, for Gadolinium (Gd) |
| 655, | 656, for Holmium (Ho) |
| 655, | 656 for Lanthanum (La) |
| 655, | 656, for Lawrencium (Lw) |
| 655, | 656, for Mendelium (Md) |
| 657, | for Mercury (Hg) |
| 655, | 656, for Neptunium (Np) |
| 655, | 656, for Nobelium (No) |
| 655, | 656 for Plutonium (Pu) |
| 655, | 656 for Lutetium (Lu) |
| 655, | 656, for Manganese (Mn) |
| 655, | 656, for Neodymium (Nd) |
| 655, | 656 for Polonium (Po) |
| 655, | 656 for Prseodymium (Pr) |
| 655, | 656 for Protactinium (Pa) |
| 655, | 656, for Promethium (Pm) |
| 655, | 656, for Rhenium (Re) |
| 655, | 656, for Samarium (Sm) |
| 655, | 656, for Scandium (Sc) |
| 655, | 656, for Technitium (Tc) |
| 655, | 656, for Terbium (Tb) |
| 655, | 656, for Thorium (Th) |
| 655, | 656, for Thulium (Tm) |
| 655, | 656, for Ytterbium (Yb) |
| 655, | 656, for Yttrium (Y) |
| 656, | 657, for Cadmium (Cd) |
| 629, | 632+, 639+ for Oxygen (O), nonmetal, |
| 649, | for Radium (Ra) |
| 637, | 648, 652, 656, 669, 670, for
Rhodium (Rh) |
| 637, | 648, 652, 656, 669, 670, for
Ruthenium (Ru) |
| 620, | 641, for Silicon (Si) |
| 637, | 647, 652, 656, 669, 671, 673
for Silver (Ag) |
| 649, | for Strontium (Sr) |
| 639, | for Sulfur (S) nonmetal, |
| 651, | 656, 661, 662, for Tantalum (Ta) |
| 642, | for Thallium (Tl) |
| 643+, | 646+, for Tin (Sn) |
| 651, | 656, 660, 661, for Titanium (Ti) |
| 651, | 656, 664, 665, for Tungsten (W) |
| 665, | 656, for Uranium (U) |
| 658+, | for Zinc (Zn) |
| 651, | 656, 660, 661, for Zirconium (Zr) |
| 924+, | for collections of patents which define composite* metallic* stock-materials* in
terms of physical dimension. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 52, | Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclasses 782.1+ for a composite building panel having a disparate
edging. |
| 109, | Safes, Bank Protection, or a
Related Device,
subclass 85 for composite metallic walls and panels. |
| 136, | Batteries: Thermoelectric and Photoelectric,
subclasses 236+ for thermocouples identified by the composition of
at least one member of the junction. |
| 138, | Pipes and Tubular Conduits,
subclass 140 for material of that class having more than one
layer in the wall make-up. |
| 148, | Metal Treatment,
subclasses 400+ for single-layer metal stock-material* having
a surface into which another material has been diffused, e.g., "case-hardened", and
subclasses 33+ for essentially homogeneous electrically
semiconductive stock having at least two contiguous layers differing in
the number of unbound electrons (P-N-type
materials). |
| 164, | Metal Founding,
subclass 91 for processes of that class directed to formation
of multilayered articles by forming a metal into a preform or casting
two or more metals in contact with one another, and subclass
94 for forming a composite article by sequentially casting molten
metal. |
| 174, | Electricity: Conductors and Insulators,
subclass 196 for conductively contacting components or a composite conductive
armor or sheath. |
| 204, | Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy,
subclasses 290.01 through 290.15for laminated or coated electrodes. |
| 219, | Electric Heating,
subclass 85.1 for pressure bonding methods directed to brazing
or soldering, subclasses 104+ for brazing or soldering
by arc, and subclasses 136+ for other welding. |
| 220, | Receptacles,
subclasses 62.11+ and 660+ for such devices comprising the construction
of a receptacle wall. |
| 228, | Metal Fusion Bonding,
subclass 56.3 for an article* to be used as a filler
in joining juxtaposed or otherwise engaged metal work portions. |
| 285, | Pipe Joints or Couplings,
subclass 329 for devices of that class wherein the free ends
which constitute the joint interface are of different metals cooperating
to produce a desired result, e.g., corrosion
prevention. |
| 313, | Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices,
subclass 405 for a resilient support for a cathode-ray
tube, which is bimetallic. |
| 405, | Hydraulic and Earth Engineering,
subclasses 276+ for metallic sheet piling. |
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclasses 58+ in which an electrical product is formed, especially
subclasses 89+, 103, 118, and
123, subclasses 404+ for applying superposed diverse
coating involving metal coatings and/or bases, and
subclasses 436+ for applying a metal coating to a metal
base by immersion. |
|
| | |
| 616 | Deflectable by temperature change (e.g., thermostat element) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter having the property of bending or lengthening
in a circular fashion in response to an increase in temperature.
| | (1)
Note. A patent is placed in this subclass (616) because
of the ability of a composite to respond, shape-wise, to
a temperature change. Responses to other phenomena, e.g., magnetostrictive
properties, are not, in themselves, relevant
to this subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 686, | for other composite material defined by the function
of adjacent components. |
| 913, | for a collection of nonmetallic* stock-material* designed
to be responsive to temperature, light, moisture, etc. Patents
classified in subclass 616 should not be cross-referenced
to subclass 913 on the basis of temperature-responsive
characteristics. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 60, | Power Plants,
subclass 529 for thermostatic devices which include, besides
the bimetallic element, significant structure designed
for temperature responsiveness, such as the mounting for
an end of the strip or the shape given the strip to constitute the device. |
| 136, | Batteries: Thermoelectric and Photoelectric,
subclasses 200+ for thermocouple (junction-type) stock-material* which
produces an electric current in response to heat. |
| 337, | Electricity: Electrothermally or Thermally
Actuated Switches,
subclasses 333+ for such switches having a bimetallic element, and
the notes thereto for the location of other devices having bimetallic
elements, and subclass 379 for an article* which is
a bimetallic element for such switch. |
| 374, | Thermal Measuring and Testing,
subclass 205 for a thermometer having a bimetallic sensor. |
|
| | |
| 617 | More than two components |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 616. Subject matter in which the composite has three or more
layers.
| | (1)
Note. The third layer often is a buffering layer
designed to prevent separation of the two main layers during flexure. |
| | (2)
Note. Patents placed in this subclass are not cross-referenced
to subclass 916. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 591, | for stock-material* composites
having discrete means, more than merely a buffering component, to
allow relative motion between components. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 200, | Electricity: Circuit Makers and Breakers,
subclass 269 for contact material which constitutes three or more
layers. |
|
| | |
| 618 | One component Cu-based |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 616. Subject matter in which one component of the composite is
copper or an alloy containing more than 40% copper.
| | (1)
Note. Subject matter classified herein is not cross-referenced
to subclasses 656, 699, 671, or 674. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 200, | Electricity: Circuit Makers and Breakers,
subclass 268 for contact material which constitutes two layers, each
one being different from the other. |
|
| | |
| 619 | Both components Fe-based with more than 10% Ni |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 616. Subject matter in which both components of the composite
are of an alloy containing 40 percent or more of iron and 10 or
more of nickel.
| | (1)
Note. Patents classified herein are not cross-referenced
to subclasses 681+. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 617, | to complete a search for this subject matter. |
|
| | |
| 620 | Semiconductor component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter in which one of the components is described
as being an electrical semiconductor, that is, a
material with an electrical conductivity between that of a conductor
and an insulator.
| | (1)
Note. Claimed recitation of electrical conductor
means or electrical components, even nominally, will
result in the subject matter being classified elsewhere, e.g., in
Classes 174, 257 or 361, appropriate subclasses. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 641, | for a composite having a silicon- or germanium-base
component which is not described as a semiconductive component. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 148, | Metal Treatment,
subclasses 33+ for electrically semiconductive stock under the
Class 148 definition which is essentially homogeneous and has at least
two contiguous layers differing in the number of unbound electrons and/or
differing in energy gap levels, which exhibit a junction
between the layers. |
| 174, | Electricity: Conductors and Insulators,
subclasses 102+ for armor or sheath devices of that class which may
be semiconductive. |
| 252, | Compositions,
subclass 62.3 for barrier layer compositions, and subclasses
500+ for other semiconductor compositions. |
| 257, | Active Solid-State Devices (e.g., Transistors, Solid-State
Diodes), appropriate subclasses for such devices, wherein
the solid state material is typically a semiconductor. |
| 438, | Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Processes, particularly
subclasses 570+ for methods of making a Schottky contact to a semiconductor and
subclasses 597+ for methods of making an ohmic contact
to a semiconductor. |
|
| | |
| 621 | With additional, spatially distinct nonmetal component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter having a nonmetal component, that
is, a spatially distinct continuum which is not a metal, an
alloy, or an intermetallic compound.
| | (1)
Note. To be classified in this subclass, the
article or stock-material* must be classifiable
in this class, subclasses 615+ in the absence
of the nonmetal component, that is, it must have
at least two different contiguous metal layers or portions. |
| | (2)
Note. Nonmetals are the elements designed as such
in the definition of subclass 615, (9) Note, the
compounds of these elements.Silicon is considered to be
metal and intermetallic compounds are considered to be alloys. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 344, | 385 and 444, for a laminate including a
single layer of metal adjacent a nonmetal layer. |
| 545, | for composites* having a component* in
which a nonmetal continuum is interengaged with a metal continuum. |
| 551, | for a composite* of the type classifiable
in these subclasses (621+) where a metal
component* is particulate. |
| 560+, | for composites* having metal particles
dispersed in a nonmetal matrix component which is adjacent a metal component. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 52, | Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclass 759 for a bonded metal to nonmetal joint of that class. |
| 148, | Metal Treatment,
subclasses 206 through 238for processes of carburizing, nitriding, or
both (e.g., carbonitriding, etc.) of
solid metal, and subclasses 316-319 for resulting stock. |
| 205, | Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions
Used Therein, and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclasses 171+ and 316+ for a single metal layer coated
with a nonmetal by a process of that class. |
| 336, | Inductor Devices,
subclass 234 for a laminated magnetic core. |
| 361, | Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices,
subclasses 271+ for electrostatic condensers. |
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclasses 258+ and 402+ for application of plural diverse
coatings or coating a coated base. |
|
| | |
| 623 | Adjacent to each other |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 622. Subject matter in which the components having nonmetal matrices
are next to each other.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 411+, | for the specific combinations of nonmetal components. |
|
| | |
| 624 | Organic component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 621. Subject matter in which the component* having a
nonmetal matrix is an organic material.
| | (1)
Note. See the main class definition of Class 260, Chemistry
of Carbon Compounds, for the scope of "organic". |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 459, | 464, 467, and 468, for
a composite product having an organic component next to a single
metal layer. |
| 608, | for paper or other organic fibrous material interengaged
or between metal layers. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 174, | Electricity: Conductors and Insulators,
subclasses 105+ for plural insulated conductive armors or sheaths, subclasses
110+ for insulated devices of that class which may have
an organic component, and subclasses 126.1+ for
conductor structure. |
|
| | |
| 625 | Elastomer |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 624. Subject matter in which the organic material is rubber or
a similarly stretchable and reboundable polymer or gum.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 419, | 462 and 465, for a composite* in which
one layer comprises a rubber-like synthetic polymer and
another layer comprises a metal. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 403, | Joints and Connections,
subclasses 225+ for flexibly connected rigid members having an
elastomer interposed between radially spaced members. |
|
| | |
| 626 | Synthetic resin |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 624. Subject matter in which the organic material is a synthetic
resin.
| | (1)
Note. See Class 520, Synthetic Resins or
Natural Rubbers, subclass 1 for the meaning of "synthetic
resin". |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 457+, | for a composite having a single metal layer next
to a synthetic resin layer. |
| 625, | for a composite* having a stretchable and
reboundable synthetic resin component*. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 205, | Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions
Used Therein, and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclasses 183+ , 188+, 191+, and
198+ for electrolytic coating combined with another coating
method involving a synthethic resin. |
|
| | |
| 627 | Boride, carbide or nitride component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 621. Subject matter in which the nonmetal component is a binary
compound of boron, carbon, or nitrogen.
| | (1)
Note. Stock-material* having a
boride, carbide, or nitride surface layer is placed here
unless it is specified that the treatment with the nonmetal element
is insufficient to produce a continuous phase of the nonmetal. |
| | (2)
Note. See the main class definition of this class (428), section
VI, C, 6, for the loci of other subject
matter related to coating and coated products which may contain
a boride, carbide, or nitride component*. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 75, | Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and
Loose Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclasses 236+ for a consolidated metal power composition containing
a carbide, and subclass 244 for such composition containing boron
or nitrogen. |
| 148, | Metal Treatment,
subclasses 206 through 238provide for processes of carburizing, nitriding, or
both (e.g., carbonitriding, etc.) of
solid metal, and subclasses 316-319 for the resulting
stock. |
|
| | |
| 628 | Component contains compound of adjacent metal |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 621. Subject matter in which the nonmetal component is a compound
of a metal which is adjacent to the nonmetal component.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass includes, but is not restricted
to, so-called "conversion coatings". |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 148, | Metal Treatment,
subclasses 240+ for processes of coating solid metal with a material
that reacts therewith. |
| 205, | Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions
Used Therein, and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclasses 171+ , 199+, and 324+ for electrolytic
methods of forming a conversion coating on solid metal, e.g., anodizing, and
for the resulting products. |
|
| | |
| 629 | Oxide |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 628. Subject matter in which the component is an oxide of the
adjacent metal, e.g., an "anodizing coating". |
| | |
| 630 | Noncrystalline silica or noncrystalline plural-oxide component (e.g., glass, etc.) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 621. Subject matter in which the nonmetal component is an amorphous
material consisting of silica or a mixture of oxide or a mixed-metal oxide, e.g., sodium
silicate.
| | (1)
Note. The mere designation of a component as "glass" is
sufficient for classification herein. |
| | (2)
Note. See the main class definition of this class (428), section
VI, C, 6, for loci of other coating and
coated products. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 432, | for a nonmetallic* composite* in which
one component* is glass or quartz and another component
may be a metal. |
| 632, | for a metallic* composite* having
a crystalline (ceramic) component. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 52, | Static Structures (e.g., Buildings),
subclass 759 for other metal-to-glass joints. |
| 174, | Electricity: Conductors and Insulators,
subclass 50.61 for boxes and housings with a bonded seal for a
conductive member, e.g., glass-to-metal. |
| 403, | Joints and Connections,
subclass 30 for joint structure wherein two members have different
coefficients of expansion. |
|
| | |
| 631 | Film (e.g., glaze, etc.) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 630. Subject matter in which the nonmetal component is so thin
as to be like a coating on the metal component material.
| | (1)
Note. In most patents of this subclass the product
is made by a coating process. | |
| | |
| 632 | Oxide-containing component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 621. Subject matter in which the nonmetal is, or contains, an
oxide.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 469+, | for a composite product wherein the layer adjacent
the metal layer contains a metal salt or an oxide. |
|
| | |
| 633 | Plural oxides |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 632. Subject matter in which the oxide is of more than one metal
or consists of two or more oxides.
| | (1)
Note. A patent claiming a nonmetal component merely
as "a ceramic" is placed here. Where
the ceramic is claimed in terms only of a single oxide constituent, e.g., "a
high-alumina ceramic", the patent is
placed in subclass 632, or 629, if appropriate. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 636+, | for a metallic composite having a vitrified ceramic
component. |
|
| | |
| 634 | Free carbon containing component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 621. Subject matter in which the nonmetal component is uncombined
carbon.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 75, | Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and
Loose Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclass 243 for a consolidated metal powder composition containing
elemental carbon. |
|
| | |
| 635 | Four or more distinct components with alternate recurrence of each type component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter in which the composite has four or more spatially
distinct components, e.g., layers, in
which two types of components appear alternately in the same sequence
in a visual scanning of the composite cross section; for example, a
sequence of components are exemplified by A, B, A, B.
| | (1)
Note. A "symmetrical" sequence
of the type A, B, C, B, A is
not a basis for placement in this subclass. | |
| | |
| 636 | Adjacent, identical composition, components |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter comprising adjacent components having an
identical composition.
| | (1)
Note. The components, while having identical
chemical compositions, often will have different physical
properties because of a difference in their manufacturing history, e.g., one
component may be a substrate, while the other is a coating. |
| | (2)
Note. Where the claims of a patent are such that
adjacent components may be the same or different in their composition, e.g., due
to overlapping in the claimed ranges of alloying ingredients, generic
claiming, etc., the patent is placed
in this subclass (636) as an original, and
is cross-referenced to the appropriate subclass below. Where
the components are always identical, patents classified
herein are not cross-referenced below, e.g., to
subclass 654. | |
| | |
| 637 | Group VIII or IB metal-base |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 636. Subject matter in which the identical adjacent components
contain more than 40% of one or more metals from Group
VIII or IB of the periodic table, that is, cobalt, copper, gold, iridium, iron, nickel, osmium, palladium, platinum, rhodium, ruthenium
and/or silver.
| | (1)
Note. Where the adjacent components are always identical, e.g., are
not described in terms of overlapping ranges or constituents, patents
classified herein are not cross-referenced to subclass
675. | |
| | |
| 638 | Fe, containing 0.01-1.7% carbon (i.e., steel) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 637. Subject matter in which the metal is iron and the components
contain 0.01 to 1.7% carbon.
| | (1)
Note. Patents classified herein are not cross-referenced
to subclass 683 where the components are necessarily identical. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 682+, | for composite metallic stock-material* having
adjacent iron-base components of differing composition. |
|
| | |
| 639 | O, S, or organic compound in metal component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter in which a component of a composite has oxygen, sulfur, or
an organic material dispersed in its metal matrix.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 539.5, | for stock-material* comprising
a metal matrix interengaged with a nonmetal matrix. |
| 545, | for composite materials having as a component a
metal matrix interengaged with a nonmetal matrix. |
| 567, | for a composite having a particulate component with
nonmetal dispersed therein. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 75, | Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and
Loose Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclasses 230 and 951 for consolidated metal powder compositions
having a nonmetal dispersed therein. |
|
| | |
| 640 | Oxide of transition metal or Al |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 639. Subject matter in which the dispersed nonmetal is the oxide
of aluminum or a transition metal.
| | (1)
Note. See the definition of subclass 655 for the
scope of "transition metal". | |
| | |
| 641 | Ge- or Si-base component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter in which a component contains 40 percent
or more of silicon, germanium, or both.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 620, | for similar materials where the Si- or Ge-base
component is described as an electrical semiconductor. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 136, | Batteries: Thermoelectric and Photoelectric,
subclass 239 for thermoelectric devices of composition containing a
Group IV element. |
|
| | |
| 643 | Pb- and Sn-base components: alternative to or next to each other |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter in which a component* having 40
percent or more of tin is adjacent a component* having
40 percent or more of lead, or in which a component* of
the composite* may be either lead-base or tin-base
or a combination of lead and tin which makes up 40 percent or more
of the component, e.g., 30 percent
lead and 30 percent tin.
| | (1)
Note. This is an experimental "Markush"- type
subclass designed to provide, for classification and search purposes, the
kind of convenience and compactness offered by "Markush" claiming
in patents, primarily by reducing the amount of cross-referencing which
is required. So far as patent placement is concerned, a
patent placed in a "Markush" subclass is not cross-referenced
to subclasses which provide for species covered by the generic "Markush" subclass, although
it may be desirable to cross-reference the patent to indented
subclass on the basis of the combination of layers. Thus, a
patent placed in this subclass (643) is not placed
also in subclasses 645 or 646, although placement in subclasses
647 and/or 648 may be desirable for subject matter not
covered by subclass 644. |
| |
As concerns search purposes, a search for an invention
restricted to a species has its primary search field in the subclass
devoted to the species, while the "Markush" subclass
is a secondary search field; a search of which is mandatory
when the primary field does not provide satisfactory documentation. Conversely, an
invention involving a "Markush" group comprising
two or more members, all of which are provided for in a "Markush" subclass, has
its primary search field in that subclass and subordinate search
fields in the subclasses providing for the species. |
| | (2)
Note. The alternativeness of the species must be
according to the claims, but not be stated in a single
claim; that is, a patent having one claim to a
composite with a component having a base of one species, and
a substantially identical claim to a composite with a component
having a base of a second species, both species being provided
for in the same "Markush" subclass, is
classified in the "Markush" subclass. |
| | (3)
Note. The designation of a component* as
a "type-metal" or "tin-led
solder" is sufficient for classification in this subclass (643), however, a
designation merely as "solder" is not. Subclasses
686 and 927-933 have been provided as collection places
for components designated in such merely functional terminology. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 205, | Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions
Used Therein, and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclasses 252+ for coating from an aqueous bath with a lead- or
tin-base alloy. |
| 220, | Receptacles,
subclasses 62.11+ for a "tin" can lined with a
coating. |
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclasses 312 and 313 for treating a lead or tin coating with
a flux, and subclass 423 for immersion-type coating
with tin, lead or zinc. |
|
| | |
| 644 | And next to Cu- or Fe-base component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 643. Subject matter in which a lead- or tin-base component
is adjacent a component having 40 percent or more of copper or iron, or
a combination of the two.
| | (1)
Note. Patents in this subclass are not cross-referenced
to subclasses 674 and 681+ on the basis of the Pb-Sn/Cu-Fe interface. | |
| | |
| 645 | Pb-base component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter in which a component has 40 percent or more
of lead.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 643, | to complete a search for lead-base components. |
|
| | |
| 646 | Sn-base component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter in which a component has 40 percent or more
of tin.
| | (1)
Note. Nb3Sn is a niobium (columbium)-base
alloy and a composite with such a component is provided for in subclass 662. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 643, | to complete a search for tin-base components. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 220, | Receptacles, 62.11+ for a receptacle having
a wall including plural distinct layers. |
|
| | |
| 647 | Next to Group IB metal-base component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 646. Subject matter in which the tin-base component
is adjacent a component having 40 percent or more of copper, gold
and/or silver.
| | (1)
Note. Patents in this subclass are not cross-referenced
to subclasses 671, 672, 673, or 674+ on
the basis of the Sn/Group IB-metal interface. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 643, | and/or 644, to complete this search. |
|
| | |
| 648 | Next to Group VIII metal-base component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 646. Subject matter in which the tin-base component
is adjacent a component containing 40 percent of one, or
a combination of, cobalt, iron, nickel, or
a platinum metal.
| | (1)
Note. Patents in this subclass are not cross-referenced
to subclasses 670, 678, 680, or 681+ on
the basis of the Sn/Group VIII-metal interface. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 643, | and/or 644, to complete a search
for this subject matter. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 220, | Receptacles, various subclasses for miscellaneous receptacles
of that class. |
|
| | |
| 649 | Group IIA metal-base component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter in which a component has 40 percent or more
of barium, beryllium, calcium, magnesium, radium
or strontium, or a combination of two or more of these
metals.
| | (1)
Note. The mere designation of a base component as
an "alkaline earth metal" is sufficient for placement
in this subclass. |
| | (2)
Note. The term "light metal" is
interpreted to mean a magnesium-base alloy, an
aluminum-base alloy, or an alloy comprising 40
percent or more of these two metals. In not further explained
in the claims, a patent claiming a "light-metal" component
is placed here and in the proper subclass included in 650+. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 376, | Induced Nuclear Reactions: Processes, Systems, and
Elements,
subclass 455 for nuclear fuel components in layered form. |
|
| | |
| 650 | Al-base component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter in which a component contains 40 percent
or more of aluminum.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 148, | Metal Treatment,
subclass 275 for coating an aluminum or aluminum alloy with
a liquid reactive coating composition. |
| 205, | Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions
Used Therein, and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclasses 139 , 153, 172+, 190, 201+, 213+, 233, 237, and
323+ for electrolytic coating processes in which either the
substrate or an electrolytically coated layer is predominantly aluminum. |
| 219, | Electric Heating,
subclass 118 for methods directed to the electric welding of
a dissimilar metal to aluminum. |
| 420, | Alloys or Metallic Compositions,
subclasses 528+ for an aluminum base alloy. |
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclass 320 for treatment of a metal substrate preparatory
to coating aluminum. |
|
| | |
| 651 | Next to refractory (Group IVB, VB, or VIB) metal-base component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 650. Subject matter in which the aluminum-base component
is adjacent a component containing 40 percent or more of one or
more of the metals in Groups IVB, VB, or VIB.
| | (1)
Note. For a listing of metals contained in the above-listed
groups, see the definitions of subclasses 660, 662
and 663. |
| | (2)
Note. Patents classified herein are not cross-referenced
to subclasses 660+ on the basis of the Al/refractory-metal
interface. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 148, | Metal Treatment,
subclass 133 for a heat treatment of that class involving a
refractory-metal-base component. |
|
| | |
| 652 | Next to Group VIII or IB metal-base component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 650. Subject matter in which the aluminum-base component
is adjacent a component having 40 percent or more of a Group VIII
or IB metal.
| | (1)
Note. Patents classified herein are not cross-referenced
to subclasses 688+ on the basis of the Al/Group
VIII-IB interface. | |
| | |
| 653 | Fe |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 652. Subject matter in which the Group VIII metal is iron.
| | (1)
Note. Patents classified herein are not cross-referenced
to subclasses 681+ on the basis of the Al/Fe interface. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 420, | Alloys or Metallic Compositions,
subclasses 77+ and 103 for iron-aluminum alloys. |
|
| | |
| 654 | Next to Al-base component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 650. Subject matter in which the aluminum-base component
is adjacent another component having 40 percent or more of aluminum.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 636, | for composites having aluminum-base components
of identical composition adjacent each other. |
|
| | |
| 655 | Transition metal-base component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter having a component which contains 40 percent
or more of a transition metal or a combination of transition metals.
| | (1)
Note. The transition elements, as defined
in the "Condensed Chemical Dictionary", 7th
Edition, Reinhold Publishing Company, 1966, page
958, are: |
| |
"Elements in which an inner electron shell, rather
than an outer shell, is partially filled. In the
periodic table they include elements 21 through 30 (scandium
through zinc), 39 through 48 (yttrium
through cadmium), 57 through 80 (lanthanum
through mercury), and 89 through 103 (actinium
through lawrencium). They are all metals and most
possess colored ions, variable valency, have a
tendency to form complexes, and have large magnetic moments." |
| |
Thus, the transition elements include the metals
of the periodic table groups listed in the subclasses indented hereunder, as well
as those covered in (2) Note below. |
| | (2)
Note. This subclass (655) is the
locus for composite materials having a component which is 40 percent
or more of the Group IIIB metals (Sc, Y, the
lanthanides and the actinides) and/or the Group
VIIB metals (Mn, Tc, and Re). |
| | (3)
Note. "Franklinite" is considered
to be a Mn-base alloy. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 75, | Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and
Loose Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclasses 245+ for consolidated metal powder compositions in which
the base metal is one or more transition metals. |
| 376, | Induced Nuclear Reactions: Processes, Systems, and
Elements,
subclass 455 for a structured, layered, canned
or jacketed nuclear fuel component. |
|
| | |
| 656 | Alternative base metals from diverse categories |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 655. Subject matter in which a component of a composite comprises
40 percent or more of a metal which is permitted by the claims to
be selected from more than one of the following diverse categories: Category
A: Group IIB metals Category B: Group IIIB metals
Category C: Refractory (Groups IVB, VB, VIB
metals) Category D: Group VIIB metals Category
E: Group VIII or IB metals.
| | (1)
Note. Where the selection of the base transition
metal is restricted to one of the above categories, the
patent is not placed here. |
| | (2)
Note. Where the composite has a component made of
at least three metals, none of which is present as more
than 40 percent by weight of the component, and no combination
of metals provided for in a single category above is present as more
than 40 percent by weight, but in which the total of transition
metals is 40 percent or more, by weight, it is
classified in this subclass (656). |
| | (3)
Note. This subclass follows the classification and
search rules for "Markush"- type subclasses
set forth in the definition of subclass 643, (1) Note
and (2) Note. |
| | (4)
Note. When a patent is proper for classification
in this subclass, such classification provides fully for
all interfaces between transition-metal-base components; however, it
may be desirable, when a particular metal, alloy, or
combination of components, specifically provided for in
a subclass below, is emphasized, to place a copy
of the patent in such subclass. Exemplary of such emphasis
is the restriction of a nonalternative component to a specific alloy
or grain structure, a claim to only one preferred species
of the alternative component, etc. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclass 305 for treatment of a metal base preparatory to coating
with nickel, copper, cobalt or chromium. |
|
| | |
| 657 | Group IIB metal-base component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 655. Subject matter in which a component of the composite comprises
40 percent or more of the Group IIB metal(s).
| | (1)
Note. This subclass (657) is the
locus for composites having a cadmium-base or mercury-base
component. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 656, | to complete a search for Cd- and Hg-base
components. |
|
| | |
| 658 | Zn-base component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 657. Subject matter in which the composite has a component which
is 40 percent or more of zinc.
| | (1)
Note. Although brass is sometimes defined as containing
up to 40 percent zinc, a component described merely as "brass", without
a recitation that it contains 40 percent or more zinc, is
not suitable for classification is subclasses 658+. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 656, | to complete a search for Zn-base components. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 205, | Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions
Used Therein, and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclasses 305+ for coating electrically with zinc from an aqueous
bath. |
| 420, | Alloys or Metallic Compositions,
subclasses 513+ for a zinc base alloy. |
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclass 406 for methods of applying superposed diverse coatings
or coating a coated substrate involving a zinc coating on a metal
substrate, and subclass 433 for a method of applying a
molten zinc coating by immersion. |
|
| | |
| 659 | Next to Fe-base component (e.g., galvanized) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 658. Subject matter in which the zinc-base component
is adjacent to a component having 40 percent or more of iron.
| | (1)
Note. The mere designation of a composite as "galvanized" is
sufficient for placement in this subclass. |
| | (2)
Note. Patents classified herein are not cross-referenced
to subclasses 681 or 933 on the basis of the Zn/Fe interface. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 933, | for composites other than zinc-iron having
a sacrificial component. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclass 433 for galvanizing a base by immersion into a molten
metal bath. |
|
| | |
| 660 | Refractory (Group IVB, VB, or VIB) metal-base component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 655. Subject matter in which the composite has a component which
is 40 percent or more of one or more metals from Groups IVB, VB
or VIB of the periodic table.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass (660) is the
locus for components having a base of one or more Group IVB metals (titanium, hafnium
or zirconium). |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 656, | and 661, to complete a search for Ti-, Zr-, and
Hf-base components. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 148, | Metal Treatment,
subclass 133 for heat treatment methods of that class directed
to refractory metals. |
|
| | |
| 661 | Diverse refractory group metal-base components: alternative to or next to each other |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 660. Subject matter in which a component having 40 percent or
more of Group IVB metal(s), or Group
VB metal(s) or Group VIB metal(s) is adjacent
a component having 40 percent or more metal from another of these
groups, or in which the claims permit a component base
to be selected from metals belonging to more than one of these groups.
| | (1)
Note. Patents classified in this subclass are not
cross-referenced to subclasses 660, 662 or 663. |
| | (2)
Note. The mere designation of a component base as
a "refractory metal" is sufficient for placement
in this subclass (661). |
| | (3)
Note. This subclass follows the classification and
search rules for "Markush"- type subclasses
set out in the definition of subclass 643, (1) Note
and (2) Note. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 656, | to complete a search for refractory metal-base
components. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 148, | Metal Treatment,
subclass 133 for a heat-treatment process of that class directed
to a refractory solid metal or solid alloy. |
|
| | |
| 662 | Group VB metal-base component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 660. Subject matter in which a composite has a component comprising
40 percent or more of one or more of vanadium, niobium (columbium), or
tantalum.
| | (1)
Note. Niobium stannite is a niobium-base
alloy. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 656, | and 661, to complete a search for Group
VB metal-base components. |
|
| | |
| 663 | Group VIB metal-base component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 660. Subject matter in which the composite has a component containing
40 or more of a Group VIB metal.
| | (1)
Note. This is the locus for patents having a molybdenum-base
component. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 565, | 661 and 664, to complete a search for Mo-based
components. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 75, | Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and
Loose Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclass 245 for a consolidated metal powder composition which
may be Mo-based. |
|
| | |
| 664 | Alternative to or next to each other |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 663. Subject matter in which a component having 40 percent or
more of chromium, molybdenum or tungsten is adjacent a
component having 40 percent or more of another of these metals, or in
which the claims permit a component base to be selected from two
or more of these metals, or a combination of any two or
three of them.
| | (1)
Note. Patents classified in this subclass are not
cross-referenced to subclasses 663, 665 or 666. |
| | (2)
Note. This subclass follows the classification and
search rules for "Markush"-type subclasses
set out in the definition of subclass 643. (1) Note
and (2) Note. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 656, | and 661, to complete a search for Group
VIB metal-base components. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 420, | Alloys or Metallic Compositions,
subclass 428 for a chromium base alloy, subclasses
430+ for a tungsten base alloy and subclass 429 for a molybdenum
base alloy. |
|
| | |
| 665 | W-base component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 663. Subject matter in which the Group VIB metal is tungsten (wolfram).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 656, | 661 and 664, to complete a search for W-base
components. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 75, | Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and
Loose Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclass 248 for a consolidated metal powder composition in which
the base metal is tungsten. |
|
| | |
| 666 | Cr-base component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 663. Subject matter in which the Group VIB metal is chromium.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 613, | for composite materials having a "microcracked" chromium
component between other components. |
| 656, | 661 and 664, to complete a search for Cr-based
components. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 148, | Metal Treatment,
subclasses 264+ for processes of reactively coating a metal substrate
wherein a chromium containing liquid external agent combines with
a component of the metal substrate to form a coating thereon containing
a component of the metal substrate. |
| 205, | Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions
Used Therein, and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclasses 178+ for methods of electrolytically coating multiple
layers, at least one of which is chromium, from an
aqueous bath, and subclasses 283+ for coating
a single Cr layer from such a bath. |
|
| | |
| 667 | Next to Co-, Fe-, or Ni-base component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 666. Subject matter in which the chromium-base component
is adjacent a component having 40 percent or more of cobalt, iron
or nickel, or a combination of two or more of these metals.
| | (1)
Note. Patents classified in this subclass are not
cross-referenced to subclasses 668, 678, 680, or
681+ on the basis of the Cr/Co-Fe-Ni
interface. | |
| | |
| 668 | Group VIII or IB metal-base component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 655. Subject matter in which the transition metal is from Group
VIII or IB of the periodic table.
| | (1)
Note. For a list of metals included in this grouping, see
the definition of subclass 637. |
| | (2)
Note. This subclass is the locus for patents having
a cobalt-base component which are not properly placeable
in subclasses 675, 678 and 679. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 657, | 678 and 679, to complete a search for cobalt-base
components. |
|
| | |
| 669 | Group IB metal-base component alternative to platinum group metal-base component (e.g., precious metal, etc.) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 668. Subject matter in which a component of a composite comprises
40 percent or more of a metal which may be either a Group IB metal
or a platinum-group metal.
| | (1)
Note. See the definition of subclass 670 for the
scope of "platinum-group metal". |
| | (2)
Note. Where the selection of the base metal is restricted
to a metal within a Group IB or within the platinum group, the
patent is not placed here. |
| | (3)
Note. Where a composite has a component made of
at least three metals, none of which is present as 40 percent
or more, but in which a combination which necessarily includes
a Group IB metal and a platinum group metal does total 40 percent
or more, the patent is classified here. |
| | (4)
Note. Patents classified here are not cross-referenced
to subclasses 670+, 672, 673, or
674. |
| | (5)
Note. The designation of the base metal as merely
a "precious metal" or a "noble metal" in
any claim is sufficient for classification here, despite (2) Note
and (3) Note. |
| | (6)
Note. The classification and search rules for this
subclass are the same as the "Markush"-type
subclass rules set out in the definition of subclass 643, (1) Note and (2) Note. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 656, | to complete a search for components having a base
of Group IB or platinum metals. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 63, | Jewelry, appropriate subclasses for articles, generally
composed of precious metals, intended to be worn upon the
person as ornaments. |
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclass 125 for a process of coating a base with silver, gold, platinum, or
palladium to produce an electrical product. |
|
| | |
| 670 | Platinum group metal-base component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 668. Subject matter having a component comprising 40 percent
or more of one or more metals from Group VIII, periods
5 or 6 of the periodic table, that is, platinum, iridium, osmium, palladium, rhodium, and/or
ruthenium.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 656, | and 669, to complete a search for platinum
metal-base components. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 205, | Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions
Used Therein, and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclass 264 for a process directed to electrolytically coating
a substrate with platinum from an aqueous bath. |
| 420, | Alloys or Metallic Compositions,
subclasses 466+ for a platinum base alloy. |
|
| | |
| 671 | Cu-base component alternative to Ag-, Au-, or Ni-base component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 668. Subject matter in which a component may contain 40 percent
or more of copper, or, alternatively to the copper, 40
or more of gold, nickel, or silver.
| | (1)
Note. Copper must be one of the alternative metals
for placement in this subclass. |
| | (2)
Note. Where the component contains some, but
less that 40 percent copper, less than 40 percent total
gold and silver, and less than 40 percent nickel, but where
the total of these four metals is 40 percent or more, the
patent is classified here. |
| | (3)
Note. Patents classified here are not cross-referenced
to subclasses 672, 673, 674, or 680. |
| | (4)
Note. The classification and search rules for this
subclass are the same as the "markush"-type
subclass rules set out in the definition of subclass 643, (1) Note and (2) Note. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 656, | to complete a search for a component having a base
of copper, gold, nickel, or silver. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 420, | Alloys or Metallic Compositions,
subclasses 507+ for a gold base alloy. |
|
| | |
| 672 | Au-base component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 668. Subject matter in which a component contains 40 percent
or more of gold.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 656, | 669 and 671, to complete a search for gold-base
components. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 205, | Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions
Used Therein, and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclasses 247+ for methods of electrolytically coating a substrate
with a gold-base alloy from an aqueous bath, and
subclasses 266+ for coating with gold, per se, from
such a bath. |
| 420, | Alloys or Metallic Compositions,
subclasses 507+ for a gold base alloy. |
|
| | |
| 673 | Ag-base component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 668. Subject matter in which a component contains 40 percent
or more of silver.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 656, | 669 and 671, to complete a search for Ag-base
components. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 205, | Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions
Used Therein, and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclass 71 for processes of making mirrors and reflectors
by electro-forming, and subclass 116 for the production
of mirrors and reflectors by electrodeposition of metallic silver
upon a substrate of specific form or configuration. |
| 420, | Alloys or Metallic Compositions,
subclasses 501+ for a silver base alloy. |
|
| | |
| 674 | Cu-base component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 668. Subject matter in which a component contains 40 percent
or more of copper.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 618, | 656, 669, and 671, to
complete a search for copper-base components. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 148, | Metal Treatment, appropriate subclasses for processes of treating solid or
semi-solid metal to modify or maintain the internal physical
structure (i.e., microstructure) or
chemical properties of metal. If metal casting, fusion
bonding, machining, or working is involved, there
is a requirement of significant heat treatment as described in section
III, A, of the Class 148 definition.
Class 148,
subclasses 240+ , for processes of reactively coating a
metal substrate wherein an external agent combines with a component
of the metal substrate to form a coating thereon containing a component
of the metal substrate. |
| 205, | Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions
Used Therein, and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclasses 239+ for coating a substrate with an alloy of copper
from an aqueous bath, and subclasses 291+ for such
a coating process with copper, per se. |
| 420, | Alloys or Metallic Compositions,
subclasses 469+ for a copper base alloy. |
|
| | |
| 675 | Next to Co-, Cu-, or Ni-base component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 674. Subject matter in which the copper-base component
is adjacent a component which contains 40 percent or more of cobalt, copper, or
nickel.
| | (1)
Note. Where the adjacent component contains less
than 40 percent cobalt or copper, but the combination of
these two metals is 40 percent or more, the patent is classified
in this subclass (675); where this same
situation exists with regard to the combination of copper with nickel, see
subclass 671. |
| | (2)
Note. Patents classified herein are not cross-referenced
to subclasses 668, 678, or 680 on the basis of
the Cu/Co-Ni interface. | |
| | |
| 676 | Next to Fe-base component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 674. Subject matter in which the copper-base component
is adjacent a component containing 40 percent or more of iron.
| | (1)
Note. Patents classified herein are not cross-referenced
to subclasses 678 or 681 on the basis of the Cu-Fe interface. | |
| | |
| 678 | Co-, Fe-, or Ni-base components, alternative to each other |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 668. Subject matter in which the claims permit a component base
to be selected from more than one of iron, nickel or cobalt, or
in which neither of these three metals is present as 40 percent
or more of the component, but a combination of any two
or the three of them is.
| | (1)
Note. Patents classified here are not cross-referenced
to subclasses 668, 680, or 681. |
| | (2)
Note. A component base designated merely as "an
iron-group metal" is classified herein. |
| | (3)
Note. The rules for classification and search of
this subclass are the same as those set for "Markush"-type
subclasses in the definition of subclass 643, (1) Note
and (2) Note. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 205, | Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions
Used Therein, and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclasses 255+ for processes of electrolytically coating a substrate
with a Group VIII metal-base alloy from an aqueous bath, and
subclasses 269, 270 and 271+ for the same type
process directed to a single metal selected from the iron group. |
| 420, | Alloys or Metallic Compositions,
subclasses 8+ for an iron base alloy, subclasses 435+ for
a cobalt base alloy, subclasses 580+ for alloys
in which no single metal exceeds 50 percent of the composition. |
|
| | |
| 679 | Co- or Ni-base component next to Fe-base component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 668. Subject matter in which a component having 40 percent or
more of cobalt, iron, or nickel is adjacent a
component having 40 percent or more of iron.
| | (1)
Note. Patents classified herein are not cross-referenced
to subclasses 668, 681m or 684+ on the basis of
the Co-Ni/Fe interface. | |
| | |
| 680 | Ni-base component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 668. Subject matter in which a component of the composite comprises
40 percent or more of nickel.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 656, | 671, 678, and 679, to
complete a search for Ni-base components. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 148, | Metal Treatment,
subclass 675 for processes of treating solid or semi-solid
metal to modify or maintain the internal physical structure (i.e., microstructure) or
chemical properties of nickel. If metal casting, fusion
bonding, machining, or working is involved, there
is a requirement for significant heat treatment as described in
section III, A, of the Class 148 definition. |
| 205, | Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions
Used Therein, and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclasses 271+ for electrolytically coating a substrate with nickel
from an aqueous bath. |
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclass 438 for electroless deposition of a nickel coating
on a metal base. |
|
| | |
| 681 | Fe-base component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 668. Subject matter in which a component has 40 percent or more
of iron.
| | (1)
Note. A component designated merely as a "ferrous
base metal" is classified in this subclass (681). |
| | (2)
Note. To complete a search for a Fe-base
component, subclasses 656 and 678 must be searched, as
well as the appropriate subclasses selected from subclasses 619, 644, 648, 653, 659, 667, 676+, and
679+. |
| | (3)
Note. The patents classified in this subclass (681) and
subclasses 684 and 685 as originals are those claiming composite
materials, wherein a component is defined as a Fe-base
component and adjacent components are metals of unspecified composition. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 148, | Metal Treatment,
subclasses 206 through 238for processes of carburizing, nitriding, or
both (i.e., carbonitriding, etc.) of
solid metal, and subclasses 316-319 for the resulting stock. |
| 420, | Alloys or Metallic Compositions,
subclasses 8+ for iron base alloys. |
|
| | |
| 682 | Next to Fe-base component |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 679. Subject matter in which both adjacent components are iron-base.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 619, | and 638, to complete a search for adjacent
iron-base components. |
|
| | |
| 683 | Both containing 0.01-1.7% carbon (i.e., steel) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 682. Subject matter in which both components contain 0.01
to 1.7 percent carbon.
| | (1)
Note. The mere designation of the components as "steel" is
sufficient for classification herein. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 619, | 638 and 682, to complete a search for this
subject matter. |
|
| | |
| 684 | Containing 0.01-1.7% carbon (i.e., steel) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 681. Subject matter in which the iron-base component
contains 0.01 to 1.7 percent carbon.
| | (1)
Note. The mere designation of a component as "steel" is
sufficient for classification in this subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 619, | to complete a search for this subject matter. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 29, | Metal Working,
subclasses 4.51+ for shredding metal or metal wool article making. |
| 76, | Metal Tools and Implements, Making,
subclass 84 for butcher’s steel. |
| 148, | Metal Treatment,
subclasses 543 through 545and 612-618 for processes of treating
solid iron based alloys containing greater than 1.7 per cent
carbon to modify or maintain the internal physical structure (i.e., microstructure) or
chemical properties of metal. If metal casting, fusion
bonding, machining, or working is involved, there
is a requirement of significant heat treatment as described in the
Class 148 definition. |
| 420, | Alloys or Metallic Composition,
subclasses 8+ for iron base alloys which may contain carbon, e.g., steel. |
|
| | |
| 685 | Containing more than 10% nonferrous elements (e.g., high alloy, stainless) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 684. Subject matter in which the iron-base component
also contains more than 10 percent of other material.
| | (1)
Note. The mere designation of a component as "stainless
steel" or "high alloy steel" is sufficient
for classification herein. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 619, | to complete a search for this subject matter. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 75, | Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and
Loose Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclasses 433+ for producing Iron(Fe) or treating
molten metal that contains over 50 per cent by weight Iron. |
| 148, | Metal Treatment,
subclasses 542 , 592, 597, and 605-611
for processes of treating solid iron based alloys containing greater
than 9 percent chromium to modify or maintain the internal physical
structure (i.e., microstructure) or
chemical properties of metal. If metal casting, fusion
bonding, machining, or working is involved, there
is a requirement of significant heat treatment as described in section
III, A, of the Class 148 definition. |
|
| | |
| 686 | Adjacent functionally defined components |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter in which adjacent components of a composite
are claimed, not in terms of their composition, but
in terms of the properties of the components, their past
histories, etc., e.g., "a
solid layer", etc. |
| | |
| 687 | Surface feature (e.g., rough, mirror) |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter wherein an exposed surface of the material
has a particular claimed physical configuration or structure.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 409, | and 543, for a nonmetallic* sheet
or web having a particular claimed surface property or characteristic. |
| 564, | for stock-material* having a nonparticulate
metal component and a particulate component which contains nonmetal
particles, e.g., abrasive particles. |
| 927, | for a collection of patents concerning metallic* stock-material* having
a surface which is decorative or informative. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 29, | Metal Working,
subclasses 90.01+ for burnishing processes. |
| 51, | Abrasive Tool Making Process, Material, or
Composition, for such invention. |
| 75, | Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and
Loose Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclass 231 for consolidated metal powder compositions containing
a functionally defined component, e.g., an
abrasive. |
| 106, | Compositions: Coating or Plastic,
subclass 32.5 for a composition of that class having an erasable
surface, and subclass 36 for a composition having a friction
or tractive surface. |
| 156, | Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture,
subclass 18 for etching of a metal base. |
|
| | |
| 688 | Of inorganic material: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Subject matter in which at least one layer is comprised
of inorganic material(s).
| | (1)
Note. Organo-metallic compounds are not
considered inorganic compounds and are not a basis for classification
in this subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 432+, | for a laminate having a quartz or glass layer. |
| 466+, | for a silicon-containing layer other than
glass or quartz. |
| 469+, | for a laminate of a free metal or alloy next to
a metal salt or oxide. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 423, | Chemistry of Inorganic Compounds, appropriate subclasses for an inorganic compound, per
se. |
|
| | |
| 689 | Metal-compound-containing layer: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 688. Subject matter in which at least one layer comprises a compound
of a metal.
| | (1)
Note. The following elements are defined as nonmetals
in Class 423: the inert gases, boron, the
halogens, hydrogen, nitrogen, carbon, oxygen, phosphorus, silicon, sulfur, selenium, and tellurium; all
other elements are considered to be metals. | |
| | |
| 691 | Halogen-containing: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 689. Subject matter in which the product contains fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or
iodine in free or combined from. |
| | |
| 692.1 | Defined magnetic layer: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 689. Subject matter in which a layer or component thereof
has disclosed properties which include magnetic susceptibility.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 800 | through 848.9 , for magnetic recording component or stock, with
specific chemical composition or physical chemistry. |
| 900, | for an article having a magnetic feature. |
|
| | |
| 700 | Single crystal: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 699. Subject matter in which at least one metal-compound-containing
layer is claimed as comprising a single crystal. |
| | |
| 701 | O-containing metal compound: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 699. Subject matter in which at least one layer contains a metal
compound having oxygen in any form, e.g., oxide, sulfate, carbonate, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 702, | for an oxygen-containing metal compound
layer not next to a second metal-compound-containing
layer. |
|
| | |
| 704 | Of B, N, P, S, or metal-containing material |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Of B, N, P, S, or metal-containing
material: Subject matter wherein the composite contains boron, phosphorus, or
sulfur in free or combined organic form, an organic nitrogen
compound or an organic metal compound.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 304.4+, | for a composites material containing elemental nitrogen
or another gas. |
| 457+, | and 615+, for composites having
a layer of free metal. |
|
| | |
| 800 | MAGNETIC RECORDING COMPONENT OR STOCK: |
| | This subclass is indented under the class definition. Stock material comprising a laminate of one or more layers
deposited on a substrate, which laminate has a disclosed
utility in a dynamic magnetic recording, magnetic reproducing, or
magnetic storage apparatus or in a component thereof that consists
of a layer of magnetizable material deposited on a substrate intended
for information storage.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass does not provide for magnetic
recording media having an information-bearing track. |
| | (2)
Note. Subclasses 544-691 have not been exhaustively
screened for patents which meet the definition of subclasses 800-848.9; a
search of these subclasses, in particular subclass 611, may
thus be appropriate to ensure a complete search. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 846 | through 848.9 , for magnetic recording media structures
that includes a specified substrate structure. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 360, | Dynamic Magnetic Information Storage or Retrieval, appropriate subclasses for storage elements that include
discrete magnetic areas, inserts, spots, etc. |
| 365, | Static Information Storage and Retrieval, appropriate subclasses for static memory. |
| 369, | Dynamic Information Storage or Retrieval, appropriate subclasses for processes and apparatus for
the storage or retrieval of arbitrarily variable information which
is retained in a storage medium by variation of a physical characteristic, where
the information is stored or retrieved by causing or sensing a variation
of physical characteristic of the storage medium by a transducer
having relative motion along a continuous path; and
subclasses 272.1 through 291.1for information-bearing storage medium
with structure having an information-bearing track. |
|
| | |
| 810 | Magnetic head: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 800. Subject matter in which the laminate of one or more layers
has a disclosed utility as a component in a magnetic head or transducer (i.e., layer
or laminate intended to sense stored magnetic information or to
magnetically record information on a media) and which has
a specified chemical composition, microstructure, or
a property resulting from or influenced by microstructure of a layer
or layers.
| | (1)
Note. The term "microstructure" is intended
to mean atomic, magnetic, crystalline, molecular, or
dimensional characteristics of less than 100 microns. |
| | (2)
Note. A magnetic head or transducer is a device especially
adapted to generate an electrical signal in response to a recorded
magnetic bit on a media (e.g., a tape
or disc) in relative motion to the device or to record
a bit of information by magnetization in response to an electrical
signal. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 29, | Metal Working,
subclass 603.1 for a device which either (1) exhibits
magnetic attraction when electrical current is applied, or (2) changes
the magnitude or phase of an alternating current by inductive coupling, or (3) impedes a
change of current flow by induced magnetism. |
| 420, | Alloys or Metallic Compositions, appropriate subclasses for alloy stock or strands
which are claimed broadly as "magnetic", or "magnetized" or "permanent
magnet" or are defined only in terms of their composition
but are inherently magnetic, and for metallic stock or
strands composed of a single metal. |
|
| | |
| 811 | Magnetoresistive: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 810. Subject matter in which the laminate has material whose
resistance varies in accordance with a magnetic field.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 324, | Electricity: Measuring and Testing,
subclass 252 for magneto-resistive sensing means. |
| 338, | Electrical Resistors,
subclass 32 for an electrical resistor which is responsive
to a magnetic field. |
| 365, | Static Information Storage and Retrieval,
subclass 8 for magnetic bubbles which use magnetoresistive devices, and
subclass 158 for static storage systems which use magnetoresistive-type
storage elements. |
| 369, | Dynamic Information Storage or Retrieval,
subclasses 113 through 115for magnetoresistive heads with or without specified
chemical composition, microstructure, or property. |
|
| | |
| 811.1 | Having tunnel junction effect: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 811. Subject matter in which the laminate has at least one
tunnel junction effect.
| | (1)
Note. Ferromagnetic magneto-resistive tunnel
junction effect occurs when a current is applied in direction of
the laminate between ferromagnetic layers sandwiching a nonmetal
tunnel barrier layer; a tunnel current flowing in the tunnel
barrier layer then changes, depending on the relative angle
of magnetization between ferromagnetic layers. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 360, | Dynamic Magnetic Information Storage or Retrieval,
subclass 324.2 for tunnel junction effect in a magnetic head. |
|
| | |
| 811.2 | Multilayer: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 811. Subject matter in which the laminate comprises two or
more layers, at least one of which exhibits magneto resistance. |
| | |
| 811.4 | Single film: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 811. Subject matter in which the laminate contains a single
layer exhibiting magneto resistance. |
| | |
| 811.5 | With defined structural feature: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 811. Subject matter in which the laminate has a particular
structure specified such as a micro or macro physical topographic
feature.
| | (1)
Note. Sequence of the layers is not provided for
in this subclass. | |
| | |
| 812 | Magnetic layer composition: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 810. Subject matter in which the laminate has a chemical composition
specified for one or more of the magnetic layers.
| | (1)
Note. The term "specified" means
that a substance is identified by its chemical name or by its class
of chemical compound structure (i.e., greater
specificity than "organic compound" or "inorganic compound" is
required). |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 106, | Compositions: Coating or Plastic, particularly
subclass 749 for strands, filaments, and records
distinguished solely by compositions. |
| 148, | Metal Treatment,
subclasses 300 through 315for stock magnetic material claimed as resulting
from metal treatment. |
| 206, | Special Receptacle or Package,
subclasses 307 through 387.15for a container for removably containing an article
which includes machine readable information registered thereon. |
| 235, | Registers,
subclass 493 for a record containing discrete bits which are coded
markings on a record of magnetic material. |
| 252, | Compositions,
subclasses 62.51 through 62.64for compositions specialized and designed for use
as magnetic materials, substances peculiar to such compositions, or
processes of making compositions or substances. |
| 346, | Recorders,
subclasses 134 through 138for nonmagnetic records. |
| 352, | Optics: Motion Pictures,
subclasses 1 through 37for sound recording, including magnetic
sound records, combined with motion picture structure. |
| 420, | Alloys or Metallic Compositions, appropriate subclasses for alloys or strands recited
broadly as "magnetic", or "magnetized" or "permanent
magnet" or defined only in terms of their inherently magnetic
composition, and for metallic stock or strands composed
of a single metal. |
|
| | |
| 813 | Substrate composition: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 810. Subject matter in which the laminate has the chemical
composition of the substrate identified.
| | (1)
Note. The expression "chemical composition
of the substrate identified" means that a substance is
identified by its chemical name or by its class of chemical compound (i.e., greater
specificity than "glass" or "inorganic
compound" is required). | |
| | |
| 814 | With protective film: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 810. Subject matter in which the laminate has a layer or coating
disclosed to resist physical or chemical deterioration or damage. |
| | |
| 815 | With defined laminate structural detail: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 810. Subject matter in which the laminate microstructure or
macrostructure has been specified.
| | (1)
Note. The term "specified" means
that a substance is identified by its structure name or by its class
of structure (i.e., greater
specificity than "microstructure" or "macrostructure" is
required). | |
| | |
| 815.1 | Head with slider structure: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 815. Subject matter in which the surface of the laminate head
has a structure to allow for sliding contact with a magnetic recording
media surface.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 360, | Dynamic Magnetic Information Storage or Retrieval,
subclasses 234.3 through 237.1for a floating slider in a fluid-bearing
head support and subclass 246.2 for a full contact slider. |
| 369, | Dynamic Information Storage or Retrieval,
subclass 300 for specific slider structure provided on a slider which
is part of an optical head. |
|
| | |
| 815.2 | With head pole component: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 815. Subject matter in which a chemical or microstructural
feature includes a head pole component for reading information stored
in the media by sensing transitions of magnetic domains. |
| | |
| 817 | Magneto-optical media stock: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 800. Subject matter for a magnetic recording medium where
the magnetic flux intensity from a recorded bit is determined by
directing a beam of polarized light at the record surface and detecting
the rotation angle of polarization caused by the flux.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 360, | Dynamic Magnetic Information Storage or Retrieval,
subclass 114.1 for a magnetic record carrier, an element which
consists of magnetizable material or comprised of a coating or impregnation
of magnetizable material which includes discrete magnetic areas, inserts, spots, etc., each intended
for the storage of single bits of information. |
| 369, | Dynamic Information Storage or Retrieval,
subclasses 13.35 through 13.55for storage media in combination with a light beam
without specified composition or physical chemistry and subclass
272.1 for information-bearing storage medium with
structure having an information-bearing track. |
|
| | |
| 820.4 | Magnetic layer composition specified: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 820.2. Subject matter in which the medium has a chemical composition
of at least one magnetic layer specified.
| | (1)
Note. The term "specified" means
that a substance is identified by its chemical name or by its class
of chemical compound (i.e., greater
specificity than "organic compound" or "inorganic
compound" is required). | |
| | |
| 820.6 | Curie temperature: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 820.5. Subject matter in which the property specified is the
Curie temperature of at least one component.
| | (1)
Note. The Curie temperature is the temperature above
which the molecular forces of magnetism of paramagnetic bodies cease
to exist. | |
| | |
| 822 | Magneto-optic magnetic layer contains transition
metal: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 821. Subject matter in which the single magneto-optic
magnetic layer contains an elemental or an alloyed transition metal.
| | (1)
Note. In the periodic table, transition metals
include elements 21 through 30 (scandium through zinc), 39
through 48 (yttrium through cadmium), 57
through 80 (lanthanum through mercury), and
89 through 103 (actinium through lawrencium). | |
| | |
| 825 | With topcoat: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 821. Subject matter in which the medium has a layer on its
outermost surface (e.g., carbon
or organic compound). |
| | |
| 825.1 | Lubricant: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 825. Subject matter in which the topcoat is a lubricant (i.e., a
substance for reducing friction (e.g., perfluoropolyether, etc.)). |
| | |
| 826 | Thin film media: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 800. Subject matter in which the media or magnetizable material
is a continuous layer free of polymeric binder having a thickness
of approximately 1 angstrom to 100 micrometers.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 148, | Metal Treatment,
subclasses 300 through 315for stock magnetic material claimed as resulting
from metal treatment. |
| 252, | Compositions,
subclasses 62.51 through 62.64for compositions specialized and designed for use
as magnetic materials, substances peculiar to such compositions, or
processes of making the compositions or substances. |
| 346, | Recorders,
subclasses 134 through 138for nonmagnetic records. |
| 352, | Optics: Motion Pictures,
subclasses 1 through 37for sound recording, including magnetic
sound records, combined with motion picture structure. |
| 360, | Dynamic Magnetic Information Storage or Retrieval,
subclass 131 for specific structure of a record carrier for the
storage of information. |
| 365, | Static Information Storage and Retrieval,
subclasses 86 and 87 for static memory systems, apparatus, or processes
using thin film magnetic shift register where information is transferred (shifted) from
one magnetic element to another along an array where the magnetic
element is thin film material; and subclass 171 for a nonshifting
system where the magnetic element is thin film media. |
| 420, | Alloys or Metallic Compositions, appropriate subclasses for alloy stock or strands
which are claimed broadly as "magnetic", or "magnetized" or "permanent
magnet" or are defined only in terms of their composition
but are inherently magnetic, and for metallic stock or
strands composed of a single metal. |
| 430, | Radiation Imagery Chemistry: Process, Composition, or
Product Thereof,
subclass 39 for products or processes where magnetic force
forms an image. |
|
| | |
| 827 | Multiple magnetic layers: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 826. Subject matter in which the medium contains more than
one magnetic layer.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 360, | Dynamic Magnetic Information Storage or Retrieval, appropriate subclasses for magnetic recording media that
consists of a layer of magnetizable material deposited on a substrate that
is intended for the storage of more than a single bit of information. |
|
| | |
| 831 | Single magnetic layer having two or more nonmagnetic underlayers (e.g., seed
layers, barrier layers, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 826. Subject matter in which the medium has a single magnetic
layer and at least two nonmagnetic layers between substrate and
the magnetic layer.
| | (1)
Note. "Underlayer" encompasses
a layer designated by position (e.g., precoat layer, prelayer, base
layer, sublayer, ground layer) or designated
by function such as nucleation layer, seed layer, barrier
layer, corrosion prevention layer, diffusion prevention
layer, or texture layer. |
| | (2)
Note. This subclass includes chemically modified
substrate surface (e.g., oxidized, etc.). | |
| | |
| 831.2 | Specified physical structure of underlayer (e.g., texture, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 831. Subject matter in which the medium underlayer includes
an identified physical structure.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass provides for microstructure influencing
magnetic properties. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 848.2, | and 848.3, for disk substrates
having a specified roughness or texture above the microscale (i.e., more
than 100 micrometers). |
| 847.4 | through 847.7, for substrates with texture as an end result of
a layer. |
|
| | |
| 833.1 | Inorganic overcoat layer: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 833. Subject matter in which the medium has an overcoat layer
that is inorganic.
| | (1)
Note. The term "inorganic" means
that the components do not include organic carbon bonds. | |
| | |
| 833.3 | With lubricant over carbon layer: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 833.2. Subject matter in which the overcoat layer includes a
lubricant (i.e., a substance
for reducing friction or wear) directly on the carbon layer.
| | (1)
Note. Included in this subclass are lubricants which
are chemically or physically bonded to the carbon layer. | |
| | |
| 835.1 | Sputter-formed carbon overcoat: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 835. Subject matter in which the single elemental carbon overcoat
layer has been formed by sputtering.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 204, | Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy,
subclass 192.11 for sputter deposition processes. |
|
| | |
| 835.2 | Plasma-formed carbon overcoat: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 835. Subject matter in which the single elemental carbon overcoat
layer of the medium has been formed by plasma deposition.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 204, | Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy,
subclass 192.38 for vacuum arc discharge coating utilizing processes
for the deposition of a coating onto a substrate within a vacuum environment
by the action of an arc discharge between an anode and a cathode
wherein the source material is the cathode, per se, or
the source material is on the cathode. |
| 219, | Electric Heating, particularly
subclass 73.11 , 73.21, and 76.1-77
for coating operations that involve a buildup of metal coating on
a metal work piece and wherein an arc between an electrode and the
work is utilized. |
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclasses 127 through 132for forming a magnetic coating. |
|
| | |
| 835.3 | Fullerene carbon: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 835. Subject matter in which the single elemental carbon overcoat
layer contains fullerene carbon.
| | (1)
Note. Fullerene carbon is generally carbon with 20-1,000
atoms having pentagonal or hexagonal faces. | |
| | |
| 835.6 | Organic compound overcoat: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 834. Subject matter in which the single overcoat layer of
the medium is comprised of an organic compound.
| | (1)
Note. When the expression "organic compound" is
used in this class, it means a compound characterized by
two carbons bonded together, one atom of carbon bonded
to at least one atom of hydrogen or halogen, or one atom
of carbon bonded to at least one atom of nitrogen by a single or
double bond. | |
| | |
| 836.3 | Magnetic layer having inorganic compound of Si, N, P, B, H, or
C: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 836. Subject matter in which the magnetic layer includes an
inorganic compound of Si, N, P, B, H, or
C within the layer (e.g., CoPtCrB, etc.). |
| | |
| 837 | With nonmagnetic backcoat layer (e.g., inorganic
particles in polymer, carbon, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 826. Subject matter in which the medium has a nonmagnetic
layer on the substrate side opposite the magnetic layer.
| | (1)
Note. The backcoat layer is the layer directly contacting
the substrate on the side opposite the side having a magnetic layer. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 847.1, | 847.4, and 847.5, for
substrate which is a laminate or which has precoating on a side
opposite to the magnetic layer. |
|
| | |
| 838 | Binder media: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 800. Subject matter wherein the magnetizable material of the
recording medium dispersed in a binder (i.e., magnetic
particulate dispersed in binder).
| | (1)
Note. A binder is secondary material which is usually
an organic polymer holding a layer having magnetic particulate material
together. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 252, | Compositions,
subclasses 62.51 through 62.64for compositions specialized and designed for use
as magnetic materials, substances peculiar to such compositions, or
processes of making compositions or substances. |
| 346, | Recorders,
subclasses 134 through 138for nonmagnetic records. |
| 352, | Optics: Motion Pictures,
subclasses 1 through 37for sound recording, including magnetic
sound records, combined with motion picture structure. |
| 360, | Dynamic Magnetic Information Storage or Retrieval,
subclass 131 for specific structure of a record carrier for the
storage of information. |
|
| | |
| 839.3 | Chemically specified magnetic material: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 839.2. Subject matter in which the magnetic composition in one
or more of the layers has been chemically identified.
| | (1)
Note. The expression "chemically identified" means
that a substance is identified by its chemical name or by its class
of chemical compound (i.e., greater
specificity than generic "ferrite" is required). | |
| | |
| 839.4 | Chemically specified binder: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 839.2. Subject matter in which the medium includes a chemically
identified binder in the magnetic layers.
| | (1)
Note. The expression "specific binder" means
that a substance is identified by its chemical name or by its class
of chemical compound (i.e., greater
specificity than "polymeric" or "inorganic compound" is
required). | |
| | |
| 839.5 | With chemically identified adjuvant: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 839.2. Subject matter in which the medium includes a chemically
identified additional component to enhance binder effectiveness.
| | (1)
Note. The term "identified" means
that a substance is identified by its chemical name or by its class
of chemical compound (i.e., greater
specificity than "organic compound" or "inorganic
compound" is required). | |
| | |
| 840 | Single magnetic layer with underlayer: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 838. Subject matter in which the medium has a single magnetic
layer and one or more nonmagnetic layers in contact with the substrate
and between the substrate and the magnetic layer.
| | (1)
Note. Included in this subclass are transfer tapes
with a removable single magnetic layer. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 40.1-42.3, | for a nonmagnetic product which layers lie removable
on the outermost surface of the web or sheet. |
| 200, | for a nonmagnetic product which must be heated to
destroy the adhesion or cohesion of a layer to an adjacent layer
or component. |
| 202, | for a nonmagnetic product which layers lie on the
outermost surface of the web or sheet and are removable from the
web or sheet. |
| 352, | for a nonmagnetic product web or sheet having a
layer of adhesive as an outermost coating and a release or antistick
coating associated therewith on the side of the base opposite to
the adhesive layer. |
|
| | |
| 840.1 | Underlayer composition or structure: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 840. Subject matter in which the medium has the chemical composition
or arrangement of atoms of molecules of one or more of the underlayers specified.
| | (1)
Note. The term "specified" means
that a substance is identified with greater specificity than "organic
compound" or "inorganic compound". | |
| | |
| 840.4 | Lubricant in underlayer (e.g., perfluoether, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 840.1. Subject matter in which the medium underlayer contains
a material identified as a lubricant (i.e., a
substance for reducing friction or wear).
| | (1)
Note. Included in this subclass are migrating lubricants, which
are intended to move around within the medium, as well
as single-layer lubricants. | |
| | |
| 840.5 | Chemically identified underlayer binder: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 840.1. Subject matter in which the medium underlayer contains
a chemically identified binder.
| | (1)
Note. The expression "chemically identified" means
that a substance is identified by its chemical name or by its class
of chemical compound (i.e., greater
specificity than "polymeric" is required). | |
| | |
| 840.6 | Magnetic layer chemical composition: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 840. Subject matter in which the composition of the single
magnetic layer in the medium is specified by physical chemistry
or chemical compound (e.g., by
lattice structure, etc.).
| | (1)
Note. The term "specified" means
that a substance is identified by its chemical name or by its class
of chemical compound (i.e., greater
specificity than "ferromagnetic" or "inorganic
compound" is required). | |
| | |
| 841.1 | Two overcoat layers: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 841. Subject matter in which the medium has exactly two overcoat
layers.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 40.1 | through 42.3 , for a nonmagnetic product which layers
lie removable on the outermost surface of the web or sheet. |
| 200, | for a nonmagnetic product which must be heated to
destroy the adhesion or cohesion of a layer to an adjacent layer
or component. |
| 202, | for a nonmagnetic product which layers lie on the
outermost surface of the web or sheet and are removable from the
web or sheet. |
| 352, | for a nonmagnetic product web or sheet having a
layer of adhesive as an outermost coating and a release or antistick
coating associated therewith on the side of the base opposite to
the adhesive layer. |
| 847.1, | for a composite or coated organic polymer substrate. |
|
| | |
| 841.2 | Chemical composition of overcoat specified: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 841. Subject matter in which the overcoat layer chemical composition
is specified chemically or physically (e.g., by
lattice structure, etc.).
| | (1)
Note. The expression "chemical composition
is specified" means that a substance is identified by its
chemical name or by its class of chemical compound (i.e., greater
specificity than "organic compound" or "inorganic
compound" is required). | |
| | |
| 843 | With organic compound adjuvant in magnetic layer: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 842. Subject matter in which the medium also has an organic
compound adjuvant in the magnetic layer to modify or enhance a property.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass does not include a binder. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 839.5, | for magnetic recording media with binders that include
an adjuvant. |
|
| | |
| 843.2 | Inhibitor: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 843. Subject matter in which the organic compound adjuvant
delays or retards a chemical change in one or more layer. |
| | |
| 843.3 | Lubricant: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 843. Subject matter in which the organic compound adjuvant
is a lubricant (i.e., a substance
for reducing friction or wear).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 833.3, | 833.4, and 833.6, for
lubricating layer on binder media. |
|
| | |
| 843.4 | Ester: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 843.3. Subject matter in which the lubricant is an ester (i.e., a
compound formed from reacting an organic acid and an alcohol). |
| | |
| 844.5 | Chemically specified polymer binder: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 842. Subject matter in which the magnetic layer medium has
an identified polymeric binder having a specified physical or chemical
structure.
| | (1)
Note. The expression "chemically specified" means
that a substance is identified by its chemical name or by its class
of chemical compound (i.e., greater
specificity than "polymeric" is required). | |
| | |
| 844.6 | Radiation cured (i.e., cross
linked) binder: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 844.5. Subject matter in which the binder is one that has been
cured by radiation.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass provides for radiation cross-linked
binders. Radiation cross-linking may cause chain
scission and differences in the magnetic layer from other induced
cross linking. | |
| | |
| 844.7 | Plural chemically specified polymeric binders in single
layer: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 844.5. Subject matter wherein two or more different binders
have been chemically identified as present in the magnetic layer.
| | (1)
Note. More than a single binder must be identified
as to its specific structure; nominal recitation of a second
binder, or relationship with a second binder, is
not proper for this subclass. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 844.5, | and 844.6, for single binder with
specific disclosed structure. |
|
| | |
| 845 | Nonmagnetic backcoat layer (e.g., polysiloxane, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 838. Subject matter in which the medium has a nonmagnetic
layer opposite the magnetic recording layer side of the substrate.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass provides for a medium having
a nonmagnetic substrate coating opposite the magnetic layer side of
the substrate. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 846.2 | through 846.4 , 847.1, and 847.5, for laminated, coated, or
surface treated magnetic recording composite substrates. |
|
| | |
| 845.6 | For servo tracking: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 845.5. Subject matter in which the medium backcoat layer provides
for servo tracking information, including closed-loop
control of the alignment between track and information processing means, on
the backcoat layer.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 360, | Dynamic Magnetic Information Storage or Retrieval,
subclasses 77.01 through 77.17for track centering aligning a transducer head
with the midpoint of a continuous information containing path. |
|
| | |
| 845.7 | Chemically specified polymeric binder: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 845. Subject matter in which the binder of the backcoat layer
has been specified chemically.
| | (1)
Note. The expression "chemically specified" means
that a substance is identified by its chemical name or by its class
of chemical compound (i.e., greater
specificity than "polymeric" is required). | |
| | |
| 846 | Magnetic recording media substrate: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 800. Subject matter in which a layer or laminate provides
physical integrity to a magnetic recording media by acting as base
or support for a magnetic recording layer.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass provides for media details substrate
set forth with chemical or structural specificity. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 360, | Dynamic Magnetic Information Storage or Retrieval,
subclass 131 for specific structure of a record carrier for the
storage of information. |
|
| | |
| 846.1 | Inorganic substrate: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 846. Subject matter in which the substrate is composed of
inorganic material.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 846.2, | and 846.3, for inorganic substances contained
in a polymeric matrix. |
|
| | |
| 846.4 | Anodized or oxidized aluminum or aluminum-base
alloy: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 846.2. Subject matter in which an aluminum or aluminum-base
alloy substrate has an oxide coating or has been anodized or otherwise
oxidized.
| | (1)
Note. Included in this subclass are substrates with
filled pores that comprise anodized or oxidized aluminum or aluminum-based
alloy. | |
| | |
| 846.9 | Glass or ceramic substrate: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 846.1. Subject matter in which the substrate is composed of
glass or ceramic.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass includes amorphous and crystalline
glasses as well as ceramic compositions. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 426, | for a layer of quartz or glass next to a nonmagnetic
material. |
| 848.2, | for glass in ceramic substrates with texture. |
|
| | |
| 847 | Organic polymer substrate: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 846. Subject matter in which the substrate is composed of
solid polymer compound or polymeric composition (e.g., polyurethane, melamine resin, etc.).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 847.6, | for a polymeric composition comprised of one or
more polymers and/or inorganic particulate components. |
|
| | |
| 847.1 | Composite or coated nonesterfied substrate: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 847. Subject matter in which the substrate is other than an
ester and composed of plural layers (i.e., laminate
or distinct nonparticulate components contained in a single layer).
| | (1)
Note. A coating on an organic substrate directed
to the improvement of the properties of the substrate and not affecting the
crystalline anisotropy of a subsequently deposited layer (e.g., a
coating solely for adhesive, texture, etc.) is
provided for in this subclass. |
| | (2)
Note. Included in this subclass are substrate leader
and trailer tapes. | |
| | |
| 848 | Circular shape (e.g., disk, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 846. Subject matter in which the substrate is in the form
of a circular disk.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 900, | for a collection of magnetizable stock material. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 360, | Dynamic Magnetic Information Storage or Retrieval,
subclass 135 for a disc having information recorded thereon
in magnetic form. |
| 369, | Dynamic Information Storage or Retrieval,
subclasses 272.1 through 291.1for a disc having information recorded thereon
in the form of grooves. |
|
| | |
| 848.3 | Uniform texture: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 848.2. Subject matter for a disk substrate where the texture
projections or "bumps" are arranged in an orderly
fashion relative to a surface (e.g., by laser
irradiation or photolithography).
| | (1)
Note. A uniform texture is also known in the art
as a "regular" texture. | |
| | |
| 848.5 | Having specified pits, tracks, or indicia: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 848. Subject matter in which the disk substrate has depressions
or grooves (e.g., pits which
may be used for address information).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 235, | Registers,
subclass 493 for a record containing discrete bits of magnetic material, the
bits being coded markings on a record. |
| 360, | Dynamic Magnetic Information Storage or Retrieval,
subclass 134 for a recording tape having recording thereon. |
|
| | |
| 848.7 | Disk in holder (e.g., disk
in casing, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 848. Subject matter in which the disk is within an enclosure.
| | (1)
Note. This subclass provides for a medium wherein
the circular-shaped substrate is within a container distinguished
by composition. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 206, | Special Receptacle or Package,
subclasses 307 through 387.15for a container for removably containing an article
which includes machine readable information registered thereon. |
| 360, | Dynamic Magnetic Information Storage or Retrieval,
subclass 133 for specific structure of a record carrier in the form
of a disk distinguished by the container in which it is housed. |
|
| | |
CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS
The following subclasses are collections of published disclosures
pertaining to various specified aspects of the stock material art
which aspects do not form appropriate bases for subclasses in the
foregoing classification (i.e., subclasses
superior hereto in the schedule), wherein original
copies of patents are placed on the basis of the structure or chemical
composition of a layer* or layers*. These
subclasses assist a search based on remote function or physical
characteristic of the stock material and may be of further assistance
to the searcher, either as a starting point in searching
this class or as an indication of further related fields of search
inside or outside the class.Thus, there is here
provided a further path of access for retrieval of a limited number
of types of disclosures.
| | (1)
Note. Disclosures are placed in these subclasses
for their value as references and as leads to appropriate main or
secondary fields of search, without regard to their original
classification or their claimed subject matter. |
| | (2)
Note. The disclosures found in the following subclasses
are examples, only, of the indicated subject matter, and
in no instance do they represent the entire extent of the prior
art. |
| 900 | MAGNETIC FEATURE |
| | Stock material product which (1) produces magnetic
of force and due to such lines of force is acted upon, or
acts upon another part or object, to produce an effect, or (2) is
acted upon by magnetic lines of force produced by another object.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 252, | Compositions,
subclass 62.51 for magnetic compositions. |
| 335, | Electricity: Magnetically Operated Switches, Magnets, and
Electromagnets,
subclasses 296+ . |
| 336, | Inductor Devices,
subclasses 233+ for a magnet, or magnetic material including
structure, (e.g., lamination of
at least two magnetic layers) disclosed as a core for a
coil, i.e., transformer or inductor
device. |
| 360, | Dynamic Magnetic Information Storage or Retrieval, appropriate subclasses, for a layered product
which is uniquely designed to store or record information by a change
or variation in magnetic state of the device. |
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclasses 152+ for the method of making a product having magnetic
features by applying a magnetic coating to a base or by applying
a coating to a magnetic base. |
|
| | |
| 901 | PRINTED CIRCUIT |
| | Stock material product which is an electric circuit formed
by applying conductive material in a predetermined pattern onto
an insulating sheet as printing with electrically conductive ink, by
electroplating, by etching, coating, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 29, | Metal Working,
subclasses 846+ for miscellaneous methods of making printed circuits. |
| 174, | Electricity: Conductors and Insulators,
subclasses 250+ for a preformed circuit on a planiform insulator. |
| 216, | Etching a Substrate: Processes,
subclasses 13+ for processes not otherwise provided for involving
etching in the manufacturing of electric circuits. |
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclasses 96.1 through 99.5for a process of coating a substrate to produce
an integrated or printed circuit or circuit board. |
| 439, | Electrical Connectors,
subclasses 55+ for an electrical connector comprising or combined
with a panel circuit arrangement, e.g., a
printed circuit board. |
|
| | |
| 902 | HIGH MODULUS FILAMENT OR FIBER |
| | Stock material product comprising a fiber* or filament* specifically
designed to have a high tensile or breaking strength.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 366, | and 367+, for a filament* or
fiber* made of boron or a compound thereof or of carbon
or a carbide (usually silicon carbide), which
fiber* or filament* is generally of the high-modulus
type. |
|
| | |
| 903 | MICROFIBER (LESS THAN 100 MICRON DIAMETER) |
| | Stock material product comprising a fiber* or filament* having
a diameter less than 100 microns or approximately 4 mils. |
| | |
| 903.3 | RECYCLED MATERIALS: |
| | Patents disclosing stock materials made, at least
in part, from material, or articles previously
used, or salvaged from scrap, or waste.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 2, | for trash, or refuse which has been compacted
for ready disposal. |
| 576, | for a package of metal scrap suitable for melting. |
|
| | |
| 904 | ARTIFICIAL LEATHER |
| | Stock material product which comprises a manmade web* or
sheet* which looks and feels like a natural tanned animal
skin (leather).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 151, | for a web or sheet having an artificially made leather
grain surface. |
| 473, | for a laminated product comprising a layer* of
natural animal skin or membrane. |
|
| | |
| 904.4 | WALL AND SHELF COVERING: |
| | Patents disclosing stock materials specially adapted to
be used for covering vertical surfaces, or horizontal surfaces
not subject to floor, or vehicle traffic. |
| | |
| 905 | ODOR RELEASING MATERIAL |
| | Stock material which is, or incorporates therein a
material which disseminates or distributes into the ambient an aroma
or scent either by diffusion or unhurried vaporization or by fracturing
a capsule containing the aromatic or scent material.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 307, | for a composite* or sheet* in
which one component* is porous or cellular* and
in which there is a liquid (which may be aromatic or scented) in
encapsulated form. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 239, | Fluid Sprinkling, Spraying, and
Diffusing,
subclasses 34+ for a slow diffuser, per se, i.e., one
which spreads or disperses material into the ambient by (1) vaporization
from an open container or holder (2) capillary
porous or wick type feed, (3) by mere
drip through the air, or (4) by sublimation, all
due to being exposed to the ambient air without the use of forced
draft; see the search notes in that subclass (239/34*) for
other similar art. |
|
| | |
| 906 | ROLL OR COIL |
| | Stock material product which has been rolled or coiled upon
itself as in the case of a coil of wire or roll of pressure sensitive
tape.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 343+, | for a composite*, sheet*, web* or
tape which has an adhesive outermost layer (e.g., pressure
sensitive tape) and may be in the form of a roll. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 206, | Special Receptacle or Package,
subclasses 389+ for a stock material in the form of a roll or coil
which has a feature significant for a roll, e.g., mandrel
structure, cover structure, modified outer layer, etc.; see
Search Note to Class 206 in class definition, VI, Relation
to Certain Other Classes. |
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclass 177 for a process of applying a coating or impregnation
to a material, combined with the step of rolling or coiling
the material on itself. |
|
| | |
| 906.6 | EMBROIDERY: |
| | Patents disclosing stock material having decorative needlework. |
| | |
| 907 | RESISTANT AGAINST PLANT OR ANIMAL ATTACK |
| | Stock material product which has been treated so as to minimize
it being affected by germs, fungus, rodents or
other animals (land, air or sea).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 424, | Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body
Treating Compositions, appropriate subclasses, for a named product
or article treated by a specific composition, or by a method
of that class where no structure is recited for classification elsewhere. An
article treated, coated or impregnated with a Class 424
composition and which composition functions only to preserve the
article from biological attack, is generally classified
with the particular article protected. |
|
| | |
| 907.7 | LAYER OR ARTICLE RENDERED LIGHT-TRANSMISSIVE BY
PRESSURE (E.G., BLUSHED, ETC.): |
| | Collection of patents which disclose subject matter of this
class wherein an article or a layer of a composite can be changed
from an opaque state to a transparent or translucent state by the application
of pressure. |
| | |
| 908 | IMPRESSION RETENTION LAYER (E.G., PRINT MATRIX, SOUND RECORD, ETC.) |
| | Stock material product which is susceptible of deformation
and which will maintain said deformation, due to either
the structure of the product or the material(s) employed
in its manufacture.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 369, | Dynamic Information Storage or Retrieval,
subclass 272.1 for records having dynamic information modulated
groove structure. |
| 720, | Dynamic Optical Information Storage or Retrieval,
subclasses 718 through 746for optical storage medium structure. |
|
| | |
| 908.8 | WEAR-RESISTANT LAYER: |
| | Patents disclosing stock material having an outer surface
specially formulated to stand up under conditions of severe abrasion. |
| | |
| 909 | RESILIENT LAYER (E.G., PRINTER'S BLANKET, ETC.) |
| | Stock material product which is susceptible of deformation
when a load is applied and which will recover its original shape
when said load is removed, due to either the structure
thereof or the material(s) employed in its manufacture.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 304+, | especially 310+ for a composite* sheet* or
web* comprising a porous or cellular* component* which
is usually a foam and is resilient. |
|
| | |
| 910 | PRODUCT WITH MOLECULAR ORIENTATION |
| | Stock material product in which long chain polymeric molecules
have been realigned in a material while in the solid state.
| | (1)
Note. The term, "stock material
product includes web(s)*, sheet(s)*, non-structural
laminate(s), fiber(s)*, strand(s)*, etc. |
| | (2)
Note. The physical treatment generally employed
for molecular orientation is: applying tension under controlled
conditions to a polymeric composition (consequently such
products are also called "stretch-oriented"). |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 260, | Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, appropriate subclass indented under
subclass 2 , for a synthetic organic resin, which
may include stretch-oriented molecules or have been molecularly
oriented. |
| 359, | Optical: Systems and Elements,
subclasses 483.01 through 494.01for an optical system (e.g., filters, etc.) in which
the molecules are oriented for an optical purpose (e.g., polarization, etc.). |
|
| | |
| 911 | PENETRATION RESISTANT LAYER |
| | Stock material product which includes structure and/or
material adapted to prevent passage therethrough of an alien object.
| | (1)
Note. This collection will receive disclosures of
bullet-proof glass, material for bullet-proof
vests, etc. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 34.1+, | for a container type article which may have a layer* resistant
to penetration. |
| 912, | for a disclosure of puncture-healing stock
material. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 2, | Apparel,
subclass 2.5 for an article of clothing which is penetration-resistant and
subclasses 410+ for guards and protectors for the head; especially, subclasses
6.6+ for a soldier’s helmet. |
| 89, | Ordnance,
subclass 901 for a deflecting or penetration-resistant
shield not elsewhere provided for; and see the search notes
to that subclass. |
| 109, | Safes, Bank Protection, or a
Related Device,
subclasses 78+ for armored walls and panels. |
|
| | |
| 912 | PUNCTURE HEALING LAYER |
| | Stock material product so constructed as to tend to close
or seal any opening which might be made in it by a pointed object, such
as a bullet or nail.
| | (1)
Note. The "self-sealing" function
is usually provided by a layer* of material which tends
to flow or swell so as to fill the opening. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 34.1+, | for a container type article which may have a puncture
healing layer*. |
| 911, | for disclosures relating to penetration resistant
stock material. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 150, | Purses, Wallets, and Protective
Covers,
subclass 55 for "self-healing" receptacles
made of flexible material such as cloth, rubber or plastic. |
| 220, | Receptacles,
subclass 560.02 for a receptacle including puncture-healing structure, and
subclass 900 for a lined metallic receptacle having such property. |
|
| | |
| 912.2 | MIRROR: |
| | Patents disclosing stock material specially designed to
reflect light images.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 359, | Optical: Systems and Elements,
subclasses 838+ for mirror structure. |
|
| | |
| 913 | MATERIAL DESIGNED TO BE RESPONSIVE TO TEMPERATURE, LIGHT, MOISTURE, ETC. |
| | Stock material in which at least one constituent* is
disposed to respond to a stimulus in a predetermined manner to produce
a desired result.
| | (1)
Note. The result may be due to the cooperative responses, to
their respective stimuli, of several constituents of the stock
material occurring either simultaneously or consecutively (e.g., a
chain reaction). |
| | (2)
Note. This collection is not intended to receive
a disclosure which merely indicates a melting or softening at a
particular temperature; but as exemplary of the disclosures
to which this collection is restricted are: a layer which
becomes opaque or transparent when subjected to light or heat to
vary transmission of the light, a constituent which evolves
CO2 gas when heated to a certain temperature in order to extinguish
fire, or an adhesive which releases its bond between layers and
allows insulating air spaces to form when the stock material is
heated to a certain temperature. |
| | (3)
Note. Excluded from this collection are light sensitive
materials of the type found in Class 430: a heat or light polymerizable
material of the type found in Class 260, subclasses 2+. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 1, | for a stock material product comprising a liquid
crystal which usually responds to varying temperature, light or
electrical potential to produce a change therein. |
|
| | |
| 913.3 | DECORATIVE ARTICLE FOR VIEWING FROM ONE SIDE ONLY (E.G., PLAQUE, ETC.): |
| | Patents disclosing decorative articles having clearly defined
thickness and nonthickness surfaces, the decorative aspects
of the article generally being confined to one of the nonthickness
surfaces. |
| | |
| 914 | TRANSFER OR DECALCOMANIA |
| | Stock material product which comprises a portion capable
of being removed therefrom and moved to and adhered to another surface
either as small pieces or as a complete film.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 462, | Books, Strips, and Leaves for
Manifolding,
subclasses 69+ for a system comprising plural sheets one of which is
a transfer sheet and the other a record receiver. |
|
| | |
| 915 | Fraud or tamper detecting |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 914. Stock material product under the definition of... in
which the purpose of the transfer or decalcomania is to indicate
whether or not it or something else (1) has been
touched without authority or (2) is genuine.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 199, | for a product having a coating or impregnation which
will indicate attempts at erasure or alteration. |
| 488, | for a product comprising a layer of paper and a
transferable substance containing a pigment, dye or a color forming
reagent, e.g., carbon or hectograph
paper. |
|
| | |
| 916 | FRAUD OR TAMPER DETECTING |
| | Stock material product which provides means for determining
whether it or something else (1) has been touched
without authority or (2) is genuine.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 29+, | for an article having a latent image which must
be treated in some way to develop or bring out the image. |
| 199, | for a product having a nonuniform coating or impregnation
which will indicate attempts at erasure or alteration. |
| 915, | for a transfer or decalcomania useful for preventing
or indicating fraud or for indicating unauthorized use of a product. |
|
| | |
| 917 | ELECTROLUMINESCENT |
| | Stock material product which emits light due to passage
of an electric current therethrough or in contact therewith, and
is usually produced by a phosphor treated surface.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 216, | Etching a Substrate: Processes,
subclass 25 for processes involving etching in the manufacturing
of phosphor devices. |
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclass 66 for a coating process which produces an electro-luminescent
lamp. |
|
| | |
| 918 | MATERIAL ABNORMALLY TRANSPARENT |
| | Stock material product in which at least a portion contains
a substance which is normally nontransparent but which in this product
has been made transparent
| | (1)
Note. Exemplary of the disclosures in this collection
are paper, impregnated with a material of such refractive
index that the paper becomes transparent; ground glass* or
glass fibers*, embedded in a material with a refractive
index such that the composite mass is rendered transparent; and
a metal foil or layer thin enough to see through. |
| | (2)
Note. Materials, as glass*, cellophane and
polymerized methyl methacrylate or other clear synthetic resins
are normally transparent and would not be appropriate for this collection. If, however, any
of the aforementioned (or other) normally transparent
materials are disclosed in an opaque form with further treatment
to restore transparency (e.g, the embedded ground
glass of (1) Note above), placement
of the disclosure in this subclass would be proper. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 359, | Optical: Systems and Elements,
subclasses 580+ for optical elements having a metallic coating
which produces interference effects. |
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclass 161 for a coating process which increases the transparency
of a material. |
|
| | |
| 919 | CAMOUFLAGED ARTICLE |
| | Stock material product which is caused to be invisible or
indistinguishable at a distance by a particular combination of colors
or paints or through its resemblance to the surroundings.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 195+, | for a product which has a discontinuous or nonuniform
coating similar to a camouflaged article. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 106, | Compositions: Coating or Plastic, appropriate subclasses, for compositions
used to camouflage an article. |
| 114, | Ships,
subclass 15 for a warship so rendered invisible or indistinguishable. |
| 135, | Tent, Canopy, Umbrella, or
Cane,
subclass 115 for canopies which may be camouflaged to hide articles
thereunder. |
| 427, | Coating Processes, appropriate subclasses containing "nonuniform" or "variegated" in
their titles as for example
subclasses 261+ , 280+, 299, 448, 466+, 504, 510+, 526, 552, 555+, etc., for
processes of coating an article, which may result in camouflage. |
|
| | |
| 920 | FIRE OR HEAT PROTECTION FEATURE |
| | Stock material product which is made so as to afford some
defense against heat or fire, such as insulation or fire
retardation.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 35+, | for a tube type article of heat insulation not otherwise
provided for. |
| 386, | 407, 432+, 457+, and
539, for other products which include a refractory metal
or compound thereof which have a fire, heat or flame proofing feature. |
| 443, | for a laminated product comprising asbestos which
acts to protect against heat or fire. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 2, | Apparel,
subclass 5 , 7, and 8.1+ for
a heat resistant head covering for a person. |
| 138, | Pipes and Tubular Conduits, for an insulation in the form of pipe covering of
specific structure. |
| 169, | Fire Extinguishers, appropriate subclasses for apparatus which acts
to extinguish fires, or which act in anticipation of fire
conditions to prevent fires. |
| 252, | Compositions,
subclasses 2+ for a composition which may be used to extinguish
fires or as a coating or impregnation to act as a defense against
fire or flame. |
|
| | |
| 921 | Fire or flameproofing |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 920. Stock material product in which the product prevents fire
or a flame from passing therethrough.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 34.1+, | for a tube type article of heat insulation not provided
for elsewhere. |
| 386, | 404+, 432+, 457+, and
539, for other products which include a refractory metal
or a compound thereof and which thus possess a fire, heat
or flame protection feature. |
| 442, | for a laminated stock material product including
asbestos which acts to protect against fire or heat. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 442, | Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or
Nonwoven Textile or Cloth, etc.),
subclasses 141+ for a textile, cloth, or fabric impregnated
with a phosphorus containing material which protects against fire
or flame. |
|
| | |
| 922 | STATIC ELECTRICITY METAL BLEED-OFF METALLIC STOCK |
| | Stock material product which contains a free metal element
therein or associated therewith to discharge harmlessly any accumulated
static electricity charge or to prevent such charge from accumulating.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 85+, | for a pile or nap type surface article (e.g., carpet, etc.) which
may contain other types of static electricity bleed off or antistatic
material. |
|
| | |
| 923 | Physical dimension |
| | This and the indented subclasses are collections of published
disclosures pertaining to physical dimensions of metallic* stock-materials*.
| | (1)
Note. The physical dimensions may be recited in
terms of a standard unit of measurement or in terms of relative amounts. Also, the
recitation may be in terms of weight or other parameter which can
be converted mathematically into a dimension. |
| | (2)
Note. Disclosures are placed in these subclasses
for their value as references, without regard to their
original classification or their claimed subject matter. |
| | (3)
Note. This and the indented subclasses should not
be considered complete collections of patents relating to their
subject matter. |
| | (4)
Note. Patents should not be cross-referenced
to this or its indented subclasses on the basis of the physical
dimension of a nonmetal component*, but rather, should
be cross-referenced to subclasses mentioned in the search
notes which provide for nonmetallic* stock-materials*. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 219, | and 220, for nonmetallic* stock-material* in
which weight or an overall physical dimension is specified. |
| 606+, | for foils and filaments smaller than 6 mils in overall
dimension. |
|
| | |
| 924 | Composite |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 923. Disclosures which recite a physical dimension, usually
thickness, of composite* metallic* stock.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 219, | and 220, for nonmetallic* composite* stock-material* in
which weight or an overall dimension is specified. |
|
| | |
| 925 | Relative dimension specified |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 924. Disclosures wherein the dimension recited is a quantitative
relationship between one layer and another layer, or between
one layer and the entire stock-material*, e.g., one
layer is one-half the thickness of a second layer, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 213+, | 332+, and 340+, for
a nonmetallic* composite* in which the dimension
or weight of a component is recited. |
|
| | |
| 926 | Thickness of individual layer specified |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 923. Disclosures in which the dimension of one or more layers
is recited relative to a standard measure of quantity, e.g., one
layer is 0.002 inches thick, etc.
| | (1)
Note. If one layer is recited as "a foil", cross-referencing
here is proper. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 215+, | 332+, and 340+, for
a nonmetallic* composite* in which the absolute dimension
or weight of a component is recited. |
|
| | |
| 927 | Decorative informative |
| | Cross-reference collection concerned with metal
stock-materials* disclosed as having an appearance
or other psychological effect which conveys information or is designed
to be esthetically pleasing.
| | (1)
Note. See the notes to the main class definition
of this class (428), section VI, C, 3, d, for
the loci of other related subject matter. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 32, | for an article having ornamental wound or woven
strands. |
| 141+, | 156+, 175+, and
195+, for a sheet or web having a textured surface, varying
thickness, nonplanarity or discontinuous or differential
coating, impregnation or bond, and which may have
an ornamental design or indicia, in particular, subclass
187. |
| 687, | for metallic* stock-material* having
a defined surface characteristic. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 283, | Printed Matter, appropriate subclasses for books, strips, leaves
and articles of conventional structure bearing indicia. |
|
| | |
| 928 | Magnetic |
| | Cross-reference collection in which the metallic* stock-material* or
a component* thereof is ferromagnetic, that is, has
a high magnetic permeability which varies with the magnetizing force
upon it.
| | (1)
Note. See the notes to subclass 611 of this class (428) for
loci of related subject matter. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 900, | for a nonmetallic* product having a magnetic
feature. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclass 131 for processes of applying superposed diverse coatings, or
coating a coated base, either base of coating being magnetic. |
|
| | |
| 929 | Electrical contact feature |
| | Cross-reference collection in which the metallic* stock
is designed for use in electrical switches or other make-and-break
electric circuit components.
| | (1)
Note. See the notes in the definition of subclass
616 of this class (428), and the main
class definition, section VI, C, 4, for
loci of other related subject matter. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 616, | for bimetallic contact stock which is deflectable
by a temperature change. |
|
| | |
| 930 | Electric superconducting |
| | Cross-reference collection in which the metallic* stock
or a component thereof has the property of abnormally low or absent
electric resistance at temperatures which approach absolute zero.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 662, | for composites having a niobium stannite component. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 420, | Alloys or Metallic Compositions,
subclass 901 for a cross-reference collection of superconductive
alloys. |
|
| | |
| 931 | Components of differing electric conductivity |
| | Cross-reference collection of composite* metallic* materials
in which the components of the material differ from each other in
their electrical conductivity.
| | (1)
Note. See the main class definitions of this class (428), section
VI, C, 4, for loci of other related subject
matter. |
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 686, | for composites which are defined in terms of the
function of adjacent components. |
|
| | |
| 932 | Abrasive or cutting feature |
| | Cross-reference collection in which the metallic* stock-material* has
properties particularly suiting the material for use as a cutting
or abrading medium.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 600+, | for metallic* stock having a tapering, knifelike
edge. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 30, | Cutlery,
subclass 346 for cutlery materials. |
| 51, | Abrasive Tool Making Process, Material, or
Composition, for an abrading composition in general. |
| 75, | Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions
for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and
Loose Metal Particulate Mixtures,
subclass 231 for consolidated metal powder compositions containing
an abrading component. |
| 433, | Dentistry,
subclasses 125 , 141, and 166 for dental abrading
devices. |
|
| | |
| 933 | Sacrificial component |
| | Cross-reference collection of metallic* composites
having a component which is consumed or consumable in preventing
electrolytic corrosion of another component.
| | (1)
Note. Patents classified in subclass 659 are not
cross-referenced here. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 205, | Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions
Used Therein, and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclasses 80+ for electrolytic coating methods. |
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclass 437 and the definitions thereto, for electroless metal
plating processes. |
|
| | |
| 934 | Electrical process |
| | Cross-reference collection in which metallic* stock-material* is
made by a process which employs electricity, e.g., electric
arc welding, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 156, | Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture,
subclass 273.1 for surface bonding methods with direct application
of electrical or radiant energy to work. |
| 219, | Electric Heating,
subclasses 50+ for welding by electric heating. |
|
| | |
| 935 | Electroplating |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 934. Cross-reference collection in which electrolysis
is the process involved and the electrolysis results in coating
one metal with another.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 205, | Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions
Used Therein, and Methods of Preparing the Compositions,
subclasses 80+ for processes of electrolytic coating. |
|
| | |
| 936 | Chemical deposition (e.g., electroless plating, etc.) |
| | Cross-reference collection in which the metallic* stock
is manufactured by reduction of a metal compound contained in a
solution, and precipitation of the resulting free metal
on a substrate.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclass 437 for an immersion-type coating method directed
to the electroless deposition of a free metal onto a metal base. |
|
| | |
| 937 | Sprayed metal |
| | Cross-reference collection in which the metallic* stock
is made by spraying metal, in molten form, onto
a substrate.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclass 223 for a process in which a coating or a substrate
to be coated is subjected to a flame and subclass 446+ for
spraying utilizing a flame or plasma. |
|
| | |
| 938 | Vapor deposition or gas diffusion |
| | Cross-reference collection in which metallic* stock
is made by depositing metal onto a substrate from a gas or vapor
containing the metal.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclass 96.7 for using a mist or aerosol and subclass 96.8
for vapor or gas deposition in a coating process to produce an integrated
or printed circuit or circuit board, and subclass 124 for
metal coating by vapor deposition or using a vacuum to make a different
kind of electrical product. |
|
| | |
| 939 | Molten or fused coating |
| | Cross-reference collection in which the metallic* stock
is made by contacting a substrate with a molten mass of a coating
metal, e.g., welding, soldering, dipping, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 219, | Electric Heating,
subclasses 50+ for methods of that class resulting in melting
and fusion of a metal. |
| 228, | Metal Fusion Bonding,
subclasses 101+ for nonelectric welding and soldering processes. |
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclass 431 for an immersion-type coating process utilizing
a molten metal. |
|
| | |
| 940 | Pressure bonding (e.g., explosive, etc.) |
| | Cross-reference collection in which a composite
metallic* stock-material* is made by
pressure, that is, without the application of
enough heat, as heat, to cause bonding.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 219, | Electric Heating,
subclass 95 for percussive bonding methods of that class. |
| 228, | Metal Fusion Bonding,
subclasses 107+ , 110.1+, 112.1+, and
115+ for corresponding methods of that class. |
| 427, | Coating Processes,
subclass 587 and 593 for a process in which sonic or ultrasonic
energy is applied directly to the work. |
|
| | |
| 941 | Solid state alloying (e.g., diffusion, to disappearance of an original layer) |
| | Cross-reference collection in which a metallic* stock
is made by heating a layered stock-material* for
a time and at a temperature sufficient to cause one of the original
layers to disappear by diffusion into an adjacent layer or layers
of the stock.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
| 547, | and 610, for metallic* stock-materials* having
a composition gradient, often due to a diffusion process. |
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
| 148, | Metal Treatment,
subclasses 516+ for processes of treating layered, bonded, welded
or mechanically engaged solid metal stock or article to modify or maintain
the internal physical structure (i.e., microstructure) or
chemical properties of metal. |
| 420, | Alloys or Metallic Compositions, for alloy or metallic compositions |
|
| | |
FOREIGN ART COLLECTIONS
The definitions for FOR 100-FOR 116 below correspond
to the definitions of the abolished subclasses (292-303, 311.1, 311.3, 311.5, 311.7, 311.9) under
Class 428 from which these collections were formed. See
the Foreign Art Collection schedule for specific correspondences. [Note: The titles and definitions
for indented art
collections include all the details of the one(s) that are
hierarchically superior.] |
| FOR 100 | Including noninterengaged strand(s) or strand-portion(s) (428/292): |
| | Foreign art collection for a product wherein (1) one
or more strands or strand-portions* are attached
to or incorporated in the body of the web or sheet in such a manner
as to be independent of entanglement with contiguous strands or
strand-portions* or (2) wherein
such strands or strand-portions*, when
so disposed, constitute the web or sheet. |
| | |
| FOR 101 | With or in fiber layer (428/293): |
| | Foreign art collection for a product wherein the
web or sheet comprises a fiber containing layer or component. |
| | |
| FOR 102 | Parallel (428/294): |
| | Foreign art collection for a product wherein the
strands or strand-portions lie in a single layer either
in side-by-side or equidistantly spaced relation
throughout their length. |
| | |
| FOR 103 | With coating, impregnation or bond of rubber
or elastomeric material (428/295): |
| | Foreign art collection for a product in which the
strips, strands or strand-portions are covered
or saturated with fluent or plastic material or are joined to each
other or to another part of the web by an adhesive and the saturant, coating
or adhesive comprising rubber or rubber-like material. |
| | |
| FOR 104 | Autogeneously bonded fibers (428/296): |
| | Foreign art collection for a product consisting
of or containing fibers secured to other fibers thereof by means
of an inherent adhesive or cohesive property of the fibers. |
| | |
| FOR 105 | Including a second component containing structurally defined
fibers (428/297): |
| | Foreign art collection for a product which consists
of plural components, at least one of which comprises macroscopic
fibers claimed in terms of (1) their particular
shape (natural or fabricated) or (2) an
orderly arrangement thereof relative to each other, (3) their
particular interengagement within a layer, (4) their
engagement with an adjacent layer or (5) their
particular size. |
| | |
| FOR 106 | Plural fiber layers (428/298): |
| | Foreign art collection for a product which comprises
two or more layers consisting of or including fibers, at
least one such layer comprising the above characterized structurally
defined fibers. |
| | |
| FOR 107 | Intertangled and/or interfitted (428/299): |
| | Foreign art collection for a product wherein fibers
of mutually engaging layers are interengaged and/or compacted
together so as to hold the layers in assembled relation. |
| | |
| FOR 108 | Needled (428/300): |
| | Foreign art collection for a product wherein the
interlocking of the fibers, as disclosed, is accomplished
by the passage of barbed needles through the layers. |
| | |
| FOR 109 | With coating, impregnation or bond (428/301): |
| | Foreign art collection for a product in which any
part of the product has been covered or saturated with fluent or
plastic material, or in which layers are joined to each
other by an adhesive. |
| | |
| FOR 110 | With coating, impregnation or bond (428/302): |
| | Foreign art collection for a product in which at
least one of the layers has been covered or saturated with fluent
or plastic material or in which layers are joined to each other
by an adhesive. |
| | |
| FOR 111 | Physical dimension specified (428/303): |
| | Foreign art collection for a product in which the
absolute size (width, thickness, etc.) of
a component or fiber is recited. |
| | |
| FOR 112 | Void-containin component has a continuous matrix
of fibers only (e.g., porous paper, etc.): |
| | Foreign art collection wherein a component of the
composite is one which depends solely upon fibers for its continuity. |
| | |
| FOR 113 | And a force disintegratable component (e.g., stencil
sheet, etc.): |
| | Foreign art collection wherein a component of the
composite may be locally disintegrated by the application of a sudden
force thereto, for example, by a typewriter key. |
| | |
| FOR 114 | Fibers of defined composition: |
| | Foreign art collection wherein the chemical makeup
of the fibers is specified, as, for example, natural
leather, polypropylene, etc. |
| | |
| FOR 115 | Cellulosic: |
| | Foreign art collection wherein the fiber is made
of cellulose or a cellulose derivative, e.g., paper, etc. |
| | |
| FOR 116 | Plural cellulosic components: |
| | Foreign art collection wherein the composite comprises
two or more layers of fibrous cellulose material. |
| | |
| FOR 117 | Discontinuos or differential coating, impregnation
or bond (e.g., artwork, printing, retouched
photograph, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product
wherein at least one component or layer has spaced areas, substantially
less than the total area of the involved surface of the layer or
component, which are either, (1) faced
or saturated with fluent or plastic material or (2) joined
to other portions of the layer or components or to another layer
or component by adhesion or cohesion; or wherein the facing, saturation
or junctures set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above
is of a different character (e.g., strong
bond next to weak bond) in different areas of the web or sheet.
| | (1)
Note. A design or printed matter or indicia of any
sort will be considered as a discontinuous coating for this subclass unless
clearly disclosed as uniform. | |
| | |
| FOR 118 | Including paper layer: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 195.
Product in which one of the layers contains fibers* of
paper*. |
| | |
| FOR 119 | Of wax or waxy material: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1.
Product in which one layer is a wax* or has waxy* properties. |
| | |
| FOR 120 | With pigment or dye (e.g., carbon
paper hectograph paper, etc.): |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 486.
Product including coloring material comprising (a) small, solid
free particles* of coloring matter, (b) coloring
material which has been chemically attached to another substance (dye). |
| | |
| FOR 121 | Having layer over transferable material or on carrier
opposite transferable material layer: |
| | This subclass is indented under subclass 488.1.
Subject matter in which a layer of the composite material or selected
portions of such layer nay be transferred form the carrier layer
to another material (e.g., carbon-paper
type), the composite being provide with at least
a third layer outward of the transferable layer or directly of the
carrier layer, opposite the transferable layer. |
| | |
| FOR 122 | Magneto optical recording medium or carrier: |
| | Foreign art collection wherein the recording medium
or carrier is composed of a magnetic material and records information
based on changes in magnetization and the recorded information is
readable; e.g., by diffraction
of polarized light through a magnetic field, etc. |
| | |
| FOR 123 | Magnetic recording medium or carrier: |
| | Foreign art collection wherein the recording medium
or carrier contains magnetizable material in the form of particles, film, coating, layer, or
impregnant which is intended for the storage of more than a single
bit of information to be read by a magnetic head. |
| | |
| FOR 124 | Lubricant containing: |
| | Foreign art collection wherein the recording medium
or carrier contains a substance that reduces friction. |
| | |
| FOR 125 | Protective layer containing: |
| | Foreign art collection wherein the magnetic recording
medium or carrier layer is covered by a resistant layer; e.g., resistant
to heat, cold, oxidation, pollution, etc. |
| | |
| FOR 126 | Aluminum containing: |
| | Foreign art collection wherein the magnetic recording
medium or carrier contains aluminum as a free metal, combined
metal, and includes alloys and metal compounds. |
| | |
| FOR 127 | Chromium containing: |
| | Foreign art collection wherein the magnetic recording
medium or carrier contains chromium as a free metal, combined
metal, and includes alloys and metal compounds. |
| | |
| FOR 128 | Defined magnetic layer: |
| | Foreign art collection in which a layer or component
thereof has disclosed properties which include magnetic susceptibility. |
| | |
| FOR 129 | Next to second metal-compound-containing
layer: |
| | Foreign art collection wherein the magnetic component
is in a metal-compound-containing layer next to
another metal-compound-containing layer. |
| | |
| FOR 130 | Dynamic recording medium: |
| | Foreign art collection which has a use as a recording
medium, e.g., tape, disc, etc., which
is "read" by using relative motion between the
medium and the reading device and wherein the composition of a backing
or support material is not defined in the claims. |
| | |
| FOR 131 | Magneto optical recording layer: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 132 | Specified recording layer composition: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 133 | Lanthanoid: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 134 | Garnet or magnetoplumbite: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 135 | Separate refractive, anti-reflective
or protective layer composition: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 136 | Pure metal or alloy: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 137 | Rare earth: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 138 | Nitride, carbide, or fluoride: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 139 | Oxide or sulfide: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 140 | Reflective layer specified: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 141 | With plasma polymerized organic top coat or other adhesive
layer: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 142 | Multiple magnetic layers: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 143 | Exchange coupling: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 144 | Magnetically or thermally isolated: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 145 | Composition gradient: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 146 | Hardness, stress, thermal or electrical coefficients
specified: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 147 | Microporous layer: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 148 | Metal thin film magnetic layer: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 149 | Specified subbing or underlayer: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 150 | Specified back coat layer: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 151 | Topcoat, or protective overlayer: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 152 | Carbon: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 153 | Plasma polymerized: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 154 | Fluorocarbon or organosilicon layer: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 155 | Specified surface feature or roughness: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 156 | Multiple magnetic layer: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 157 | Binder containing magnetic layer: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 158 | Radiation curable binder: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 159 | Organic acid or salt thereof: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 160 | Polyurethane binder: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 161 | Isocyanate specified: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 162 | Polyol specified: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 163 | Specified lubricant or protective layer: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 164 | Fluorocarbon or organosilicon: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 165 | Including subbing or underlayer: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 166 | Including back coat layer: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 167 | Specified surface feature or roughness: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 168 | With non-magnetic particle: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 169 | Magnetic particle with specified shape or dimension: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 170 | Hexagonal or tabular: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 171 | Multiple magnetic layers: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 172 | Support composition specified: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 173 | Organic material: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 174 | Specified surface feature or roughness: |
| | This foreign art collection was derived from an
undefined alpha subclass. Consult the documents contained
herein to clarify or interpret the title and scope of this foreign art
collection. |
| | |
| FOR 175 | With lubricant in or on layer: |
| | Foreign art collection which has, either
in or on the magnetic layer, a material disclosed as having
a lubricant function. |
| | |
![[Search a list of Patent Appplications for class 428]](../as.gif)
CLASS 428,
